Mazda Cx 9 Owners Manual Om Release2 123 1..598 ++

Mazda-2013-Mazda-Cx-9-Owners-Manual-817892 mazda-2013-mazda-cx-9-owners-manual-817892

2015-06-15

: Mazda Mazda-Cx-9-Owners-Manual-746961 mazda-cx-9-owners-manual-746961 mazda pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 598 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Black plate (1,1)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page1
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (2,1)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page2
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (3,1)
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Air Conditioning and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to
damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Perchlorate
Certain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] may
contain Perchlorate Material–Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2012 Mazda Motor Corporation
Printed in Japan Sep. 2012 (Print1)
A Word to Mazda Owners
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page3
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (4,1)
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The symbol below in this manual means
“Do not do this”or “Do not let this
happen”.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which serious injury or death could
result if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which bodily injury or damage to
your vehicle, or both, could result if
the caution is ignored.
NOTE
A NOTE provides information and sometimes
suggests how to make better use of your
vehicle.
The symbol below, located on some parts
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual
contains information related to the part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
How to Use This Manual
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page4
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (5,1)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page5
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Table of Contents
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda. 1
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
2
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
3
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda. 4
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls. 5
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
6
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency. 7
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition. 8
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment. 9
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda. 10
Index 11
Black plate (6,1)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page6
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (7,1)
1Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Interior Overview .......................................................................... 1-2
Interior Equipment (View A) .................................................... 1-2
Interior Equipment (View B) .................................................... 1-3
Interior Equipment (View C) .................................................... 1-4
Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-5
Front .......................................................................................... 1-5
Rear ........................................................................................... 1-6
1-1
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page7
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (8,1)
Interior Equipment (View A)
Door-lock knob .................................................................................................. page 3-29
Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-29
Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-44
Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-40
Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-64
TCS-OFF switch ................................................................................................ page 5-23
Power liftgate switch ......................................................................................... page 3-35
Lighting control ................................................................................................. page 5-65
Turn and lane-change signal .............................................................................. page 5-71
Dashboard illumination knob ............................................................................ page 5-48
Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-45
Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-73
Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2
Lock release lever .............................................................................................. page 3-64
Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-7
BSM OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-37
Headlight leveling switch .................................................................................. page 5-70
1-2
Your Vehicle at a Glance
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Interior Overview
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page8
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (9,1)
Interior Equipment (View B)
Audio control switches ...................................................................................... page 6-52
SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-54
Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-20
Information display .......................................................................................... page 6-167
Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2
Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-80
Navigation system (if equipped) .......................................... Refer to the separate manual
Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-17
Glove compartment ......................................................................................... page 6-174
Accessory socket ............................................................................................. page 6-177
AT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-11
Seat warmer switches ........................................................................................ page 2-17
Rear window defroster switch ........................................................................... page 5-78
Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-49
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior Overview
1-3The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page9
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (10,1)
Interior Equipment (View C)
Overhead lights ................................................................................................ page 6-165
SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-54
Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-19
Rear entertainment system ................................................................................. page 6-66
Center console ................................................................................................. page 6-174
Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-48
Cup holders ...................................................................................................... page 6-171
Sunvisor ........................................................................................................... page 6-164
Moonroof switches ............................................................................................ page 3-51
Overhead console ............................................................................................ page 6-174
Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-66
Vanity mirror .................................................................................................... page 6-164
Front seat ............................................................................................................. page 2-2
Climate control system (Rear) ........................................................................... page 6-14
Second-row seat ................................................................................................... page 2-9
Third-row seat ................................................................................................... page 2-13
1-4
Your Vehicle at a Glance
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Interior Overview
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page10
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (11,1)
Front
Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-49
Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-28
Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-50
Door lock ........................................................................................................... page 3-28
Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-47
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-34
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-40
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
1-5The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page11
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (12,1)
Rear
Liftgate .............................................................................................................. page 3-33
Rear wiper blade ................................................................................................ page 8-30
Child safety lock ................................................................................................ page 3-32
Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-64
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-34
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-40
Rear view monitor ........................................................................................... page 6-153
1-6
Your Vehicle at a Glance
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Exterior Overview
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page12
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (13,1)
2Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2
Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2
Front Seats (Electrically Operated Seats) .................................. 2-4
Second-Row Seats .................................................................... 2-9
Third-Row Seat ....................................................................... 2-13
Head Restraints ....................................................................... 2-15
Seat Warmer
í
......................................................................... 2-17
Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................ 2-19
Seat Belt Precautions .............................................................. 2-19
3-Point Type Seat Belt ............................................................ 2-23
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-25
Center-Rear Position Seat Belt (Second-Row Seats) .............. 2-28
Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-32
Seat Belt Warning Light .......................................................... 2-33
Seat Belt Reminder ................................................................. 2-34
Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-35
Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-35
Child-Restraint System Installation Position .......................... 2-40
Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-41
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................ 2-49
SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-54
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions ................ 2-54
Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-60
How the SRS Air Bags Work .................................................. 2-61
SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria .......................................... 2-65
Limitations to SRS Air Bag .................................................... 2-66
Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification
System
í
.................................................................................. 2-68
Monitoring and Maintenance .................................................. 2-73
2-1
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page13
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (14,1)
Front Seats (Manually
Operated Seats)
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag
components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may
not deploy which could lead to
injuries. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats,
front seat belt pretensioners and air
bags after a collision.
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely locked are
dangerous. In a sudden stop or
collision, the seat or seatback could
move, causing injury. Make sure the
adjustable components of the seat
are locked in place by attempting to
slide the seat forward and backward
and rocking the seatback.
Adjust the driver's seat only when the
vehicle is stopped:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident.
CAUTION
Be careful not to place your hands
and fingers around moving parts of
the front seat when adjusting the
seat positions to prevent injury.
qSeat Slide
To move a seat forward or backward, raise
the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position and release the lever.
2-2
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page14
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (15,1)
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Do not drive with either front seat
reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you do not get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Always sit in the front passenger seat
properly with the seatback upright and
feet on the floor (With Driver and Front
Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
Your front passenger seat has weight
sensors, sitting in the front passenger
seat improperly out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous as it can take off weight
from the seat bottom and affect the
weight determination of the front
passenger sensing system. As a result
the front passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could result in serious injury. Always
sit upright against the seatback with
your feet on the floor.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an
important role in your protection in a
vehicle. Leaving the seatback
unlocked is dangerous as it can allow
passengers to be ejected or thrown
around and baggage to strike
occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After adjusting the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-3
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page15
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (16,1)
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined
seatback to its upright position,
make sure you hold onto the
seatback with your other hand while
operating the lever. If the seatback is
not supported, it will flip forward
suddenly and could cause injury.
q
Height Adjustment (Driver's Seat)
To adjust the seat height, move the lever
up or down.
Down
Up
qLumbar Support Adjustment
(Driver's Seat)
To increase the seat firmness, pull the
lever forward. Push the lever backward to
decrease firmness.
Front Seats (Electrically
Operated Seats)
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag
components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may
not deploy which could lead to
injuries. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats,
front seat belt pretensioners and air
bags after a collision.
Adjust the driver's seat only when the
vehicle is stopped:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident.
2-4
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page16
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (17,1)
CAUTION
ØThe seat-bottom power
adjustment is operated by motors.
Avoid extended operation because
excessive use can damage the
motors.
ØTo prevent the battery from
running down, avoid using the
power adjustment when the
engine is stopped. The adjuster
uses a large amount of electrical
power.
ØDo not use the switch to make
more than one adjustment at a
time.
ØBe careful not to place your hands
and fingers around moving parts
of the front seat when adjusting
the seat positions to prevent
injury.
qSeat Slide
To slide the seat, move the slide lifter
switch on the outside of the seat to the
front or back and hold it. Release the
switch at the desired position.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Do not drive with either front seat
reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you do not get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Always sit in the front passenger seat
properly with the seatback upright and
feet on the floor (With Driver and Front
Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
Your front passenger seat has weight
sensors, sitting in the front passenger
seat improperly out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous as it can take off weight
from the seat bottom and affect the
weight determination of the front
passenger sensing system. As a result
the front passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could result in serious injury. Always
sit upright against the seatback with
your feet on the floor.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-5
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page17
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (18,1)
To change the seatback angle, press the
front or rear side of the reclining switch.
Release the switch at the desired position.
q
Height Adjustment (Driver's Seat)
To adjust the seat height, move the switch
up or down.
qSeat Position Memory
í
The driver's seat position memory
function allows you to program a desired
seat position and outside mirror angle
position. The personalized positions can
be easily activated with the simple touch
of a button. The programmed positions
can also be activated when unlocking the
doors using a programmed advanced key/
retractable type key.
Seat positions and outside mirror angle
positions for up to three people can be
programmed into the memory using the
three available programming buttons.
CAUTION
When activating the seat position, do
not place your hands or fingers
around the seat bottom. The seat
moves to the desired position
automatically, and if your hands or
fingers are placed around the seat
bottom, it could cause injury.
NOTE
lOnly operate the seat memory function
while the vehicle is parked.
lVehicle maintenance or other reasons
requiring the vehicle battery to be
disconnected will result in the seat position
memory being erased.
In this case, re-program the seat positions.
Programming
1. Adjust the seat and outside mirror
angle to the desired positions.
For each seat position adjustment
method refer to the following pages:
Seat Slide (page 2-5)
Seat Recline (page 2-5)
Height Adjustment (page 2-6)
Outside Mirrors (page 3-64)
2-6
Essential Safety Equipment
í
Some models.
Seats
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page18
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (19,1)
2. Press the SET button followed by one
of the programming buttons (1, 2, or 3)
within about 5 seconds. A beep sound
is heard after the programming is
completed.
SET button
NOTE
If the programming button (1, 2, or 3) you
have selected is already programmed, it will be
overwritten with the new setting.
Activating the seat and outside mirrors
to their pre-programmed positions
1. Shift the selector lever to the P
position.
2. Press the programming button (1, 2, or
3) that you selected when
programming your seat and outside
mirror angle positions. A beep sound is
heard after the adjustment to the
programmed positions is completed.
NOTE
lWhen the ignition is switched to ACC or off,
a pre-programmed seat position can be
activated regardless of the selector lever
position.
lIf the seat and outside mirror angles are
already adjusted to the positions you are
activating, the seat and outside mirrors do
not move, however, a beep sound is heard
to confirm that the adjustment operation is
completed.
Activating the seat and outside mirror
angle positions when unlocking with an
advanced key/retractable type key
Your desired seat and outside mirror angle
positions can be activated when unlocking
the doors. Perform the following
procedure using the advanced key/
retractable type key.
1. Adjust the seat and outside mirror
angle to the desired positions.
2. Switch the ignition off.
3. Press the SET button next to the
programming buttons and then the
unlock button on the advanced key/
retractable type key you want to
program within about 5 seconds. A
beep sound is heard when the operation
is completed.
When the driver's door is unlocked using
a programmed advanced key/retractable
type key, the seat and outside mirror
angles are activated to their programmed
positions if the driver's door is opened
within about 40 seconds. A beep sound is
heard after the adjustment to the
programmed positions is completed.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-7
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page19
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (20,1)
NOTE
lIf the seat and outside mirror angles are
already adjusted to the positions you are
activating, the seat and outside mirrors do
not move (a beep sound is not heard).
lThe advanced key/retractable key cannot be
programmed while the key is inserted in the
key cylinder.
lIf any of the following operations is
performed while activating a seat and
outside mirror angle position, the
activation will cancel (After pressing a
programming button or unlocking the doors
with a programmed advanced key/
retractable type key, and while the positions
are being adjusted).
lThe selector lever is shifted to a position
other than P (The ignition is switched
ON).
lAny of the seat adjustment switches
other than a lumbar support switch are
operated (Only the seat position
activation is canceled).
lThe SET button is pressed.
lA programming button (1, 2, or 3) is
pressed.
lAny of the power mirror buttons is
operated (Only the outside mirror angle
position activation is canceled).
lVehicle locking/unlocking is done using
the transmitter.
lThe vehicle starts moving.
l(To cancel the seat and outside mirror
angle position activation when using a
programmed advanced key/retractable
type key to unlock the doors)
Perform the following procedure.
lSwitch the ignition off.
lPress the SET button next to the
programming button (1, 2, or 3) and
then the lock button on the advanced
key/retractable type key within about 5
seconds. A beep sound is heard after the
operation is completed.
qLumbar Support Adjustment
(Driver's Seat)
Manually operated
To increase the seat firmness, pull the
lever forward. Push the lever backward to
decrease firmness.
Electrically operated
The amount of lumbar support can be
adjusted by pressing the switch.
To increase the seat firmness, press and
hold the front part of the switch to the
desired position, then release it.
Press the rear part of the switch to
decrease firmness.
2-8
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page20
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (21,1)
Second-Row Seats
WARNING
Do not stack cargo higher than the
seatbacks:
Stacking luggage or other cargo
higher than the seatbacks is
dangerous. During a sudden stop or
collision, objects can fly around and
become projectiles that could hit and
injure passengers.
Make sure luggage and cargo are
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place by
attempting to slide the seat forward
and backward and rocking the
seatback:
Adjustable seats that are not securely
latched are dangerous. In a sudden
stop or collision, the seat or seatback
could move, causing injury.
Adjust the seat only when the vehicle is
stopped:
Adjusting the seat while the vehicle is
moving is dangerous. Sudden
braking or a collision could cause
serious injury.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an
important role in your protection in a
vehicle. Leaving the seatback
unlocked is dangerous as it can allow
passengers to be ejected or thrown
around and baggage to strike
occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After adjusting the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
Never allow a passenger to sit or stand
on the folded seatback while the
vehicle is moving:
Driving with a passenger on the
folded seatback is dangerous.
Allowing a child to sit up on the
folded seatback while the vehicle is
moving is particularly dangerous. In
a sudden stop or even a minor
collision, a child not in a proper seat
or child-restraint system and seat
belt could be thrown forward, back
or even out of the vehicle resulting in
serious injuries or death. The child in
the baggage area could be thrown
into other occupants and cause
serious injury.
CAUTION
Be careful not to place your hands
and fingers around moving parts of
the second-row seat when adjusting
the seat positions to prevent injury.
NOTE
The second-row seats cannot be removed.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-9
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page21
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (22,1)
qSeat Slide
To move the seat forward or backward,
raise the bar and slide the seat to the
desired position and release the bar.
Make sure the bar returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Do not drive with the seats reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you do not get the full
protection from the seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Do not recline a second-row seatback
when the third row seat is occupied:
Reclining the second-row seatback
when the third-row seat is occupied
is dangerous.Because the clearance
in the third-row seat is limited,
occupants in the third-row seat could
be hurt seriously on a reclined
second-row seatback.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while pulling the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
2-10
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page22
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (23,1)
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined
seatback to its upright position,
make sure you hold onto the
seatback with your other hand while
operating the lever. If the seatback is
not supported, it will flip forward
suddenly and could cause injury.
qArmrest
The armrest can be used (no occupant in
the center seat) or placed upright.
qThird-Row Seat Access
After folding the second-row seat
seatback and sliding the seat forward, you
can access the third-row seat easily.
Entering/exiting the third-row seat area
Raise the lever on the side of the second-
row seat to fold the seatback forward and
slide the seat forward.
After entering/exiting the third-row
seat area
1. Return the second-row seatback to its
upright position and lock it after sliding
it backward. Make sure it is locked by
attempting to lightly move it forward
and backward.
2. Make sure that the center-rear seat belt
is routed properly (not under the head
restraint) and the seat belt guide is
snapped to the head restraint.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-11
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page23
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (24,1)
CAUTION
ØWhen folding a seatback, always
hold onto the seatback with your
other hand while operating the
lever. If the seatback is not
supported, it will flip forward
suddenly and could cause injury.
ØAfter entering/exiting the third-
row seat area, return the seatback
to its upright position. Otherwise,
it could move unexpectedly and
cause injury.
qFolding the Second-Row Seats
To create a flat luggage compartment
space, fold the seatbacks forward.
Folding the seatbacks
1. Unfasten the lap portion of the center-
rear seat belt (page 2-30) and stow it
into the ceiling recess (page 2-30).
CAUTION
Always unfasten the lap portion of
the belt before folding the rear-left
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of
the belt fastened could cause
damage to the seat belt, buckle and
seatback.
2. Slide the seat all the way back toward
the rear of the vehicle.
3. Lower the head restraints all the way
down (page 2-15).
NOTE
If the second-row seats cannot be folded
because the head restraints for the second-row
seats contact the front seats, remove the head
restraints for the second-row seats.
4. Pull the lever and fold the seatback
forward.
CAUTION
When folding a seatback, always
hold onto the seatback with your
other hand while operating the lever.
If the seatback is not supported, it
will flip forward suddenly and could
cause injury.
NOTE
To create a flat luggage compartment space
from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the
front seats, fold the second-row and third-row
seats (page 2-14).
2-12
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page24
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (25,1)
Returning seatbacks to their original
positions
1. Lift the seatback to its original
position.
Make sure the seatback is secured by
attempting to lightly move it forward
and back.
2. If the head restraints were removed, re-
install them.
3. Route the center-rear seat belt through
the seat belt guide and fasten it. Check
that all seat belts are routed properly
for passenger use (page 2-28).
Third-Row Seat
WARNING
Do not stack cargo higher than the
seatbacks:
Stacking luggage or other cargo
higher than the seatbacks is
dangerous. During a sudden stop or
collision, objects can fly around and
become projectiles that could hit and
injure passengers.
Make sure luggage and cargo are
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place by
attempting to rock the seatback:
Adjustable seats that are not securely
latched are dangerous. In a sudden
stop or collision, the seat or seatback
could move, causing injury.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an
important role in your protection in a
vehicle. Leaving the seatback
unlocked is dangerous as it can allow
passengers to be ejected or thrown
around and baggage to strike
occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After returning the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-13
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page25
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (26,1)
Never allow a passenger to sit or stand
on the folded seatback while the
vehicle is moving:
Driving with a passenger on the
folded seatback is dangerous.
Allowing a child to sit up on the
folded seatback while the vehicle is
moving is particularly dangerous. In
a sudden stop or even a minor
collision, a child not in a proper seat
or child-restraint system and seat
belt could be thrown forward, back
or even out of the vehicle resulting in
serious injuries or death. The child in
the baggage area could be thrown
into other occupants and cause
serious injury.
NOTE
The third-row seat cannot be removed.
qSplit-Folding the Third-Row Seat
To create a flat luggage compartment
space, fold the seatbacks forward.
To fold third-row seat
1. (With foldable head restraints)
Fold the head restraint all the way
down.(page 2-15)
(Without foldable head restraints)
Lower the head restraints all the way
down (page 2-15).
2. Pull the strap and fold the seatback
forward.
3. Fasten the strap to its original position.
NOTE
To create a flat luggage compartment space
from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the
front seats, fold the second-row and third-row
seats (page 2-12).
To return third-row seat to its original
position
1. Return the seatback to its original
position by pulling its strap.
Make sure the seatback is secured by
attempting to lightly move it forward
and back.
2-14
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page26
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (27,1)
2. Fasten the strap to its original position
between the seatback and folding
board.
Board
Strap
3. (With foldable head restraints)
Lift the head restraint upward to its
upright position.
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head
restraints on all outboard seats and the
second-row center seat. The head
restraints are intended to help protect you
and the passengers from neck injury.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used
and make sure they are properly
adjusted. In addition, always raise the
head restraints mentioned below when
they are being used:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
(Head restraints which must be
raised for use)
ØSecond-row center head restraint
ØThird-row outboard head
restraints except for foldable head
restraints
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-15
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page27
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (28,1)
qNormal Head Restraints
Height adjustment
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stop-
catch release, then push the head restraint
down.
Adjust the head restraint so that the center
is even with the top of the passenger's
ears.
Front outboard seat
Second-Row outboard seat/Third-Row
outboard seat
Second-Row center seat
Removal/Installation
To remove the head restraint, pull it up
while pressing the stop-catch.
To install the head restraint, press the
uprights into the holes while pressing the
stop-catch.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
set up when seats are being used and
make sure they are properly set up:
Driving with the head restraints not
set up is dangerous. With no support
behind your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
2-16
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page28
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (29,1)
qFoldable Head Restraints
í
The third-row seats are equipped with
foldable head restraints.
NOTE
The foldable head restraints cannot be
adjusted or removed.
To fold the head restraint, pull the strap
and fold the head restraint downward. To
return the head restraint to its upright
position, lift it upward.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints in
their upright positions when the third-
row seats are occupied, and make sure
they are securely locked in place:
Driving with the head restraints
folded down is dangerous. With no
support behind your head, your neck
could be seriously injured in a
collision.
Seat Warmer
í
The front seats are electrically heated. The
ignition must be switched ON.
Press the seat warmer switch to illuminate
the indicator light while the ignition is
switched ON. The mode changes as
follow each time the seat warmer switch is
pressed.
OFF
High
Low
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-17
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page29
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (30,1)
WARNING
ØBe careful when using the seat
warmer. The heat from the seat
warmer may be too hot for some
people, as indicated below, and
could cause a low-temperature
burn.
ØInfants, small babies, elderly
people, and physically
challenged people
ØPeople with delicate skin
ØPeople who are excessively
fatigued
ØPeople who are intoxicated
ØPeople who have taken sleep-
inducing medicine such as
sleeping pills or cold medicine
ØDo not use the seat warmer with
anything having high moisture-
retention ability such as a blanket
or cushion on the seat. The seat
may be heated excessively and
cause a low-temperature burn.
ØDo not use the seat warmer even
when taking a short nap in the
vehicle. The seat may be heated
excessively and cause a low-
temperature burn.
ØDo not place heavy objects with
sharp projections on the seat, or
insert needles or pins into it. This
could cause the seat to become
excessively heated and result in
injury from a minor burn.
CAUTION
Do not use organic solvents to clean
the seat. It may damage the seat
surface and the heater.
NOTE
lIf the ignition is switched off while the seat
warmer is operating (High or Low) and
then switched ON again, the seat warmer
will automatically operate at the
temperature set before switching off the
ignition.
lUse the seat warmer when the engine is
running, and do not continue to use it for a
long period of time.
lThe temperature of the seat warmer cannot
be adjusted beyond High and Low because
the seat warmer is controlled by a
thermostat.
2-18
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page30
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (31,1)
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
Your vehicle has the following types of seat belts.
Seating Position Types of seat belt
Front seat Driver side 3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor
Passenger side 3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode
retractor/automatic locking mode retractor
Second-row seat
Third-row seat
3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor
This belt has retractors with an inertia lock that keep the belt retracted when not in use.
The lock allows the belt to remain comfortable on the user, but it will lock in position
during a collision.
Refer to Emergency Locking Mode on page 2-21.
3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor/automatic locking mode
retractor
In addition to the emergency locking mode function, this belt has retractors that operate in
another mode, the automatic locking mode, for the child-restraint system.
Refer to Automatic Locking Mode on page 2-22.
Refer to Installing Child-Restraint Systems on page 2-41.
We recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front passenger
seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure any
child-restraint system is secured properly.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-19
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page31
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (32,1)
WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown
out of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same
collision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.
Do not wear twisted seat belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not
available to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,
which could cause serious injury or death. So, if your seat belt is twisted, you must
straighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to
be used.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt
webbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate
protection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt
systems in use during an accident before they are used again.
Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has
been expended:
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after any collision. Like the air bags, the front seat belt
pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after
any collision that caused them to deploy. A seat belt with an expended pretensioner
or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all; however, if the front
seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced, the risk of injury in a
collision will increase.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt.
2-20
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page32
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (33,1)
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep
them clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning the
Lap/Shoulder Belt Webbing”(page 8-64).
qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific
recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
qEmergency Locking Mode
In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it will
always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by
pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable
movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic locking
mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the more
comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, level
area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it
around you again.
If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling it
out slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out again
slowly.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-21
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page33
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (34,1)
qAutomatic Locking Mode
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,
pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It will
retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on child
restraint (page 2-35).
2-22
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page34
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (35,1)
3-Point Type Seat Belt
qFastening the Seat Belt
1. Grasp the seat belt tongue.
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
Lap/shoulder
belt
Seat belt
tongue
3. Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat
belt buckle until you hear a click
sound.
Seat belt tongue
Seat belt
buckle
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,
not on the abdominal area, then adjust
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly
against your body.
Keep low on
hip bone
Too high
Take up slack
WARNING
Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat
Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-23
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page35
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (36,1)
qUnfastening the Seat Belt
Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.
If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out
and check for kinks or twists. Then make
sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.
Button
NOTE
lWhen using the center-rear seat belt, refer
to “Center-Rear Position Seat Belt”(page
2-28).
lIf a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for
kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting
properly, have it inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
To secure the outboard-third row seat
belts when not in use, insert the belts into
their seat belt retainers.
qFront Shoulder Belt Adjuster
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if
the seat belt touches your neck, or if it
crosses your arm instead of your shoulder.
To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, push
the adjuster up. To lower the shoulder belt
adjuster, pull the adjuster and slide it
down. Make sure the adjuster is locked.
To raise To lower
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
2-24
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page36
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (37,1)
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner
and Load Limiting Systems
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems. For both these systems to work
properly you must wear the seat belt
properly.
Pretensioners:
The front seat belt retractors remove slack
quickly as the air bags are expanding.
Any time the air bags and seat belt
pretensioners have deployed they must be
replaced.
For deployment details, refer to the SRS
Air Bag Deployment Criteria (page 2-65).
(With Driver and Front Passenger
Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the pretensioner system for
the front passenger, like the front
passenger air bag, is designed to only
deploy in accordance with the total seated
weight on the front passenger seat. For
details, refer to the driver and front
passenger occupant classification system
(page 2-68).
Load limiter:
The load limiting system releases belt
webbing in a controlled manner to reduce
belt force on the occupant's chest. While
the most severe load on a seat belt occurs
in frontal collisions, the load limiter has
an automatic mechanical function and can
activate in any accident mode with
sufficient occupant movement.
Even if the pretensioners have not
deployed, the load limiting function must
be checked by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
WARNING
Wear seat belts only as recommended
in this owner's manual:
Incorrect positioning of the driver and
front passenger seat belts is
dangerous. Without proper
positioning, the pretensioner and
load limiting systems cannot provide
adequate protection in an accident
and this could result in serious injury.
For more details about wearing seat
belts, refer to “Fastening the seat
belts”(page 2-23).
Have your seat belts changed
immediately if the pretensioner or load
limiter has been expended:
Always have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer immediately inspect the front
seat belt pretensioners and air bags
after any collision. Like the air bags,
the front seat belt pretensioners and
load limiters will only function once
and must be replaced after any
collision that caused them to deploy.
A seat belt with an expended
pretensioner or load limiter is still
better than wearing no seat belt at
all; however, if the front seat belt
pretensioners and load limiters are
not replaced, the risk of injury in a
collision will increase.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-25
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page37
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (38,1)
Do not modify the components or
wiring, or use electronic testing devices
on the pretensioner system:
Modifying the components or wiring
of the pretensioner system, including
the use of electronic testing devices is
dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable
which would prevent it from
activating in an accident. The
occupants or repairers could be
seriously injured.
Properly dispose of the pretensioner
system:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with non-
deactivated pretensioners is
dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury could
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of the
pretensioner system or how to scrap
a pretensioner-equipped vehicle.
NOTE
lThe pretensioner system will activate in a
moderate or severe frontal, near-frontal
collision or roll-over accident. It will not
activate in most side or rear impacts.
(With Driver and Front Passenger
Occupant Classification System)
The pretensioner system for the front
passenger is designed to only deploy in
accordance with the total seated weight on
the front passenger seat.
lSome smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not indicate
a fire. This gas normally has no effect on
occupants, however, those with sensitive
skin may experience light skin irritation. If
residue from the deployment of the air bags
or the front pretensioner system gets on the
skin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon as
possible.
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition is
switched ON or after the engine is
cranked. The warning light turns off after
a specified period of time.
2-26
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page38
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (39,1)
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition is
switched ON. If any of these occur,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. The system may not
operate in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner systems and
the warning light, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-27
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page39
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (40,1)
Center-Rear Position Seat
Belt (Second-Row Seats)
Before using the center-rear lap/shoulder
belt make sure tongue (A) and anchor
buckle (B) are fastened.
(A)
(B)
WARNING
Using the Seat Belt Guide:
Not using the seat belt guide is
dangerous. If the seat belt guide is
not used, the shoulder portion of the
center-rear seat belt could be
mistakenly positioned under the
head restraint; a position that cannot
provide adequate protection in a
collision and could result in the
center-rear passenger being seriously
injured or killed. Always make sure
the shoulder portion of the center-
rear seat belt is on the right side of
the left-rear head restraint and
guided correctly through the seat belt
guide.
Seat belt guide
qFastening the Seat Belt
1. Grasp the seat belt tongue (C).
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
2-28
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page40
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (41,1)
3. Insert the seat belt tongue (C) into the
seat belt buckle (D) until you hear a
click sound.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
WARNING
Fastening the Center-Rear Seat Belt
with Only One Buckle:
Fastening the center-rear seat belt
with only one buckle is dangerous. If
only one pair of seat belt tongues
and buckles is fastened (either seat
belt tongue (C) and seat belt anchor
buckle (D) or seat belt tongue (A) and
seat belt buckle (B)), then the seat
belt cannot provide full protection. In
a sudden stop or collision, the user
could slide under the belt and suffer
serious injuries. Always make sure
that both pairs of seat belt tongues
and buckles are fastened properly.
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,
not on the abdominal area, then adjust
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly
against your body.
Keep low on
hip bone
Too high
Take up slack
WARNING
Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat
Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-29
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page41
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (42,1)
qUnfastening the Seat Belt
Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.
If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out
and check for kinks or twists. Then make
sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.
Button
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for
kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting
properly, have it inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
qRetracting the Center Seat Belt
(Middle Row) to Lower the
Seatbacks for Carrying Cargo
To retract the center belt and lower the
seatbacks for carrying cargo, insert a
small object such as a key in the seat belt
anchor buckle (B) slot.
(A)
(B)
CAUTION
Always unfasten the lap portion of
the belt before folding the left-rear
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of
the belt fastened could cause
damage to the seat belt, seat belt
buckle and seatback.
qStowing and pulling out the
Center-Rear Position Seat Belt
The center-rear position seat belt can be
stowed using the following procedure.
CAUTION
When stowing the seat belt, make
sure the belt is locked securely into
the recess. If the seat belt is not
properly stowed, it might get caught
in the seats and be damaged.
To stow the seat belt, retract the belt, put
the seat belt tongues (A) and (C) together
and insert each tongue into the respective
ceiling recess. Insert the seat belt tongues
until you hear a click sound.
(A)
(C)
Ceiling recess
2-30
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page42
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (43,1)
To pull out the seat belt, press the area
indicated in the figure upward with your
finger and slide the belt forward. Then
slowly pull out the seat belt from the
ceiling recess.
NOTE
lTo encourage rear seat passengers to wear
their seat belts, we suggest leaving the
center-rear lap position of the belt fastened
at all times except when folding the rear
seat forward.
lPulling the seat belt all the way out will
switch it to automatic locking mode. If
automatic locking mode is not needed,
retract the seat belt fully to convert it back
to emergency locking mode.
q
Re-attaching the Seat Belt after the
Middle Row Seatbacks are
Returned to their Upright Positions
To re-attach the center seat belt after the
middle row seats are returned to their
upright positions, grasp the seat belt
tongue (A) and insert it into the seat belt
anchor buckle (B) until you hear a click
sound. It is now secure for passenger use.
NOTE
After returning the left-rear seatback to its
upright position, guide the shoulder portion of
the belt correctly through the seat belt guide
and fasten the lap portion of the belt.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-31
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page43
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (44,1)
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order
one that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
WARNING
Do not use a seat belt extender unless
it is necessary:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt
will be too long and not fit properly.
In an accident, the seat belt will not
provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Only use
the extender when it is required to
fasten the seat belt properly.
Do not use an improper extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a different vehicle
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and the user could be seriously
injured in an accident. Only use the
extender provided for you and for the
particular vehicle and seat. NEVER
use the extender in a different vehicle
or seat. If you sell your Mazda, do
not leave your seat belt extender in
the vehicle. It could be used
accidentally by the new owner of the
vehicle. After removing the seat belt
extender, discard it. Never use the
seat belt extender in any other
vehicle you may own in the future.
Do not use an extender that is too
long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
properly. In an accident, the seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and you could be seriously injured.
Do not use the extender or choose
one shorter in length if the distance
between the extender's buckle and
the center of the user's body is less
than 15 cm (6 in).
2-32
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page44
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (45,1)
Do not leave a seat belt extender
connected to the buckle:
Leaving a seat belt extender
connected to the buckle without
using the seat belt is dangerous.
When the seat belt extender is
connected to the driver's seat belt
buckle (or front passenger) seat, the
SRS driver's (or front passenger's) air
bag system will determine that the
driver (or front passenger) is wearing
the seat belt even if the driver (or
front passenger) is not wearing it.
This condition could cause the
driver's (or front passenger's) air bag
to not activate correctly and result in
death or serious injury in the event of
collision. Always wear the seat belt
with the seat belt extender.
Do not use the seat belt extender when
installing a child-restraint system on
the front or rear passenger seat:
Using a seat belt extender to fasten a
child-restraint system on any seat is
dangerous. Always follow the child-
restraint system manufacturer's
installation instructions and never
use a seat belt extender.
NOTE
When not in use, remove the seat belt extender
and store it in the vehicle. If the seat belt
extender is left connected, the seat belt
extender might get damaged as it will not
retract with the rest of the seat belt and can
easily fall out of the door when not in use and
be damaged. In addition, the seat belt warning
light will not illuminate and function properly.
Seat Belt Warning Light
The seat belt warning light illuminates if
the driver or front passenger's seat is
occupied and the seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switched ON.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-33
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page45
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (46,1)
Seat Belt Reminder
NOTE
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
deactivate or restore the belt reminder. Though
the belt reminder can be deactivated, doing so
will defeat the purpose of the system to warn
the driver and the front passenger in the event
that their seat belts are not fastened. For the
safety of the driver and front passenger, Mazda
recommends not deactivating the belt
reminder.
If the vehicle is driven with the driver or
front passenger's seat belt unfastened, the
seat belt warning light illuminates and a
warning chime sounds.
If the driver or front passenger's seat belt
is unfastened (only when the front
passenger seat is occupied) and the
vehicle is driven at a speed faster than
about 20 km/h (12 mph), the warning
light will flash and a beep sound will be
heard. After a short time, the warning
light stops flashing, but remains
illuminated, and the beep sound stops.
Until a seat belt is fastened or a given
period of time has elapsed, the beep sound
will not stop even if the vehicle speed
falls below 20 km/h (12 mph).
NOTE
lThe warning light flashes and a beep sound
will be heard for about 6 seconds if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition is switched ON.
lIf a driver or front passenger's seat belt is
unfastened after the beep sound turns off,
and the vehicle speed exceeds 8 km/h (5
mph), the warning light flashes and beep
sound activates again.
lPlacing items on the front passenger seat
may cause the front passenger seat belt
warning function to operate depending on
the weight of the item.
lTo allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
lWhen a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that the
warning light will not operate.
2-34
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page46
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (47,1)
Child Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if the
child is seated on the center seat.
Statistics confirm that the rear seats are the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other
child-restraint systems.
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.
This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front
passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates.
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front
passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children be
properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear
seats which are the best place for children.
For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors”(page 2-68).
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-35
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page47
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (48,1)
WARNING
Use the correct size child-restraint system:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system
buckled down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-
restraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the
vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors
for LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a
sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag
forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be
slammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The
child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
2-36
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page48
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (49,1)
Vehicles with a front passenger air bag have a warning label attached as shown
below. The warning label reminds you not to put a rear-facing child-restraint system
on the front passenger seat at any time.
Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unless
it is unavoidable:
In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to
the child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger
seat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-37
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page49
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (50,1)
Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous
under certain conditions (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors. Even with the
front passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat to seat
a child, using a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under the
following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying
and could result in serious injury or death to the child.
ØThe front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when
seating a child in the child-restraint system.
ØLuggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
ØA rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger
seatback.
ØA rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.
ØLuggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
ØHeavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.
ØThe seat is washed.
ØLiquids are spilled on the seat.
ØThe front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
ØThe front passenger seatback contacts the second-row seat.
ØLuggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
ØAny accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.
The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for
children. Always use seat belts and child restraints.
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle
with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of
the front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along
both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause
serious injury or death to an out of position child. Furthermore, leaning over or
against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the
advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional
side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location
for children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side
window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.
2-38
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page50
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (51,1)
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your
child touches them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH
child-restraint systems in the rear seats. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems”(page 2-49).
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-39
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page51
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (52,1)
Child-Restraint System
Installation Position
In this owner's manual, explanation of
child-restraint systems is provided for the
following three types of popular child-
restraint systems: infant seat, child seat,
booster seat.
NOTE
lInstallation position is determined by the
type of child-restraint system. Always read
the manufacturer's instructions and this
owner's manual carefully.
lDue to variations in the design of child-
restraint systems, vehicle seats and seat
belts, all child-restraint systems may not fit
all seating positions. Before purchasing a
child-restraint system, it should be tested in
the specific vehicle seating position (or
positions) where it is intended to be used. If
a previously purchased child-restraint
system does not fit, you may need to
purchase a different one that will.
Infant seat
An infant seat provides restraint by
bracing the infant's head, neck and back
against the seating surface.
Child seat
A child seat restrains a child's body using
the harness.
Booster seat
A booster seat is a child restraint
accessory designed to improve the fit of
the seat belt system around the child's
body.
2-40
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page52
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (53,1)
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seats. The front
passenger's seat is clearly the worst choice
for any child under 12, and with rear-
facing child-restraint systems it is clearly
unsafe due to air bags.
NOTE
Even if your vehicle is equipped with front
passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-68),
which automatically deactivates the front
passenger air bag, a rear seat is the safest
place for a child of any age or size.
Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to
be effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the three positions on
the second-row seats.
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint
Systems”(page 2-49).
WARNING
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems Work
Only on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:
Installation of a tether equipped
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat or the third-row
seats defeats the safety design of the
system and will result in an increased
chance of serious injury if the child-
restraint system goes forward
without benefit of being tethered.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether
anchors.
qSecond-Row Seats Child-
Restraint System Installation
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped child-
restraint system to the rear LATCH lower
anchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-
Restraint Systems”(page 2-49).
NOTE
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If you
are not sure whether you have a LATCH
system or tether, check in the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions and follow
them accordingly. Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may use LATCH
system instead of seat belts or if the belt goes
across the child's chest, may recommend
against using automatic locking mode.
1. When installing the child-restraint
system on the second-row seat, make
sure that the center-rear seat belt is
routed through the seat belt guide.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-41
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page53
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (54,1)
2. If the seat in which you install a child-
restraint system has a seat slide
function, slide the seat as far back as
possible.
3. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
4. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-15.
5. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
6. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
7. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will be
heard during retraction if the system is
in the automatic locking mode. If the
belt does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be able
to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic locking
mode. When you remove the child-restraint
system, be sure the belt fully retracts to return
the system to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.
8. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, refer to the
manufacturer's instructions to hook and
tighten the tether strap after raising the
head restraint.
2-42
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page54
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (55,1)
Anchor bracket location
Tether strap position
Tether strap
Forward
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback:
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The child-
restraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the child-
restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-43
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page55
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (56,1)
qThird-Row Seats Child-Restraint
System Installation
The third-row seats cannot accommodate
LATCH-type child-restraint systems or
tethers, therefore these systems must be
installed on the other seat positions such
as the second-row seat. If this is not
possible, LATCH-type child-restraint
systems should be installed to a third-row
seat using the seat belt depending on
whether the child-restraint manufacturer
allows their use without LATCH
attachments and tether anchors.
Follow these manufacturer's instructions
when using a child-restraint system.
NOTE
lFollow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of child-restraint
system, it may not employ seat belts which
are in automatic locking mode.
l(With foldable head restraints)
The third-row outboard head restraints
cannot be adjusted.
1. (Without foldable head restraints)
Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position. Refer to Head
Restraints on page 2-15.
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in the
automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
2-44
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page56
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (57,1)
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be able
to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic locking
mode. When you remove the child-restraint
system, be sure the belt fully retracts to return
the system to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.
qIf You Must Use the Front Seat
for Children
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seats, at least put the smallest children in
the rear and be sure the largest child up
front uses the shoulder belt over the
shoulder.
NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat
whether your vehicle is equipped with a
seat weight sensor or not.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the rear seat positions set up with tether
anchors.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger's seat and should be used in the
second-row seats.
Do not allow anyone to sleep against the
side window if you have optional side and
curtain air bags, it could cause serious
injuries to an out of position occupant. As
children more often sleep in cars, it is
better to put them in the rear seat. If
installing the child-restraint system on the
front seat is unavoidable, follow these
instructions when using a front-facing
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat.
NOTE
lTo check if your front seats have side air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag
will have a “SRS AIRBAG”tag on the
outboard shoulder of the front seats.
lTo check if your vehicle has curtain air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air
bag will have an “SRS AIRBAG”marking
on the window pillars along the roof edge.
WARNING
Always move the front passenger seat
as far back as possible if installing a
front-facing child-restraint system on it
is unavoidable:
As your vehicle has front air bags
and doubly so because your vehicle
has side air bags, a front-facing
child-restraint system should be put
on the front passenger seat only
when it is unavoidable.
Even if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light
illuminates, always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of a deploying air bag could
cause serious injury or death to the
child.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-45
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page57
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (58,1)
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint
system in the front seat with an air bag
that could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems
on the front seat are particularly
dangerous.
Even in a moderate collision, the
child-restraint system can be hit by a
deploying air bag and moved
violently backward resulting in
serious injury or death to the child.
Even though you may feel assured
that the front passenger air bag will
not deploy based on the fact that the
front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates, you
should not use a rear-facing child-
restraint system in the front seat.
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean
over or against the side window of a
vehicle with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to
lean over or against the side window,
the area of the front passenger seat,
the front and rear window pillars and
the roof edge along both sides from
which the side and curtain air bags
deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. The impact of
inflation from a side or curtain air
bag could cause serious injury or
death to an out of position child.
Furthermore, leaning over or against
the front door could block the side
and curtain air bags and eliminate
the advantages of supplemental
protection. With the front air bag and
the additional side air bag that
comes out of the front seat, the rear
seat is always a better location for
children. Take special care not to
allow a child to lean over or against
the side window, even if the child is
seated in a child-restraint system.
qFront Passenger's Seat Child-
Restraint System Installation
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Slide the seat as far back as possible.
2-46
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page58
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (59,1)
3. Place the child-restraint system on the
seat without putting your weight on the
seat and fasten the seat belt. See the
manufacturer's instructions on the
child-restraint system for belt routing
instructions.
4. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
5. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will be
heard during retraction if the system is
in automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat the previous step and also this
one.
NOTE
lInspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be
able to pull the shoulder belt out of the
retractor while the system is in the
automatic locking mode. When you remove
the child-restraint system, be sure the belt
fully retracts to return the system to
emergency locking mode before occupants
use the seat belts.
lFollow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of child-restraint
system, it may not employ seat belts which
are in automatic locking mode.
6. Seat your child safely in the child-
restraint system and secure the child
according to the instructions from the
child-restraint system manufacturer.
7. (With Driver and Front Passenger
Occupant Classification System)
Make sure the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates
after installing a child-restraint system
on the front passenger seat.
If the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminate, remove the child-restraint
system, switch the ignition to OFF or
ACC, and then re-install the child-
restraint system.
Refer to Front Passenger Seat Weight
Sensors on page 2-68.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-47
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page59
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (60,1)
WARNING
Do not seat a child in a child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat if
the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminate (With Driver and Front
Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
While it is always better to install any
child-restraint system on the rear
seat, it is imperative that a child-
restraint system ONLY be used on the
front passenger seat if the
deactivation indicator light
illuminates when the child is seated
in the child-restraint system (page
2-68). Seating a child in a child-
restraint system installed on the front
passenger seat with the front
passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light not illuminated is
dangerous. If this indicator light does
not illuminate, this means that the
front passenger front and side air
bags, and seat belt pretensioner are
ready for deployment. If an accident
were to deploy an air bag, a child in
a child-restraint system sitting in the
front passenger seat could be
seriously injured or killed. If the
indicator light does not illuminate
after seating a child in a child-
restraint system on the front
passenger seat, seat a child in a
child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
2-48
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page60
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (61,1)
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems in the second-row seats. Both anchors must be used,
otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-
restraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have
a tether you must use it to better assure your child's safety.
WARNING
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-
restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:
Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.
In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraint
system attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use the
seat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is
occupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.
Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the
seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in
an improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH
child-restraint systems.
Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-
restraint system:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could
move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no
seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-49
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page61
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (62,1)
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (Second-
Row Outboard Seats)
1. Slide the second-row seat as far back as
possible.
2. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
3. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
For rear
right seat
For rear
left seat
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.
4. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-15.
5. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction. Pull on the
child-restraint to be sure both anchors
are engaged.
6. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that means it is
very important to properly secure the
tether for child safety. Please carefully
follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions when
installing tethers.
Anchor bracket location
Tether strap position
Tether strap
Forward
2-50
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page62
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (63,1)
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback:
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The child-
restraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the child-
restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (Second-
Row Center Seat)
The LATCH lower anchors at the center
of the second-row seat are much further
apart than the sets of LATCH lower
anchors for child-restraint system
installation at other seating positions.
Child-restraint systems with rigid LATCH
attachments cannot be installed on the
center seating position. Some LATCH
equipped child-restraint systems can be
placed in the center position and will
reach the nearest LATCH lower anchors
which are 500 mm (19.7 in) apart.
LATCH compatible child-restraint
systems (with attachments on belt
webbing) can be used at this seating
position only if the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions state that the
child-restraint system can be installed to
LATCH lower anchors that are 500 mm
(19.7 in) apart. Do not attach two child-
restraint systems to the same LATCH
lower anchor. If your child-restraint
system has a tether, it must also be used
for your child's optimum safety.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-51
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page63
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (64,1)
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback:
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The child-
restraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the child-
restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
1. Slide the second-row seat as far back as
possible.
2. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
3. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.
4. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-15.
5. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions. Pull on the
child-restraint to be sure both anchors
are engaged.
6. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that means it is
very important to properly secure the
tether for child safety. Please carefully
follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions when
installing tethers.
2-52
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page64
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (65,1)
Anchor bracket position
Tether strap position
Tether strap
Forward
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-53
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page65
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (66,1)
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include 6 air bags. Please verify
the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS AIRBAG”location
indicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.
The air bags are installed in the following locations:
lThe steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
lThe front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)
lThe outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)
lThe front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
in certain situations, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
lKeep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
lReduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as rear impact.
lReduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal, side collisions or roll-over
accidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags.
lReduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
lReduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
lHold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
2-54
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page66
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (67,1)
If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant
classification system, refer to the Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification
System (page 2-68) for details.
If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification
system, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified
time after the ignition is switched ON.
Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every
state and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraint
system (page 2-35).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
WARNING
Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.
Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be
expected to inflate only in the first accident, such as frontal, near frontal, side
collisions or roll-over accident that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should
always wear seat belts.
Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be
hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean against
the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate collision to the front-passenger
side of the vehicle. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on
the rear seats with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-55
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page67
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (68,1)
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The
child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
Extreme Hazard! Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system on the front
passenger seat with an air bag that could deploy:
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by
an airbag in front of it!
Even in a moderate collision, the child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air
bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:
Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands
or feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags
inflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too
close. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The
front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants should
adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
2-56
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page68
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (69,1)
Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them, or sleeping
up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The side
and curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along the
door on the side the car is hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too
close to the door or leaning against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the
sides of the front seatbacks. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by
sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn
properly.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air
bags deploy:
Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing
something in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere
with air bag inflation and injure the occupants.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the
seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side
air bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added
protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front
seats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules
in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the
windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof
edge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the
curtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting
the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open
releasing the gas.
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free
to deploy in the event of a side collision or roll-over accident.
Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:
Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The components
essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of
a side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death
or serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the
supplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the front
seats.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-57
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page69
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (70,1)
Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated:
Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You could
get burned.
Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,
bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The
air bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate
unexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.
Front occupants could be seriously injured.
Do not modify the suspension:
Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the
suspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision or
roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the
possibility of serious injuries.
To prevent false detection by the air bag sensor system, heed the following:
ØDo not use tires or wheels other than those specified for your Mazda:
Use of any tire or wheel other than those specified for your Mazda (page 10-6) is
dangerous. Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle's accident detections
system from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in
incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.
ØDo not overload your vehicle:
Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as it could prevent the air bag crash sensor
system from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in
incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR)
for your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver's
door frame. Do not exceed these ratings.
ØDo not drive the vehicle off-road:
Driving your Mazda off-road is dangerous because the vehicle has not been
designed to do so. Driving the vehicle off-road could prevent the air bag crash
sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting
in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious
injuries.
2-58
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page70
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (71,1)
Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make
any modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,
badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra
electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda
Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front
seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the
bags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and front
passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an
undamaged air bag connection.
NOTE
lWhen an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.
Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries
on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
lShould you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that
familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.
lThis highly-visible label is displayed which warns against the use of rear-facing child-restraint
systems on the front passenger seat.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-59
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page71
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (72,1)
Supplemental Restraint System Components
Driver/Front passenger inflators and air bags
Crash and roll-over sensor, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-25)
Front air bag sensor
Side crash sensors
Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-64)
Side and curtain inflators and air bags
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-68)
Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-68)
Front passenger seat weight sensor control module
Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-72)
Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-68)
NOTE
- are equipped only on models with the driver and front passenger occupant classification
system.
2-60
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page72
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (73,1)
How the SRS Air Bags Work
Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags are
designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.
The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to
the seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.
qFront Seat Belt Pretensioners
The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, near
frontal collisions or roll-over accidents.
qDriver Air Bag
The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheel.
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, the
driver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chest
caused by directly hitting the steering wheel.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”
(page 2-65).
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
The driver's dual-stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity the driver's air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas during
more severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.
qFront Passenger Air Bag
The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard. The inflation
mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag, as mentioned
above.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”
(page 2-65).
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-61
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page73
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (74,1)
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the
total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front
passenger occupant classification system (page 2-68).
qSide Air Bags
The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the
system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side air
bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused by
directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”
(page 2-65).
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with
the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front
passenger occupant classification system (page 2-68).
A side air bag will deploy only on the side the
vehicle receives the force of the impact.
2-62
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page74
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (75,1)
qCurtain Air Bags
The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge
along both sides.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the
curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard
passenger's head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”
(page 2-65).
In a side impact:
Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on
that side only to inflate.
Only one side curtain air bag will deploy on the
side of the vehicle that receives the force of an
impact.
In a roll-over:
In response to a vehicle roll-over, both curtain air bags inflate.
Both curtain air bags will deploy after
a roll-over accident is detected.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-63
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page75
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (76,1)
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked. The warning
light turns off after a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantly
illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON. If any of these
occur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not
operate in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner
could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems and the
warning light, a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard
for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning
beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep
sounding is dangerous. In a collision, the air bags and the front seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as
possible.
2-64
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page76
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (77,1)
SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria
This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type
of collision.
(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)
SRS
equipment
Types of collision
A severe frontal/near frontal
collision
A severe side
collision
A roll-over/near
roll-over A rear collision
Front seat
belt
pretensioner
X
*1
(both sides) X
*1
(both sides)
No air bag and front
seat belt
pretensioner will be
activated in a rear
collision.
Driver air
bag X
Front
passenger air
bag
X
*1
Side air bag
X
*1
(impact side only)
Curtain air
bag X (impact side only) X (both sides)
X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.
*1: (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed
to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger
seat.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-65
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page77
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (78,1)
Limitations to SRS Air Bag
In severe collisions or roll-overs such as those described previously in “SRS Air Bag
Deployment Criteria”, the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in
some accidents, the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its
severity.
Limitations to front/near front collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not be
detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate
Limitations to side collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as
severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles
2-66
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page78
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (79,1)
Limitations to roll-over detection:
The following illustration is an example of an accident that may not be detected as a roll-
over accident. Therefore, the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may not
deploy.
Pitch end over end
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-67
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page79
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (80,1)
Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System
í
First, please read “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions”(page 2-54)
carefully.
NOTE
This system is equipped on models for the U.S., Canadian and Puerto Rican markets.
qDriver Seat Slide Position Sensor
Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensor
determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat
position to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is designed to control the
deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering
wheel.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a
possible malfunction (page 2-64).
qFront Passenger Seat Weight Sensors
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. These sensors are located under both of the front passenger
seat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat and
monitor the seat belt buckle for the front passenger seat. The SAS unit is designed to
prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from
deploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt
pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
illuminates. Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illumination conditions.
This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates
according to the following table.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible
malfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy.
2-68
Essential Safety Equipment
í
Some models.
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page80
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (81,1)
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air
bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.
If the front passenger weight sensors are normal, the indicator light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON. The light turns off after a few seconds.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:
Condition detected by the
front passenger occupant
classification system
Front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light
Front passenger front and
side air bags
Front passenger seat
belt pretensioner
system
Empty (Not occupied)
*1
Off Deactivated Deactivated
Child or child-restraint
system
*2
On Deactivated Deactivated
Adult
*3
Off Ready Ready
*1 : If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,
however this does not indicate a malfunction.
*2 : If a larger child sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the child as being an adult depending
on the child's physique.
*3 : If a smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the person as being a child
depending on the person's physique.
The curtain air bag is ready for inflating regardless of the chart above.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the
ignition is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart, do not
allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an accident.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-69
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page81
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (82,1)
WARNING
Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat required for air bag deployment is
dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total
seated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat
belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will
not have the supplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious
injury. Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in
an air bag not deploying under the following conditions, for example:
ØA rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet.
ØLuggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the
front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat
bottom.
ØThe front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire
weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,
grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback
reclined too far.
ØAny accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
2-70
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page82
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (83,1)
Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat is dangerous. The front passenger seat
weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the
unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in the front passenger front
and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under
the following conditions, for example:
ØLuggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
ØA rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
ØA rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet.
ØLuggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
ØHeavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.
ØThe seat is washed.
ØLiquids are spilled on the seat.
ØThe front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
ØThe front passenger seatback contacts the second-row seat.
ØLuggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
ØAny accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
CAUTION
ØTo assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the
sensors in the front seat bottoms:
ØDo not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on
them.
ØDo not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.
ØTo allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:
ØAdjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
ØIf you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint
system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page
2-46).
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-71
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page83
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (84,1)
NOTE
lThe system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and
side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.
lThe front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or
other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interior
changes suddenly.
lThe front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat changes.
lThe air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the front
passenger seat receives a severe impact.
lIf the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a
child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, first, re-install your child-restraint system
according to the procedure in this owner's manual. Then, if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light still does not illuminate, install the child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
lIf the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated in
the front passenger seat, have the passenger re-adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on the
floor, and then re-fastening the seat belt. If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
still illuminates, move the passenger to the rear seat. If sitting in the rear seat is not possible, slide
the front passenger seat as far back as possible. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
qDriver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches
The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are
securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.
2-72
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page84
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (85,1)
Monitoring and Maintenance
qConstant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:
lCrash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
lFront air bag sensor
lAir bag modules
lSide crash sensors
lAir bag/Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light
lFront seat belt pretensioners
lRelated wiring
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
lFront passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
lDriver seat slide position sensor
lFront passenger seat weight sensors
lFront passenger seat weight sensor control module
The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when the
ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven.
qMaintenance
The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs,
take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:
lThe air bag system warning light flashes.
lThe air bag system warning light remains illuminated.
lThe air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON.
lThe air bag system warning beep sound is heard.
lThe air bags have deployed.
l(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition
is switched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart. For more details about
this indicator light and this chart, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors”(page
2-68).
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-73
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page85
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (86,1)
WARNING
Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system
components:
Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must be
replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only a
trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they
will work in any subsequent accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bag
or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any
subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death.
Do not remove interior air bag parts:
Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steering
wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge,
containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential air
bag components. The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries.
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts.
Dispose of the air bag properly:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely
dangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask an
Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air
bag equipped vehicle.
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint
system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a
certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to “Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”
(page 9-2).
2-74
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page86
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (87,1)
3Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2
Advanced Keys
í
...................................................................... 3-2
Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7
Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-13
Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-17
Warning and Beep Sounds ...................................................... 3-18
When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-20
Doors and Locks ......................................................................... 3-21
Keys ........................................................................................ 3-21
Keyless Entry System
í
.......................................................... 3-22
Door Locks ............................................................................. 3-28
Liftgate .................................................................................... 3-33
Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-40
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-47
Hood ....................................................................................... 3-49
Moonroof
í
............................................................................. 3-50
Security System ........................................................................... 3-53
Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) ............................. 3-53
Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................ 3-57
Theft-Deterrent System
í
........................................................ 3-61
Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-64
Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-64
Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-64
3-1
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page87
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (88,1)
Advanced Keys
í
The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enable the
following operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).
lLocking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate without operating the key.
lStarting the engine without operating the key.
Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key.
Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3-13.
lThe following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system
from a distance (Lock/Unlock/Panic/Liftgate
í
button):
lLocking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate.
lOpening/closing the power liftgate
í
.
lOpening the power windows and the moonroof
í
.
lOperating the theft-deterrent system
í
.
lTurning on the alarm.
lLocking/unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key.
WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where
your children will not find or play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someone
being badly injured or even killed. Children may find these new kinds of keys to be
an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls
to operate, or even make the vehicle move.
Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as
pacemakers:
Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask the
medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the
advanced key will affect the equipment.
NOTE
lThe driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.
lRefer to Immobilizer System (page 3-53) for information regarding keys and engine starting.
l(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-61) for information regarding keys and the prevention of
vehicle and vehicle contents theft.
3-2
Knowing Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page88
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (89,1)
With power liftgate button
Lock button
Operation indicator light Auxiliary key
Key code number plate
Unlock button Power liftgate button
Panic button
Without power liftgate button
Lock button
Operation indicator light Auxiliary key
Key code number plate
Unlock button
Panic button
A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store it
in a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.
Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not in
the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3-3
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page89
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (90,1)
CAUTION
ØBecause the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function
correctly under the following conditions:
ØThe advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular
phones.
ØThe advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.
ØThe advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell
phones.
ØNon-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.
ØThere is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.
ØIf the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain
gas stations.
ØThe advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high-
intensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such
as televisions or personal computers.
ØTo avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:
ØDrop the advanced key.
ØGet the advanced key wet.
ØDisassemble the advanced key.
ØExpose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the
dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.
ØPlace heavy objects on the advanced key.
ØPut the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.
ØPut any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.
NOTE
lBattery life is about one year. Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY
indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine,
otherwise, you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once the
battery is completely dead. Refer to KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green) (with
Advanced Key) on page 5-58. If this occurs, you will have to use the auxiliary key if you need to
start the engine immediately.Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3-19.
lAdditional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 advanced keys
can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.
3-4
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page90
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (91,1)
qAdvanced Key Maintenance
CAUTION
ØMake sure the battery is installed
with the correct pole facing
upward. Battery leakage could
occur if it is not installed correctly.
ØWhen replacing the battery, be
careful not to touch any of the
internal circuitry and electrical
terminals, bend the electrical
terminals, or get dirt in the
transmitter as the transmitter
could be damaged.
ØThere is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly
replaced.
ØReplace only with the same type
battery (CR2025 or equivalent).
ØDispose of used batteries
according to the following
instructions.
ØInsulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
ØNever disassemble.
ØNever throw the battery into
fire or water.
ØNever deform or crush.
The following conditions indicate that the
battery power is low:
lThe KEY indicator light (green) flashes
in the instrument cluster for about 30
seconds after the engine is turned off.
lThe system does not operate and the
operation indicator light on the
transmitter does not flash when the
buttons are pressed.
lThe system's operational range is
reduced.
Replacing the battery at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent
damage to the advanced key. If replacing
the battery by yourself, follow the
instruction below.
Replacing the advanced key battery
1. Pull out the auxiliary key.
2. Insert a small, flathead screwdriver into
the groove shown in the figure and
rotate the screwdriver to open the cover
slightly.
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3-5
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page91
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (92,1)
3. Insert the small, flathead screwdriver
into the gap between the cover and the
transmitter, and then rotate the
screwdriver to detach the cover.
4. Remove the battery cap, then remove
the battery.
5. Insert a new battery with the positive
pole facing up, and then cover the
battery with the battery cap.
6. Close the cover.
7. Reinsert the auxiliary key.
3-6
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page92
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (93,1)
CAUTION
ØBe careful not to allow the rubber
ring shown in the figure to be
scratched or damaged.
ØIf the rubber ring detaches,
reattach it before inserting a new
battery.
Rubber ring
qService
If you have a problem with the advanced
keyless functions, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your advanced key is lost or stolen,
bring all remaining advanced keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen advanced key
inoperative.
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
Operation Using Advanced
Keyless Functions
qOperational Range
The system operates only when the driver
is in the vehicle or within operational
range while the advanced key is being
carried.
NOTE
When the battery power is low, or in places
where there are high-intensity radio waves or
noise, the operational range may become
narrower or the system may not operate.
Locking, unlocking the doors and the
liftgate
The operational range for locking/
unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80
cm (31 in) from the center of the front
door handles.
The operational range for locking/
unlocking the liftgate is an area of up to
80 cm (31 in) from the center of the
liftgate.
Exterior transmitter
Operational range
NOTE
The system may not operate if you are too
close to the windows, door handles, or liftgate.
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3-7
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page93
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (94,1)
Starting the engine
The operational range for starting the
engine includes nearly the entire cabin
area except for the luggage compartment.
Interior transmitter
Operational range
NOTE
lThe luggage compartment is out of the
operational range, however, starting the
engine may be possible.
lThe engine may not start if the advanced
key is placed in the following areas:
lAround the dashboard
lIn the storage compartments such as the
glove box
lStarting the engine may be possible even if
the advanced key is outside of the vehicle
and extremely close to a door and window,
however, always start the engine from the
driver's seat.
If the vehicle is started and driven away
while the advanced key is not in the vehicle,
the vehicle will not restart after it is turned
off and the ignition is switched off.
lIf the advanced key is detected within
operational range, the operation indicator
light on the transmitter flashes
momentarily.
qLocking, Unlocking with Request
Switch
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by pressing the request switch
on the front doors or the liftgate while the
advanced key is being carried.
Front doors
Request switch
Liftgate
Request switch
To lock
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press
the request switch. A beep sound will be
heard once and the hazard warning lights
will flash once.
3-8
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page94
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (95,1)
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once to
indicate that the doors and the liftgate are
locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when the theft
deterrent system is armed.
The hazard warning lights do not flash if all
the doors and the liftgate are locked before the
theft-deterrent system is properly armed.
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page 3-61.
To unlock
Driver's door request switch
To unlock the driver's door, press the
request switch. A beep sound will be
heard twice and the hazard warning lights
will flash twice.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the request switch again within 3 seconds
and two more beep sounds will be heard.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that the doors and the liftgate are
unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when the theft
deterrent system is turned off.
The hazard warning lights do not flash unless
the theft deterrent system has been properly
turned off.
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page 3-61.
Front passenger door/liftgate request
switch
To unlock the doors and the liftgate, press
the request switch. A beep sound will be
heard twice and the hazard warning lights
will flash twice.
NOTE
lThe request switch on the driver's door can
be used to close the power windows and the
moonroof from Outside.Refer to Opening/
Closing the Power Windows and the
Moonroof from Outside on page 3-44.Refer
to Opening/Closing the Moonroof from
Outside on page 3-52.
lConfirm that all doors and the liftgate are
securely locked.
lAll doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
when any door or the liftgate is open.
lA beep sound is heard for confirmation
when the doors and the liftgate are locked/
unlocked using the request switch. If you
prefer, the beep sound can be turned off.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
lThe system can be set to unlock all doors by
performing a single operation.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3-9
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page95
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (96,1)
lThe setting can be changed so that the
doors and the liftgate are locked
automatically without pressing the request
switch (page 10-8).
(Auto-lock function)
A beep sound is heard when all doors and
the liftgate are closed while the advanced
key is being carried. All doors and the
liftgate are locked automatically after about
3 seconds when the advanced key is out of
the operational range. Also, the hazard
warning lights flash once. (Even if the
driver is in the operational range, all doors
and the liftgate are locked automatically
after about 30 seconds.)
If you are out of the operational range
before the doors and the liftgate are
completely closed or another advanced key
is left in the vehicle, the auto-lock function
will not work. Always make sure that all
doors and the liftgate are closed and locked
before leaving the vehicle.
The auto-lock function does not close the
power windows and the moonroof.
l(Auto re-lock function)
After unlocking doors and the liftgate by
pressing the request switch, all doors and
the liftgate will automatically lock if any of
the following operations are not performed
within about 30 seconds. If your vehicle has
a theft-deterrent system, the hazard
warning lights will flash for confirmation.
lA door or the liftgate is opened.
lThe auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch.
lThe start knob is pushed.
qStarting the Engine
Ignition switch positions
As there is no traditional key, some of the
ignition switch functions are different.
Start knob
OFF―Knob Released
The power supply to electrical devices is
turned off.
OFF―Knob Depressed
The ignition can be switched to ACC
when the KEY indicator light (green)
illuminates in the instrument cluster.
3-10
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page96
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (97,1)
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
switch the ignition to OFF, set the
parking brake and make sure the shift
lever is in P:
It is important to switch the ignition
to OFF even if you are not removing
the key from the ignition or leaving
the vehicle. Leaving the key in other
positions will disable some of the
vehicle security systems and run the
battery down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
switching the ignition to OFF, setting
the parking brake and shifting the
shift lever to P is dangerous.
Unexpected vehicle movement could
occur. This could cause an accident.
NOTE
lIf turning the ignition switch is difficult,
move the steering wheel left and right.
lThe ignition cannot be switched from ACC
to OFF when the shift lever is not in P.
ACC (Accessory)
In this position, some electrical
accessories will operate.
NOTE
The Advanced Keyless Entry System does not
function in the ACC position, and the doors
will not lock/unlock using the transmitter or
request switches even if the advanced key is
carried away from the vehicle.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The warning lights
(except brakes) should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-49).
NOTE
When the ignition is switched ON, the sound of
the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel
tank can be heard. This does not indicate an
abnormality.
START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the start knob;
then it returns to the ON position. The
brake warning light can be checked after
the engine is started (page 5-49).
Starting the engine
NOTE
lEngine-starting is controlled by the spark
ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian
Interference-Causing Equipment Standard
requirements regulating the impulse
electrical field strength of radio noise.
lThe advanced key must be carried because
the advanced key carries an immobilizer
chip that must communicate with the engine
controls at short range.
lWhen starting the engine, be sure the start
knob is securely attached before trying to
operate it. If the knob becomes detached
from the ignition switch, re-attach it by
pushing it on to the ignition switch.
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3-11
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page97
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (98,1)
1. Make sure the advanced key is being
carried.
2. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
3. Make sure the parking brake is on.
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
The starter will not operate if the shift lever is
not in P or N.
6. Push the start knob slowly all the way
in.
7. Verify that the KEY indicator light
(green) illuminates in the instrument
cluster. The KEY warning light (red)
means you cannot continue to start the
engine using the Advanced Keyless
System. You may have to use the
auxiliary key instead (page 3-20).
NOTE
In the following cases, the KEY warning light
(red) illuminates and the engine will not start.
lThe advanced key battery is dead.
lThe advanced key is out of operational
range.
lThe advanced key is placed in areas where
it is difficult for the system to detect the
signal (page 3-7).
lA key from another manufacturer similar to
the advanced key is in the operational
range.
8. Switch the ignition to ACC while
pushing the start knob in.
9. Switch the ignition from ACC to
START and hold (up to 10 seconds at a
time) until the engine starts.
CAUTION
Do not try the starter for more than
10 seconds at a time. If the engine
stalls or fails to start, wait 10 seconds
before trying again. Otherwise, you
may damage the starter and drain
the battery.
10. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
3-12
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page98
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (99,1)
NOTE
lIn extremely cold weather or after the
vehicle has not been driven in several days,
let the engine warm up without operating
the accelerator.
lWhether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without use of the
accelerator.
Turning the engine off
1. Move the shift lever to the P position.
2. Switch the ignition from ON to ACC.
NOTE
When the engine is turned off and the ignition
is switched from ACC to OFF, the KEY
indicator light (green) flashes in the instrument
cluster for about 30 seconds if the battery
power of the advanced key is low. Replace the
battery with a new one.
Refer to Battery Replacement (page 3-7).
3. Push in the start knob from the ACC
position and turn it to the OFF.
CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure
the ignition is switched to OFF.
NOTE
lWhen switching the ignition to OFF, the
ignition switch has to be pushed in from the
ACC position and turned. Without being
pushed in, the ignition switch stops at the
ACC position and the vehicle battery may
be discharged if the ignition switch is left in
the ACC position. When leaving the vehicle,
make sure the ignition is switched to OFF.
lIf the vehicle is left with the ignition not
switched to OFF, a beep sound is heard and
the indicator light flashes to notify the
driver.
Refer to Warning Beep (page 3-18).
Operation Using Advanced
Key Functions
qKeyless Entry System
This system uses the more traditional
keyless entry buttons to remotely lock and
unlock the doors and the liftgate, and
opens the power windows and the
moonroof.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
NOTE
lThe keyless entry system is designed to
operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
center of the vehicle, but this may vary due
to local conditions.
lThe system does not operate when the
auxiliary key is in the ignition switch.
lWith the start knob in the OFF position, the
system is fully operational. If the ignition is
not switched off or the start knob is pushed
in, the system does not operate.
lAll doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
by pressing the lock button while any door
or the liftgate is open. The hazard warning
lights will also not flash.
lIf the transmitter does not operate when
pressing a button or the operational range
becomes too small, the battery may be
dead. To install a new battery, refer to
Maintenance (page 3-5).
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3-13
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page99
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (100,1)
Transmitter
with power liftgate
Lock button
Unlock button
Power liftgate button
Operation indicator
light
Panic button
without power liftgate
Lock button
Unlock button
Operation indicator light
Panic button
NOTE
The unlock button can be used to open the
power windows and the moonroof, but the lock
button cannot be used to close the power
windows and the moonroof.
Refer to the following pages:
Opening/Closing the Power Windows (page
3-44)
Opening/Closing the moonroof (page 3-52)
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press
the lock button. A beep sound will be
heard once and the hazard warning lights
will flash once.
To confirm that all doors and the liftgate
have been locked, press the lock button
again within 5 seconds. If they are closed
and locked, the horn will sound.
NOTE
lA beep sound can be heard for confirmation
when the doors are locked using the
advanced keyless transmitter. If you prefer,
the beep sound can be turned off.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
l(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once
to indicate that all doors and the liftgate
are locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when the
theft deterrent system is armed.
The hazard warning lights do not flash if all
the doors and the liftgate are locked before
the theft-deterrent system is properly
armed.
When the doors are locked by pressing the
lock button on the transmitter while the
theft-deterrent system is armed, the hazard
warning lights will flash once to indicate
that the system is armed.
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page
3-61.
NOTE
lAll doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
when any door or the liftgate is open.
lConfirm that all doors and the liftgate are
locked visually or audibly by use of the
double click.
3-14
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page100
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (101,1)
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button. A beep will be heard twice
and the hazard warning lights will flash
twice.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the unlock button again within 3 seconds
and two more beep sounds will be heard.
NOTE
lA beep sound can be heard for confirmation
when the doors are unlocked using the
advanced keyless transmitter. If you prefer,
the beep sound can be turned off.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
lThe system can be set to unlock all doors by
performing a single operation.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
l(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that all doors and the liftgate
are unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when the
theft deterrent system is turned off.
The hazard warning lights do not flash
unless the theft deterrent system has been
properly turned off.
When the doors are unlocked by pressing
the unlock button on the transmitter while
the theft-deterrent system is turned off, the
hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that the system is turned off.
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page
3-61.
NOTE
(Auto re-lock function)
After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors
and the liftgate will automatically lock if any
of the following operations are not performed
within about 30 seconds. If your vehicle has a
theft-deterrent system, the hazard warning
lights will flash for confirmation.
The time required for the doors to lock
automatically can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
lA door or the liftgate is opened.
lThe auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch.
lThe start knob is pressed.
Power liftgate button
If your Mazda has a power liftgate (page
3-35), the transmitter can open/close the
liftgate.
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any door
or the liftgate is open or closed.
(Turning on the alarm)
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the
following will occur:
lThe horn sounds intermittently.
lThe hazard warning lights flash.
(Turning off the alarm)
The alarm stops by pressing any button on
the transmitter.
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3-15
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page101
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (102,1)
Declaration of Conformity
Keyless entry system
3-16
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page102
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (103,1)
qAuxiliary Key Function
Use the auxiliary key stored in the
advanced key in the event of a dead
transmitter battery or malfunction.
Removing the auxiliary key
Pull out the auxiliary key from the
advanced key.
Locking, unlocking the doors
The doors can be locked/unlocked using
the auxiliary key, refer to Locking,
Unlocking with Key (page 3-28).
Starting the engine
The engine can be started with the
auxiliary key, refer to Ignition Switch
(page 5-2).
Locking, unlocking the glove box
The glove box can be locked/unlocked
using the auxiliary key, refer to Glove
Box (page 6-174).
Advanced Key Suspend
Function
If one advanced key is left in the vehicle
and a second advanced key is used to lock
it, the functions of the advanced key left
in the vehicle are temporarily suspended
to prevent theft of the vehicle.
The following are inoperable:
lStarting the engine using the start
knob.
lOperating the request switches.
To restore these functions, perform any
one of the following:
lPress the lock or unlock button on the
advanced key which has had its
functions temporarily suspended.
lWhile carrying another advanced key,
push in the start knob until the KEY
indicator light (green) illuminates.
lInsert the auxiliary key and switch the
ignition ON.
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3-17
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page103
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:34 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (104,1)
Warning and Beep Sounds
q
System Malfunction Warning Beep
If any malfunction occurs in the advanced
keyless function, the KEY warning light
(red) in the instrument cluster illuminates
continuously and beep sounds will be
heard.
CAUTION
If the KEY warning light (red) remains
illuminated, do not continue to drive
the vehicle with the advanced keyless
function. Park the vehicle in a safe
place and use the auxiliary key to
continue driving the vehicle. Have the
vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Refer to Ignition Switch (page 5-2).
qIgnition Not Switched Off
Warning Beep
If the driver's door is opened while the
ignition is switched to ACC, a continuous
beep sound will be heard to notify the
driver that the ignition has not been
switched off. Left in this condition, the
keyless entry system will not operate, the
car cannot be locked, and the battery
power will be depleted.
qAdvanced Key Removed from
Vehicle Warning Beep
Under the following conditions, a beep
sound will be heard and the KEY warning
light (red) will flash continuously when
the ignition has not been switched off to
notify the driver that the advanced key has
been removed. The KEY warning light
(red) will stop flashing when the advanced
key is back inside the vehicle:
lThe ignition has not been switched off,
the driver's door is open, and the
advanced key is removed from the
vehicle. (A beep sound will be heard 3
times.)
However the beep sound will be heard
continuously when the ignition is
switched to ACC and the door is open
due to the activation of the warning
beep sound indicating that the ignition
is not switched off.
lThe ignition has not been switched off
and all the doors are closed after
removing the advanced key from the
vehicle. (A beep sound will be heard 6
times.)
NOTE
Because the advanced key utilizes low-intensity
radio waves, the Advanced Key Removed From
Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced
key is carried together with a metal object or it
is placed in a poor signal reception area
within the vehicle.
3-18
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page104
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (105,1)
qRequest Switch Inoperable
Warning Beep
If the request switch for a front door or the
liftgate is pressed under the following
conditions while the advanced key is
being carried, a beep will be heard 6 times
to indicate that the front doors and the
liftgate cannot be locked.
lA door or the liftgate is open (door ajar
included).
lThe ignition has not been switched off.
lThe auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch.
qAdvanced Key Battery Dead
Warning
When the ignition is switched to ACC or
switched off from ON, the KEY indicator
light (green) flashes for approximately 30
seconds indicating that the remaining
battery power is low. Replace with a new
battery before the advanced key becomes
unusable.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance
(page 3-5).
NOTE
The advanced key can be set so that the KEY
indicator light (green) does not flash even if
the battery power is low.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
q
Engine Start Not Permitted Warning
Under the following conditions, the KEY
warning light (red) flashes to inform the
driver that the ignition cannot be switched
from off.
lThe advanced key battery is dead.
lThe advanced key is not within
operational range.
lThe advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
lA key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.
qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicle
Warning Beep
If an advanced key is left in the vehicle
cabin and all the doors and the liftgate are
locked using a separate advanced key, a
beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds
to remind the driver that the advanced key
has been left in the vehicle cabin. If this
happens, the doors and the liftgate lock
but the functions of the advanced key left
in the vehicle cabin may be temporarily
suspended. Perform the following
procedure to restore the functions of the
advanced key (page 3-17).
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3-19
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page105
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (106,1)
When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated
Under the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light in
the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the
advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-18).
Warning How to check
When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will be heard. Check whether the ignition has been
switched off.
When a door is open, 3 beep sounds are heard, and the KEY warning
light (red) in the instrument cluster flashes.
Check whether the advanced key has
been removed from the vehicle.
When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 6 times, and the KEY
warning light (red) in the instrument cluster flashes.
Check whether the advanced key has
been removed from the vehicle.
When locking the doors , the chime sounds for about ten seconds. Check whether the advanced key has
been left in the vehicle.
When attempting to lock the doors by pressing the request switch on
the front doors, and six beep sounds are heard.
Check whether the advanced key has
been left in the vehicle.
Check whether the ignition has been
switched off.
Check whether a door or the liftgate is
open.
When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the instrument cluster.
The advanced key battery power is low.
Replace the battery with a new one.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on
page 3-5.
When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminated in the
instrument cluster.
The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park
the vehicle in a safe place, and use the
auxiliary key to continue driving the
vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
3-20
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page106
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (107,1)
Keys
WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. Children may find these new
kinds of keys to be an interesting toy
to play with and could cause the
power windows or other controls to
operate, or even make the vehicle
move.
NOTE
lRefer to Immobilizer System (page 3-57) for
information regarding keys and engine
starting.
l(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-61)
for information regarding keys and the
prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents
theft.
The keys operate all locks.
Key code number plate
Retractable
type key
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
NOTE
lWrite down the code number and keep it in
a separate, safe and convenient place, but
not in the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have your code number
ready.
lSome types of key chains cannot be
attached to the retractable type key. In this
case, use the key ring provided with the
transmitter which has the key code number
plate attached.
Key ring
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-21
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page107
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (108,1)
Key extend/retract method (Retractable
type key)
To extend the key, press the release
button.
To retract the key, rotate it into the holder
while pressing the release button.
Keyless Entry System
í
This system remotely locks and unlocks
the doors and the liftgate, and opens the
power windows and the moonroof.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the transmitter,
do not:
ØDrop the transmitter.
ØGet the transmitter wet.
ØDisassemble the transmitter.
ØExpose the transmitter to any kind
of magnetic field.
ØExpose the transmitter to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
NOTE
lThe keyless entry system is designed to
operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
center of the vehicle, but this may vary due
to local conditions.
lThe system does not operate when the key is
in the ignition switch.
lIf the transmitter does not operate when
pressing a button or the operation range
becomes too small, the battery may be
dead. To install a new battery, refer to
Maintenance (page 3-24).
lAdditional transmitters can be obtained at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3
transmitters can be used with the keyless
entry system per vehicle. Bring all
transmitters to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer when additional transmitters are
required.
3-22
Knowing Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page108
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (109,1)
qTransmitter
Lock button
Unlock button
Panic button
Operation
indicator light
NOTE
The unlock button can be used to open the
power windows and the moonroof, but the lock
button cannot be used to close the power
windows and the moonroof.
Refer to Opening/Closing the Power Windows
and the moonroof from Outside (page 3-44).
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press
the lock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash once.
To confirm that all doors and the liftgate
have been locked, press the lock button
again within 5 seconds. If they are closed
and locked, the horn will sound and the
hazard warning lights will flash once.
NOTE
lDoors and the liftgate can be locked by
pressing the lock button while any other
door or the liftgate is open. Also, the hazard
warning lights will not flash and the horn
will not sound.
l(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once
to indicate that all doors and the liftgate
are locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when the
theft deterrent system is armed.
The hazard warning lights do not flash if all
the doors and the liftgate are locked before
the theft-deterrent system is properly
armed.
When the doors are locked by pressing the
lock button on the transmitter while the
theft-deterrent system is armed, the hazard
warning lights will flash once to indicate
that the system is armed.
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page
3-61.
lAll doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
when the key is in the ignition switch.
lConfirm that all doors and the liftgate are
locked visually or audibly by use of the
double click.
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the unlock button again within 3 seconds
and the hazard warning lights will flash
twice.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-23
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page109
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (110,1)
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that all doors and the liftgate are
unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when the theft
deterrent system is turned off.
The hazard warning lights do not flash unless
the theft deterrent system has been properly
turned off.
When the doors are unlocked by pressing the
unlock button on the transmitter while the
theft-deterrent system is turned off, the hazard
warning lights will flash twice to indicate that
the system is turned off.
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page 3-61.
NOTE
Auto re-lock function
After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors
and the liftgate will automatically lock if one
of the doors or the liftgate is not opened within
about 30 seconds.
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any door
or the liftgate is open or closed.
Turning on the alarm
Pressing the panic button once will trigger
the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30
seconds, and the following will occur:
lThe horn sounds intermittently.
lThe hazard warning lights flash.
Turning off the alarm
Press any button on the transmitter.
qTransmitter Maintenance
If the buttons on the transmitter are
inoperable and the operation indicator
light does not flash, the battery may be
dead.
Replace with a new battery before the
transmitter becomes unusable.
CAUTION
ØInstall the battery with the positive
pole ( ) facing down. Battery
leakage could occur if it is not
installed correctly.
ØWhen replacing the battery, be
careful not to touch any of the
internal circuitry and electrical
terminals, bend the electrical
terminals, or get dirt in the
transmitter as the transmitter
could be damaged.
ØThere is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly
replaced.
ØReplace only with the same type
battery (CR1620 or equivalent).
ØDispose of used batteries
according to the following
instructions.
ØInsulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
ØNever disassemble.
ØNever throw the battery into
fire and/or water.
ØNever deform or crush.
Replacing the transmitter battery
1. Unfold the key (page 3-21).
3-24
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page110
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (111,1)
2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and
push the tab to remove the key from
the transmitter.
Tab
3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter.
4. Remove the battery.
A
5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 or
equivalent) with the positive pole ( )
facing down.
6. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
7. Align the key with the transmitter as
shown in the figure, and insert the key
until a click sound is heard.
CAUTION
Insert the key into the transmitter
securely until a click sound is heard.
If it is not inserted securely, it could
detach from the transmitter.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-25
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page111
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (112,1)
qService
If you have a problem with the keyless
entry system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
3-26
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page112
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (113,1)
qDeclaration of Conformity
Keyless entry system
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-27
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page113
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (114,1)
Door Locks
WARNING
Always take all children and pets with
you or leave a responsible person with
them:
Leaving a child or a pet unattended
in a parked vehicle is dangerous. In
hot weather, temperatures inside a
vehicle can become high enough to
cause brain damage or even death.
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed.
Keep all doors locked when driving:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle
are dangerous. Passengers can fall
out if a door is accidentally opened
and can more easily be thrown out in
an accident.
Always close all the windows and the
moonroof, lock the doors and take the
key with you when leaving your vehicle
unattended:
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is
dangerous as children could lock
themselves in a hot vehicle, which
could result in death. Also, a vehicle
left unlocked becomes an easy target
for thieves and intruders.
After closing the doors, always verify
that they are securely closed:
Doors not securely closed are
dangerous, if the vehicle is driven
with a door not securely closed, the
door could open unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.
Always confirm the safety around the
vehicle before opening a door:
Suddenly opening a door is
dangerous. A passing vehicle or a
pedestrian could be hit and cause an
accident.
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
The driver's door can be locked/unlocked
with the key.
Turn the key toward the front to unlock,
toward the back to lock.
Unlock
Lock
qLocking, Unlocking with Request
Switch (with Advanced Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the request switch while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
3-28
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page114
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (115,1)
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter (with Advanced Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-13).
q
Locking, Unlocking with Transmitter
(with Retractable Type Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-22).
qLocking, Unlocking with Door-
Lock Knob
To lock any door from the inside, press
the door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it outward.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
Lock
Unlock
To lock any door with the door-lock knob
from the outside, press the door-lock knob
to the lock position and close the door.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
Door-lock knob
NOTE
lWhen locking the doors this way, be careful
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
l(With advanced key)
The driver's door cannot be locked using
the door-lock knob from the outside.
l(With retractable type key)
The driver's door cannot be locked using
the door-lock knob from the outside if the
key is in the ignition switch.
qPower Door Locks
Vehicle lock-out prevention
(With advanced key)
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. All doors and the liftgate will
automatically unlock if they are locked
using the power door locks with any door
or the liftgate open.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-29
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page115
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (116,1)
(With retractable type key)
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. With the key in the ignition
switch, all doors and the liftgate will
automatically unlock if they are locked
using the power door locks with any door
or the liftgate open.
Locking, unlocking with key
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the driver's door is
locked with the key.
All doors and the liftgate unlock when the
driver's door is unlocked and the key is
held in the unlock position for one second
or longer.
Unlock
Lock
NOTE
Holding the key in the unlocked position in the
driver's door lock for about a second unlocks
all doors and the liftgate. To unlock only the
driver's door, insert the key into the driver's
door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock
position and then immediately return it to the
center position.
Locking, unlocking with door-lock
switch
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when lock side is pressed.
They all unlock when unlock side is
pressed.
Lock
Unlock
Locking, unlocking with request switch
(with advanced key)
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by operating the request switch
on the front doors and the liftgate while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with advanced key)
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by operating the keyless entry
system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry
System (page 3-13).
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with retractable type key)
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by operating the keyless entry
system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry
System (page 3-22).
3-30
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page116
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (117,1)
Auto lock/unlock function
WARNING
Do not pull the inner handle on a front
door:
Pulling an inner handle on a front
door while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. Passengers can fall out of
the vehicle if a front door accidentally
opens, which could result in death or
serious injury.
lWhen the vehicle speed exceeds 20
km/h (12 mph), all doors and the
liftgate lock automatically.
lWhen the ignition is switched off, all
doors and the liftgate unlock
automatically.
These functions can also be disabled so
that they do not operate.
Auto lock/unlock function setting
change using door-lock switch
The doors and the liftgate can set to lock
or unlock automatically by selecting any
one of the functions from the following
table and using the driver's door-lock
switch on the interior to perform the
setting change as indicated in the
procedure which follows.
Settings can be changed using the
following operation.
Function
number Function
1The auto door-lock function is
disabled.
2
All the doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the vehicle speed
is about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.
3
All the doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the vehicle speed
is about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.
All the doors and the liftgate unlock
when the ignition is switched from ON
to ACC or Off.
4
When the ignition is switched ON and
the shift lever is shifted from park (P)
to any other gear position, all the
doors and the liftgate lock
automatically.
5
When the ignition is switched ON and
the shift lever is shifted from park (P)
to any other gear position, all the
doors and the liftgate lock
automatically.
When the shift lever is shifted to park
(P) while the ignition is switched ON,
all the doors and the liftgate unlock
automatically.
1. Stop the vehicle and close all the doors.
2. Switch the ignition ON.
3. Press and hold the lock side of the
driver's door-lock switch within 10
seconds of switching the ignition ON,
and make sure a beep sound is heard
about eight seconds afterwards.
4. Referring to the auto lock/unlock
function setting table, determine the
function number for the desired setting
and press the unlock side of the driver's
door-lock switch only in the amount of
the selected function number (Ex. If
you select function 2, press the unlock
side of the switch only 2 times).
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-31
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page117
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (118,1)
NOTE
There are only a total of five auto lock/unlock
settings available. Be sure to press the unlock
side of the driver's door-lock switch the correct
number of times according to the selected
function number. If the switch is mistakenly
pressed six times, the procedure will be
invalidated. If this occurs, start the procedure
from the beginning.
5. Three seconds after the function setting
has been changed, a beep sound will
beep in the amount of the selected
function number.
Press unlock side of
lock switch once
Press 2 times
Press 3 times
Current Function Number
Function Number 1
Function Number 2
Press 4 times
Function Number 3
Press 5 times
Function Number 4
Press 6 times
Function Number 5
Cancel setting
Cancel setting
Function set (The
number of beeps
heard is the same as
the selected function
number)
Press lock side of
lock switch
Wait for 3 second
NOTE
lThe doors cannot be locked or unlocked
while the setting function is being
performed.
lThe procedure can be cancelled by pressing
the lock side of the driver's door-lock
switch.
qRear Door Child Safety Locks
These locks are intended to help prevent
children from accidentally opening the
rear doors. Use them both whenever a
child rides in the vehicle.
If you slide the child safety lock to the
lock position before closing that door, the
door cannot be opened from the inside.
The door can be opened only by pulling
the outside handle.
Lock
Unlock
3-32
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page118
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (119,1)
Liftgate
WARNING
Never allow a person to ride in the
luggage compartment:
Allowing a person to ride in the
luggage compartment is dangerous.
The person in the luggage
compartment could be seriously
injured or killed during sudden
braking or a collision.
Do not drive with the liftgate open:
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle
is dangerous. An open liftgate in a
moving vehicle will cause exhaust
gas to be drawn into the cabin. This
gas contains CO (carbon monoxide),
which is colorless, odorless, and
highly poisonous, and it can cause
loss of consciousness and death.
Moreover, an open liftgate could
cause occupants to fall out in an
accident.
Do not stack or leave loaded luggage
unsecured in the luggage
compartment:
Otherwise, the luggage may move or
collapse, resulting in injury or an
accident. In addition, do not load
luggage higher than the seatbacks. It
may affect the side or rear field of
view.
CAUTION
ØWhen loading or unloading
luggage in the luggage
compartment, turn off the engine.
Otherwise, you could get burned
by the heat of the exhaust gas.
ØBe careful not to apply excessive
force to the damper stay on the
liftgate such as by putting your
hand on the stay. Otherwise, the
damper stay may bend and affect
the liftgate operation.
Damper stay
qLocking, Unlocking with Request
Switch (with Advanced Key)
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the request switch while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter (with Advanced Key)
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-13).
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-33
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page119
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (120,1)
q
Locking, Unlocking with Transmitter
(with Retractable Type Key)
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-22).
qLocking, Unlocking with Door-
Lock Switch
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the door-lock switch, refer to
Power Door Locks (page 3-29).
qOpening and Closing the Liftgate
Manually opening the liftgate
WARNING
Always fully open the liftgate when
opening it:
Raising the liftgate only partially is
dangerous as it could drop
unexpectedly resulting in injury.
Pull up on the handle.
NOTE
If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a
malfunction in the electrical system and the
liftgate cannot be unlocked, perform the
following procedure as an emergency measure
to unlock it:
1. Remove the cap on the interior surface of
the liftgate with a flathead screwdriver.
Cap
2. (With power liftgate)
Push the liftgate while pressing the lever
down.
(Without power liftgate)
Turn the lever to the right to unlock the
liftgate
(With power liftgate)
Lever
3-34
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page120
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (121,1)
(Without power liftgate)
Lever
After performing this emergency measure,
have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Manually closing the liftgate
Use both hands to push the liftgate down
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.
Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is
securely latched.
qPower Liftgate
í
The power liftgate opens/closes
electrically by operating switches in the
vehicle or the buttons on the keyless entry
system transmitter.
Refer to Keyless Entry System on page
3-13.
WARNING
Be sure to watch the power liftgate as
it opens or closes, and make sure that
it closes completely:
Opening or closing the power liftgate
while not watching it move is
dangerous. Because of unseen
obstacles and the jam-safe feature, a
liftgate may not close completely
and, if left unnoticed, could result in
serious injury or death if an occupant
were to fall out of the vehicle.
Always be sure that the area around
the liftgate is clear before activating
it.
Always confirm the safety of the area
around the power liftgate before
operating it electrically.
Not checking the area around the
liftgate for people before operating it
using the power liftgate switch or the
button on the keyless entry system is
dangerous. A person could become
caught between the liftgate and an
obstruction while it is opening
electrically or between the liftgate
and vehicle while it is closing
electrically, resulting in an accident
and serious injury.
Never allow children to operate the
power liftgate system:
Allowing children to operate the
power liftgate switch and the keyless
entry system is dangerous. Children
are not aware of the dangers of
people getting fingers and hands
caught in a moving liftgate. If
someone's neck, head or hands get
caught in a closing door, it could
result in death or serious injury.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-35
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page121
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (122,1)
CAUTION
ØWhen closing the power liftgate,
make sure there are no foreign
objects around the striker. If
foreign objects are obstructing the
striker, the liftgate may not close
properly.
Striker
ØDo not install accessories to the
power liftgate other than specified
accessories. Otherwise, it cannot
be opened/closed automatically
and could result in a malfunction.
ØBe careful when switching the
power liftgate from electrical to
manual operation. The power
liftgate may open/close
unexpectedly depending on its
position which could result in
injury.
NOTE
lDo not apply unnecessary force to the
power liftgate when it is opening/closing
electrically. Unnecessary force on the
liftgate may cause it to reverse direction of
movement automatically. Also, it could
result in a malfunction.
lThe power liftgate may not open/close
electrically if the vehicle is parked on an
incline, or there is strong wind, or the
liftgate is laden with snow.
lThe power liftgate will not operate unless it
is unlocked. The power liftgate does not
operate unless it is unlocked using the
power door lock function.
Refer to Locking, Unlocking with Door-
Lock Knob on page 3-29.
lIf a power liftgate system fuse has blown,
the liftgate cannot be opened using the
power liftgate switch or the outer handle
(liftgate). Use the emergency lever to open
the liftgate.
lFully close the power liftgate before
disconnecting the vehicle battery. If the
battery is disconnected with the liftgate
open, it cannot be opened or closed
automatically after the battery is
reconnected.
lTo restore the power liftgate functions,
perform the following:
1 Park on level ground.
2 Fully close the liftgate manually.
3 Unlock the liftgate and all the doors.
4 Press the power liftgate switch or the
power liftgate button on the keyless entry
system transmitter to fully open the
liftgate.
5 Press the power liftgate switch or the
power liftgate button on the keyless entry
system transmitter again to fully close
the liftgate.
3-36
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page122
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (123,1)
Opening/Closing the power liftgate
If the vehicle has satisfied all the
following operation conditions, the power
liftgate can be opened using the power
function.
Operation conditions
(1) The power liftgate is unlocked.
(2) The shift lever is in park (P) when the
ignition is switched ON.
NOTE
lIf condition (2) is not satisfied while the
power liftgate is opening electrically, the
beep sound will be heard and the liftgate
will move in the reverse direction
automatically.
lIf condition (2) is not satisfied while the
power liftgate is closing electrically, the
beep sound will be heard and the liftgate
continues closing.
lWhen condition (2) is satisfied, you can
resume power liftgate open/close operation
with the switches.
lWhen the ignition is switched ON, the
transmitter does not operate.
Operation using the transmitter
Press the power liftgate button for one
second or more with the power liftgate in
the fully closed/open position. The hazard
warning lights flash twice and the liftgate
opens/closes after the beep sounds.
Refer to Keyless Entry System on page
3-13.
Operation from the driver's seat (To
open/close)
Press the power liftgate switch for about
one second or more while the liftgate is in
the fully closed/open position. The hazard
warning lights flash twice and the liftgate
opens/closes fully after the beep sound is
heard.
Power liftgate
switch
Operation from outside (To close only)
Press the power liftgate close switch while
the liftgate is fully opened. The hazard
warning lights flash twice and the liftgate
closes automatically after the beep sound
is heard.
Power liftgate
close switch
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-37
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page123
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (124,1)
NOTE
If the power liftgate switch/power liftgate close
switch/power liftgate button on the transmitter
is pressed or the outside handle is operated
while the liftgate is opening/closing
electrically, the beep sound is heard and the
liftgate moves in the reverse direction
automatically. If this operation is repeated the
system switches to manual operation.
Jam-safe equipment
While the power liftgate is opening/
closing electrically and the system detects
a person or an object in the liftgate's path,
the liftgate will move in the reverse
direction automatically.
WARNING
Always check the area around the
power liftgate before opening/closing
it:
Not checking for occupants and
objects around the power liftgate
before opening/closing it is
dangerous. The jam-safe equipment
is designed to prevent jamming in the
event an obstruction is in the
liftgate's path. The system may not
detect certain objects obstructing the
liftgate depending on the way they
are positioned and their shape.
However, if the jam-safe function
detects an obstruction and moves the
liftgate in the reverse direction, an
occupant in the liftgate's path could
be seriously injured.
CAUTION
Sensors are installed on both ends of
the power liftgate. Be careful not to
allow the sensors to be scratched or
damaged by sharp objects, otherwise
the liftgate may no longer open/close
automatically. In addition, if the
sensor is damaged while the liftgate
is closing automatically, the system
changes to manual operation.
Sensor
NOTE
The jam-safe equipment does not activate
during easy closure operation when the power
liftgate is between the near-shut position and
fully closed position.
When the power liftgate is moving in the
open/close direction and an obstruction is
detected, the beep sound will be heard and
the liftgate moves in the reverse direction.
NOTE
If the system repeatedly detects an object
obstructing the power liftgate in the open/close
direction several times, the beep sound will be
heard and the system changes to manual
operation.
3-38
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page124
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (125,1)
Power liftgate drop prevention
mechanism
The power liftgate drop prevention
mechanism activates if the system detects
weight such as that caused by a snow-
laden liftgate when it is opened
electrically. After the liftgate is fully
opened, the beep sound will be heard and
the liftgate closes automatically.
NOTE
lIf the power liftgate is snow-laden, remove
the snow before operating the liftgate.
lTrying to force the power liftgate closed
manually immediately after it has fully
opened automatically may activate the
liftgate drop prevention mechanism.
However, this does not indicate a
malfunction.
Liftgate easy closure
The Easy Closure system automatically
closes the liftgate completely from the
near-shut position.
This system also operates when the
liftgate is closed manually.
WARNING
When closing a liftgate, always keep
hands and fingers away from the
liftgate:
Placing hands or fingers around a
liftgate is dangerous because the
liftgate closes automatically from the
near-shut position, which could
cause hands and fingers to be
pinched and injured.
NOTE
lIf the liftgate handle is pulled while the
easy closure function is operating, the
liftgate can be opened.
lIf the liftgate is opened/closed repeatedly in
a short period of time, the easy closure
function may not operate. Wait for a while
and then try again.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-39
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page125
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (126,1)
Power Windows
The ignition must be switched ON for the
power windows to operate.
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head,
or even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury
or even death.
This warning applies especially to
children.
Never allow children to play with
power window switches:
Power window switches that are not
locked with the power window lock
switch would allow children to
operate power windows
unintentionally which could result in
serious injury if a child's hands, head
or neck becomes caught by the
window.
q
Operating the Front Power Windows
NOTE
lEach passenger power window can be
operated with each door switch when the
power window lock switch on the driver's
door is in the unlocked position (page
3-44).
lEach passenger power window can also be
operated using the master control switches
on the driver's door.
Driver's window
Left rear
window
Master control switches
Front passenger's
window
Right rear window
lThe following functions can be performed
for the front power windows using the
power window master control switches on
the driver's door or front passenger's door
switch.
lManual opening/closing
lAuto-opening/closing
lTwo-step down function
3-40
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page126
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (127,1)
Normal opening/closing
To open a power window to the desired
position, lightly hold down the switch.
To close the power window to the desired
position, lightly pull up the switch.
Close
Driver's window
Front passenger's
window
Master control switches
Open
Close
Open
Front passenger switch
Auto-opening/closing
To fully open a power window
automatically, press the switch completely
down.
To fully close the power window
automatically, pull the switch completely
up.
To stop the power window partway, pull
or press the switch in the opposite
direction and then release it.
Power window system initialization
procedure
If the battery was disconnected during
vehicle maintenance, or for other reasons
(such as a switch continues to be operated
after the window is fully open/closed), the
power windows will not fully open and
close automatically. Resetting of the
automatic function can be performed
using the master control switches or the
front passenger door switch.
The power window auto function reset
procedure can be done on one or both
door switches. The power window auto
function will only resume on the side that
has been reset.
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Make sure that the power window lock
switch located on the driver's door is
not depressed.
3. Press the switch and fully open the
power window.
4. Pull up the switch to fully close the
power window and continue holding
the switch for about 2 seconds after the
window fully closes.
5. Repeat Steps 3-4 for each front power
window.
6. Make sure that the power windows
operate correctly using the door
switches.
Two-step down function
With the power window completely
closed, press the switch lightly and it will
open and stop about 3 cm (1 in) from the
top.
If you continue to press and hold the
switch, the window will resume opening
all the way.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-41
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page127
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (128,1)
NOTE
Pressing the power window switch once when
the window is fully closed will only open it
about 3 cm (1 in) to allow convenient
ventilation of the cabin.
Canceling the two-step down function
To cancel the two-step down function for
the front power windows, carry out the
following procedure using the master
control switches.
1. Switch the ignition ON and complete
the following procedure within 5
seconds:
Press the power window switch 2 times
firmly, then pull it 2 times firmly.
Driver's window Front passenger's
window
Master control switches
2. Switch the ignition off.
3. With the ignition off, and within 40
seconds, switch the ignition ON and
complete the following procedure
within 5 seconds:
Press the power window switch 2 times
firmly, then pull 2 times firmly.
NOTE
lThe two-step down function cannot be
canceled if the procedure is not completed
within the specified times, or the procedure
is changed along the way. To redo the
procedure, first switch the ignition off and
proceed from the beginning.
lIf you are unable to cancel the function
despite carrying out the cancellation
procedure, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Restoring the two-step down function
With the two-step down function in the
canceled state, repeat the previous
procedure for canceling the function on
each door switch and it will be restored.
NOTE
If you are unable to restore the function despite
doing the restore procedure, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Jam-safe window
If a person's hands, head or an object
blocks the window during the manual
closing operation or the auto-closing
operation, the window will stop and open
halfway.
WARNING
Make sure nothing blocks the window
just before it reaches the fully closed
position or while fully holding up the
power window switch:
Blocking the power window just
before it reaches the fully closed
position or while fully holding up the
power window switch is dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function
cannot prevent the window from
closing all the way. If fingers are
caught, serious injuries could occur.
3-42
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page128
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (129,1)
NOTE
lDepending on driving conditions, a closing
power window could stop and start opening
when the window feels a shock that is
similar to something blocking it.
In the event the jam-safe function activates
and the power window cannot be closed
automatically, pull and hold the switch fully
and the window will close.
lThe jam-safe window function does not
operate until the system is re-initialized.
Engine-off power window operation
The power window can be operated for
about 40 seconds after the ignition is
switched from ON to ACC or OFF with
all doors closed. If any door is opened, the
power window will stop operating.
NOTE
lFor engine-off operation of the power
window, the switch must be held up firmly
throughout window closure because the
auto-closing function will be inoperable.
lThe two-step down function is inoperable
during engine-off operation.
q
Operating the Rear Power Windows
The power windows may be operated
when the power window lock switch on
the driver's door is in the unlocked
position.
The rear power windows may be opened
or closed using the master control
switches on the driver's door.
Left rear
window
Right rear window
Power window lock
switch
Master control switches
To open the power window to the desired
position, hold down the switch.
To close the power window to the desired
position, pull up the switch.
Close
Open
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-43
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page129
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (130,1)
Engine-off power window operation
The power windows can be operated for
about 40 seconds after the ignition is
switched from ON to ACC or OFF with
all doors closed. If any door is opened, the
power windows will stop operating.
qPower Window Lock Switch
This feature prevents all power windows
from operating, except the driver's power
window. Keep this switch in the locked
position while children are in the vehicle.
Locked position (button depressed):
Only the driver's power window can be
operated.
Unlocked position (button not
depressed):
All power windows on each door can be
operated.
Locked position
Unlocked position
q
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
and the Moonroof from Outside
The front power windows and the
moonroof can be opened or closed from
outside the vehicle after the doors and the
liftgate are closed.
The front power windows may be
operated remotely when the power
window lock switch on the driver's door is
in the lock or unlocked position.
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window and the moonroof:
Closing power windows and the
moonroof are dangerous. A person's
hands, head, or even neck could be
caught by the window or the
moonroof and result in serious injury
or even death.
This warning applies especially to
children.
NOTE
lThe power windows and the moonroof
cannot be opened or closed from outside
the vehicle under the following condition:
lA door or the liftgate is opened.
lThe key is inserted into the ignition
switch.
lThe ignition is in any position except
OFF. (With advanced key)
lThe power windows and the moonroof may
not close completely. Make sure all the
windows and the moonroof are closed.
If the power windows and the moonroof
cannot be closed completely, operate each
power window switch or the tilt/slide switch
from inside the vehicle. After closing the
windows and the moonroof from outside the
vehicle, verify that they are completely
closed.
Opening
Because nobody likes getting into a very
hot car, Mazda has introduced a way to
open the two front windows and the
moonroof as you approach the vehicle to
get the air moving before you get in.
3-44
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page130
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (131,1)
WARNING
Use the remote auto-window and the
auto-moonroof function only when you
can see the vehicle and it is in a secure
area:
Do not let children play with your
keys. If they open the window and
moonroof without your knowing, the
open windows and moonroof are an
even bigger invitation to a thief than
leaving the doors unlocked.
The windows and moonroof can be
opened for ventilating the cabin before
getting in the vehicle.
With unlock button (Keyless entry
system)
Press the unlock button on the transmitter
once, then press it again immediately and
hold.
After the doors and the liftgate are
unlocked, the two front windows and the
moonroof open while the unlock button is
pressed.
To stop the windows and the moonroof
while opening, release the button.
If the operation is performed from the
beginning again, the windows and the
moonroof open.
Advanced key
Lock button
Unlock button
Power liftgate button
Operation indicator
light
Panic button
Retractable type key
Lock button
Unlock button
Panic button
Operation
indicator light
NOTE
lThe unlock button does not operate unless
it is pressed twice sequentially.
lThe lock button cannot be used to close the
power windows and the moonroof.
With key
1. Insert the key in the driver's door key
cylinder.
2. Turn the key counterclockwise and
hold until the windows and the
moonroof are completely open. After
the doors and the liftgate are unlocked,
the windows and the moonroof fully
open automatically.
Open
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-45
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page131
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (132,1)
To stop this operation, turn the key to the
center position, then turn it
counterclockwise again.
NOTE
The window and the moonroof opening
operation also can be stopped by turning the
key clockwise. However, the doors and the
liftgate will lock.
Closing
The windows and the moonroof can be
closed in case they are left open after
getting out of the vehicle.
NOTE
(With advanced key)
If the auto-lock function (page 3-8) has been
activated, the doors and the liftgate
automatically lock as you walk away from the
vehicle, however, the power windows and the
moonroof cannot be closed. When leaving the
vehicle, close the windows and the moonroof
using the power window switch or the tilt or
slide switch inside the vehicle, the key, or a
request switch on the front door handles.
With key
1. Insert the key in the driver's door key
cylinder.
2. Turn the key clockwise and hold until
the windows and the moonroof are
completely closed. After the doors and
the liftgate are locked, the windows
and the moonroof close as long as the
key is turned.
Close
With request switch on the driver's
door (Advanced key)
1. If the doors and the liftgate are locked,
unlock them.
2. Press and hold the request switch on
the driver's door. After the doors and
the liftgate are locked, the windows
and the moonroof close as long as the
request switch is pressed.
Request switch
3-46
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page132
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (133,1)
To stop the windows and the moonroof
from closing, release the request switch. If
the operation is performed from the
beginning again, the windows and the
moonroof close.
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
WARNING
When removing the fuel-filler cap,
loosen the cap slightly and wait for any
hissing to stop. Then remove it:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can
burn skin and eyes and cause illness
if ingested. Fuel spray is released
when there is pressure in the fuel
tank and the fuel-filler cap is
removed too quickly.
Before refueling, stop the engine, and
always keep sparks and flames away
from the filler neck:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be
ignited by sparks or flames causing
serious burns and injuries.
Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel-
filler cap or not using a fuel-filler cap
may result in fuel leak, which could
result in serious burns or death in an
accident.
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda
fuel-filler cap or an approved
equivalent, available at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The wrong
cap can result in a serious
malfunction of the fuel and emission
control systems. It may also cause
the check engine light in the
instrument cluster to illuminate.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-47
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page133
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (134,1)
qFuel-Filler Lid
To open, pull the remote fuel-filler lid
release.
Remote fuel-filler
lid release
qFuel-Filler Cap
To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
Attach the removed cap to the inner side
of the fuel lid.
To close the fuel-filler cap, turn it
clockwise until two or more clicks are
heard.
Open
Close
CAUTION
If the check fuel cap warning light
illuminates, the fuel-filler cap may
not be properly installed. If the
warning light illuminates, park your
vehicle safely off the right-of-way,
remove the fuel-filler cap and
reinstall it correctly. After the cap has
been correctly installed, the fuel cap
warning light may continue to
illuminate until a number of driving
cycles have been completed. A drive
cycle consists of starting the engine
(after four or more hours with the
engine off) and driving the vehicle on
city and highway roads.
Continuing to drive with the check
fuel cap warning light illuminated
could cause the check engine light to
illuminate as well.
3-48
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page134
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (135,1)
Hood
WARNING
Always check that the hood is closed
and securely locked:
A hood that is not closed and
securely locked is dangerous as it
could fly open while the vehicle is
moving and block the driver's vision
which could result in a serious
accident.
qOpening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
Release handle
2. Insert your hand into the hood opening,
slide the hood latch lever, and lift the
hood.
3. Grasp the support rod in the padded
area and secure it in the support rod
hole indicated by the arrow to hold the
hood open.
Pad
Clip
Support rod
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-49
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page135
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (136,1)
qClosing the Hood
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Lift the hood, grasp the padded area on
the support rod, and secure the support
rod in the clip. Verify that the support
rod is secured in the clip before closing
the hood.
Pad
Clip
Clip
3. Lower the hood slowly from a height
of about 20 cm (7.9 in) above its closed
position and then let it drop.
CAUTION
When closing the hood, do not push
it excessively such as by applying
your weight. Otherwise, the hood
could be deformed.
Moonroof
í
The moonroof can be opened or closed
electrically only when the ignition is
switched ON.
Tilt switch
Slide switch
WARNING
Do not let passengers stand up or
extend part of their body through the
open moonroof while the vehicle is
moving:
Extending the head, arms, or other
parts of the body through the
moonroof is dangerous. The head or
arms could hit something while the
vehicle is moving. This could cause
serious injury or death.
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing the moonroof:
A closing moonroof is dangerous. The
hands, head, or even neck of a
person, especially a child, could be
caught in it as it closes, causing
serious injury or even death.
3-50
Knowing Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page136
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (137,1)
NOTE
Before washing your Mazda, make sure the
moonroof is completely closed so that water
does not get inside the cabin area. After
washing your Mazda or after it rains, wipe the
water off the moonroof before operating it to
avoid water penetration which could cause
rust and water damage to your headliner.
qTilt Operation
The rear of the moonroof can be tilted
open to provide more ventilation.
To fully tilt automatically, momentarily
press the tilt switch.
To fully close automatically, momentarily
pull the tilt switch or press the front of the
slide switch.
To stop tilting partway, press any part of
the tilt or slide switch.
Close
Tilt up
Tilt down
(Tilt down)
qSlide Operation
To fully open automatically, momentarily
press the rear of the slide switch.
To fully close automatically, momentarily
press the front of the slide switch or pull
the tilt switch.
To stop sliding partway, press any part of
the tilt or slide switch.
Close
Tilt down
(Close)
Open
q
Power Moonroof Re-set Procedure
If the battery is disconnected, the
moonroof will not operate. The moonroof
will not operate correctly until it is re-set.
Carry out the following procedure to re-
set the moonroof and resume operation:
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Press the tilt switch, to partially tilt
open the rear of the moonroof.
3. Repeat Step 2. The rear of the
moonroof tilts open to the fully open
position, then closes a little.
NOTE
If the re-set procedure is performed while the
moonroof is in the slide position (partially
open) it closes before the rear tilts opens.
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3-51
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page137
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (138,1)
qEngine-off Moonroof Operation
The moonroof can be operated for about
40 seconds after the ignition is switched
from ON to ACC or switched off with all
doors closed. If any door is opened, the
moonroof will be inoperable.
qOpening/Closing the Moonroof
from Outside
The moonroof can be opened or closed
from outside the vehicle after the doors
and the liftgate are closed.
Refer to Opening/Closing the Power
Windows and the Moonroof from Outside
on page 3-44.
qJam-safe Moonroof
If a person's hands, head or an object
blocks the moonroof during closing
operation, the moonroof will stop and
open halfway.
WARNING
Make sure nothing blocks the
moonroof just before it reaches the
fully closed position:
Blocking the moonroof just before it
reaches the closed position is
dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function
cannot prevent the moonroof from
stopping. If fingers are caught,
serious injuries could occur.
NOTE
lDepending on driving conditions, a closing
moonroof could stop and start opening
when the moonroof feels a shock that is
similar to something blocking it.
lThe moonroof's jam-safe function does not
function while the moonroof is initializing.
qSunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed
by hand.
The sunshade opens automatically when
the moonroof is opened, but must be
closed by hand.
Sunshade
CAUTION
ØThe sunshade does not tilt. To
avoid damaging the sunshade, do
not push up on it.
ØDo not close the sunshade while
the moonroof is opening. Trying to
force the sunshade closed could
damage it.
3-52
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page138
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (139,1)
Immobilizer System (with
Advanced Key)
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with an advanced key the
system recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized advanced key, the
engine will not start, thereby helping to
prevent the theft of your vehicle.
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the advanced key
(including auxiliary key), consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
ØRadio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
ØTo avoid damage to the key, do
not:
ØDrop the key.
ØGet the key wet.
ØExpose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
ØExpose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
CAUTION
Do not allow the following when
starting the engine with the auxiliary
key due to an advanced key dead
battery or other malfunction.
Otherwise the signal from the
auxiliary key will not be received
correctly and the engine may not
start.
ØA key ring rests on the auxiliary
key grip.
ØMetal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the auxiliary key
grip.
ØSpare auxiliary keys or keys for
other vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the auxiliary key.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
3-53
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page139
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (140,1)
ØDevices for electronic purchases, or
security passage which touch or
come near the auxiliary key.
NOTE
lThe advanced keys (including auxiliary key)
carry a unique electronic code. For this
reason, and to assure your safety, obtaining
a replacement advanced key (including
auxiliary key) requires some waiting time.
They are only available through an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
lAlways keep a spare advanced key in case
one is lost. If an advanced key is lost,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
lIf you lose an advanced key (including
auxiliary key), an Authorized Mazda Dealer
will reset the electronic codes of your
remaining advanced keys (including
auxiliary keys) and immobilizer system.
Bring all the remaining advanced keys
(including auxiliary keys) to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has not
been reset is not possible.
3-54
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page140
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (141,1)
Declaration of Conformity
Immobilizer system
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
3-55
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page141
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (142,1)
qOperation
Arming
The system is armed when the ignition is
switched from ON to ACC or OFF. The
security indicator light in the instrument
cluster flashes every 2 seconds until the
system is disarmed.
Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
is switched ON with the registered
advanced key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and goes out.
If the engine does not start with the
correct advanced key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
lThe engine may not start and the security
indicator light may illuminate or flash if the
advanced key is placed in an area where it
is difficult for the system to detect the
signal, such as on the dashboard, or in the
glove box. Move the advanced key to
another place, switch the ignition off, and
then restart the engine.
lSignals from a TV or radio station, or from
a transceiver or a mobile telephone could
interfere with your immobilizer system. If
you are using the proper advanced key and
the engine fails to start, check the security
indicator light. If the indicator light is
flashing, switch the ignition to ACC or
switch the ignition off and wait for a while,
then restart the engine. If it does not start
after 3 or more tries, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
lIf the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, do not
shut off the engine. Go to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If the
engine is shut off while the indicator light is
flashing, you will not be able to restart it.
lSince the electronic codes are reset when
repairing the immobilizer system, the
advanced key (including auxiliary key) are
needed. Bring all the advanced keys
(including auxiliary keys) to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
3-56
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page142
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (143,1)
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
Immobilizer System
(without Advanced Key)
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
ØRadio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
ØTo avoid damage to the key, do
not:
ØDrop the key.
ØGet the key wet.
ØExpose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
ØExpose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
3-57
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page143
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (144,1)
CAUTION
When starting the engine do not
allow the following, as the engine
may not start due to the electronic
signal from the ignition key not being
transmitted correctly.
ØA key ring rests on the key grip.
ØMetal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.
ØSpare keys or keys for other
vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the key grip.
ØDevices for electronic purchases, or
security passage which touch or
come near the key.
NOTE
lThe keys carry a unique electronic code.
For this reason, and to assure your safety,
obtaining a replacement key requires some
waiting time. They are only available
through an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
lAlways keep a spare key, in case one is lost.
If a key is lost, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
lIf you lose a key, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer will reset the electronic codes of
your remaining keys and immobilizer
system. Bring all the remaining keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has not
been reset is not possible.
3-58
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page144
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (145,1)
Declaration of Conformity
Immobilizer system
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
3-59
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page145
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (146,1)
qOperation
Arming
The system is armed when the ignition is
switched from ON to ACC or OFF.
The security indicator light in the
instrument cluster flashes every two
seconds until the system is disarmed.
Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
is switched ON with the correct ignition
key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about three seconds and goes out.
If the engine does not start with the
correct ignition key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
lIf the security indicator light illuminates
and stays on or flashes when the ignition is
switched ON, the engine will not start.
lSignals from a TV or radio station, or from
a transceiver or a mobile telephone, could
interfere with your immobilizer system. If
you are using the proper key and your
engine fails to start, check the security
indicator light. If it is flashing, remove the
ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,
then reinsert it and try starting the engine
again. If it does not start after 3 or more
tries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
lIf the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, do not
shut off the engine. Go to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If you
shut off the engine while the light is
flashing you will not be able to restart it.
lSince the electronic codes are reset when
repairing the immobilizer system, the keys
are needed. Bring all the existing keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
3-60
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page146
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (147,1)
Theft-Deterrent System
í
If the theft deterrent system detects an
inappropriate entry into the vehicle, which
could result in the vehicle or its contents
being stolen, the alarm alerts the
surrounding area of an abnormality by
sounding the horn and flashing the hazard
warning lights.
Refer to Operation on page 3-61.
NOTE
lThe theft-deterrent system operates with the
advanced keyless function, keyless entry
system or the auxiliary key.
The system operates only when the driver is
in the vehicle or within operational range
while the advanced key is being carried.
lThe system will not function unless it is
properly armed. To properly secure the
vehicle, always make sure all windows are
completely closed and all doors and the
liftgate are locked before leaving the
vehicle. Remember to take your advanced
key.
qOperation
What turns it on:
lForcing open a door, the hood or the
liftgate.
lOpening a door or the hood by
operating an inside door-lock knob or
the hood release handle.
What it does:
lThe horn sounds intermittently and the
hazard warning lights flash.
lThe alarm continues for about 30
seconds, then stops.
If the system is triggered again, the lights
and horn will activate until a door or the
liftgate is unlocked with the key or with
the transmitter.
NOTE
If the battery goes dead while the theft-
deterrent system is armed, the horn will
activate and the hazard warning lights will
flash when the battery is charged or replaced.
qHow to Arm the System
1. Close the windows and the moonroof
í
securely.
2. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
(With advanced key)
Switch the ignition off with the start
knob.
3. Make sure all the windows, the
moonroof
í
, the hood are closed. Close
and lock all doors and the liftgate from
the outside using the key or press the
lock button on your keyless entry
system transmitter.
The hazard warning lights will flash
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
The following method will also arm the
theft-deterrent system:
(With advanced key)
Press a request switch or the lock
button on the transmitter.
(Without advanced key)
Close the hood and the liftgate. Press
the area on the door-lock switch
marked “”once. Close all doors.
The theft deterrent system can also be
armed by activating the auto re-lock
function with all the doors, the liftgate and
the hood closed.
4. After 20 seconds, the system is fully
armed.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
3-61
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page147
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (148,1)
NOTE
lAuto re-lock function
After unlocking with the transmitter or the
request switch, all doors and the liftgate
will automatically lock and the hazard
warning lights will flash if any of the
following operations are not performed
within about 30 seconds.
lA door or the liftgate is opened.
lThe auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch (with advanced key).
lThe key is inserted in the ignition switch.
lThe start knob is pushed (with advanced
key).
lThe system will disarm if one of the
following operations takes place within 20
seconds after closing the hood and locking
all the doors and the liftgate:
lPressing the unlock button on the
transmitter.
lAny door or the liftgate is opened.
lUnlocking a door with the inside door-
lock knob.
lUnlocking a door with the door lock
switch.
lUnlocking the driver's door with the key.
lThe hood is opened.
lThe key is inserted in the ignition switch.
lThe auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch (With advanced key).
lThe start knob is pressed into the
ignition switch or a request switch is
pressed (With advanced key).
lThe ignition is switched ON.
To rearm the system, do the arming
procedure again.
lWhen the doors are locked by pressing the
lock button on the transmitter or request
switch on the front doors or using the key
while the theft-deterrent system is armed,
the hazard warning lights will flash once to
indicate that the system is armed.
qTo Turn off an Armed System
An armed system can be turned off by any
one of the following methods:
lUnlock a door with the key.
lPress the unlock button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
lInsert the key into the ignition switch
and switch the ignition ON.
l(With advanced key)
lPress a request switch or the unlock
button on the transmitter.
lSwitch the ignition ON with the
start knob.
The hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that the system is turned off.
NOTE
When the doors are unlocked by pressing the
unlock button on the transmitter or request
switch on the front doors or using the key
while the theft-deterrent system is turned off,
the hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that the system is turned off.
qTo Stop an Alarm
A triggered alarm can be turned off by
any one of the following methods:
lUnlock a door or the liftgate with the
key.
lPress the unlock button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
lThe engine is started with the ignition
key.
l(With advanced key)
lPress a request switch.
lPress the unlock button on the
transmitter.
lThe engine is started with the start
knob.
3-62
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page148
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (149,1)
NOTE
If you have any problem with the theft-
deterrent system, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
qTheft-Deterrent Labels
A label indicating that your vehicle is
equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System is
in the glove compartment.
Mazda recommends that you affix it to the
lower rear corner of a front door window.
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
3-63
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page149
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (150,1)
Steering Wheel
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving:
Adjusting the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Moving it can very easily cause the
driver to abruptly turn to the left or
right. This can lead to loss of control
or an accident.
qSteering Wheel Adjustment
To change the angle or length of the
steering wheel:
1. Stop the vehicle, pull down the lock
release lever under the steering
column.
Lock release lever
2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust the
steering column length to the desired
positions, push the lever up to lock the
column.
3. Push the wheel up and down to be
certain it's locked before driving.
Mirrors
qOutside Mirrors
Check the mirror angles before driving.
Mirror type
Flat type (driver's side)
Flat surface mirror.
Convex type (front passenger side)
The mirror has single curvature on its
surface.
WARNING
Be sure to look over your shoulder
before changing lanes:
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the
vehicle in the convex mirror is
dangerous. You could have a serious
accident. What you see in the convex
mirror is closer than it appears.
Power mirror
The ignition must be switched to ACC or
ON.
To adjust:
1. Press the left or right side of the
selector switch to choose the left or
right side mirror.
3-64
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page150
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (151,1)
2. Depress the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
Outside mirror Selector switch
Mirror switch
After adjusting the mirror, lock the control
by placing the selector switch in the
center position.
NOTE
(With seat position memory function)
The on-road outside mirror position can be
programmed in conjunction with the seat
position memory function.
Refer to Seat Position Memory on page 2-6.
Power mirrors with reverse tilt down
function
í
When the ignition is switched ON and the
selector lever is shifted to the R position,
the outside mirrors tilt downward to
facilitate the view of the lower area on
each side of the vehicle.
1. Switch the left/right power door mirror
selector switch to the left or right side.
2. Shift the selector lever to the R position
while depressing the brake pedal. The
outside mirrors tilt downward
automatically.
NOTE
If the left/right power outside mirror selector
switch is in the center position, or the selector
lever is shifted to a position other than the R
position, the outside mirrors return to their on-
road position automatically. The door mirrors
return to their on-road position automatically
even when the ignition is switched from ON to
off.
Folding the mirror
Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is
flush with the vehicle.
WARNING
Always return the outside mirrors to
the driving position before you start
driving:
Driving with the outside mirrors
folded in is dangerous. Your rear view
will be restricted, and you could have
an accident.
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
3-65
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page151
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (152,1)
qRearview Mirror
WARNING
Do not stack cargo or objects higher
than the seatbacks:
Cargo stacked higher than the
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block
your view in the rearview mirror,
which might cause you to hit another
car when changing lanes.
Rearview mirror adjustment
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
NOTE
For the manual day/night mirror, perform the
adjustment with the day/night lever in the day
position.
Reducing glare from headlights
Manual day/night mirror
Push the day/night lever forward for day
driving. Pull it back to reduce glare of
headlights from cars at the rear.
Night
Day
Day/Night lever
Auto-dimming mirror
The auto-dimming mirror automatically
reduces glare of headlights from cars at
the rear when the ignition is switched ON.
Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel the
automatic dimming function. The
indicator light will turn off.
To reactivate the automatic dimming
function, press the ON button ( ). The
indicator light will illuminate.
Indicator light
OFF button
ON button
3-66
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page152
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (153,1)
NOTE
lDo not use glass cleaner or suspend objects
on or around the light sensor. Otherwise,
light sensor sensitivity will be affected and
may not operate normally.
Light sensor
Light sensor
lFor information regarding the 3 buttons
(, , ) on the auto-dimming
mirror, refer to HomeLink Wireless Control
System (page 5-81).
lThe auto-dimmer function is canceled when
the ignition is switched ON and the shift
lever/selector lever is in reverse (R).
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
3-67
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page153
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (154,1)
3-68
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page154
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (155,1)
4Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2
Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2
Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-4
Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5
Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5
After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5
Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6
Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6
Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6
Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7
Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-9
Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-9
Winter Driving ........................................................................ 4-10
Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-12
Overloading ............................................................................ 4-12
Driving on Uneven Road ........................................................ 4-13
Towing ......................................................................................... 4-14
Trailer Towing (U.S.A. and Canada) ...................................... 4-14
4-1
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page155
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (156,1)
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
Fuel with a lower rating could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness. It
could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel Octane Rating
*
(Anti-knock index)
Regular unleaded fuel 87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)
* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control system
to lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
CAUTION
ØUSE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead
to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.
ØYour vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 % ethanol
by volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of
any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.
ØNever add fuel system additives. Otherwise, the emission control system could be
damaged. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not
be covered by the Mazda warranty.
lGasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
lGasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
lLeaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
4-2
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page156
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (157,1)
Emission Control System
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Never park over or near anything flammable:
Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with
the engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and
could ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst
inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will
damage the converter and cause poor performance.
ØUSE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
ØDo not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
ØDo not coast with the ignition switched off.
ØDo not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off.
ØDo not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes.
ØDo not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments
must be made by a qualified technician.
ØDo not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.
NOTE
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system before
the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modification
made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
4-3
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page157
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (158,1)
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)
WARNING
Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.
Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss
of consciousness or even death could occur.
Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when
idling the engine:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed
and the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which
contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or
even death could occur.
Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,
before starting the engine:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The
exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.
Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of
consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.
4-4
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page158
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (159,1)
Before Getting In
lBe sure the windows, outside mirrors,
and outside lights are clean.
lInspect inflation pressures and
condition of tires.
lLook under the vehicle for any sign of
fluid leaks.
lIf you plan to back up, make sure
nothing is in your way.
NOTE
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, washer
fluid, and other fluid levels should be
inspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.
After Getting In
lAre all doors closed and locked?
lIs the seat adjusted properly?
lAre the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted?
lIs the steering wheel adjusted properly?
lIs everyone's seat belt fastened?
lCheck all gauges.
lCheck all warning lights when the
ignition is switched ON.
lRelease the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Before Starting the Engine
4-5
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page159
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (160,1)
Break-In Period
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of your Mazda.
lDo not race the engine.
lDo not maintain one constant speed,
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
lDo not drive constantly at full-throttle
or high engine rpm for extended
periods of time.
lAvoid unnecessary hard stops.
lAvoid full-throttle starts.
lDo not tow a trailer.
Money-Saving Suggestions
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save money on
fuel and repairs.
lAvoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
lAvoid fast starts.
lKeep the engine tuned. Follow the
maintenance schedule (page 8-4) and
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform inspections and servicing.
lUse the air conditioner only when
necessary.
lSlow down on rough roads.
lKeep the tires properly inflated.
lDo not carry unnecessary weight.
lDo not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
lKeep the wheels in correct alignment.
lKeep windows closed at high speeds.
lSlow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
WARNING
Never stop the engine when going
down a hill:
Stopping the engine when going
down a hill is dangerous. This causes
the loss of power steering and power
brake control, and may cause
damage to the drivetrain. Any loss of
steering or braking control could
cause an accident.
4-6
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page160
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (161,1)
Hazardous Driving
qDriving on Slippery Surface
WARNING
Be extremely careful if it is necessary to
downshift on slippery surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while
driving on slippery surfaces is
dangerous. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
This could lead to loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a
substitute for safe driving:
The ABS and RSC cannot compensate
for unsafe and reckless driving,
excessive speed, tailgating (following
another vehicle too closely), driving
on ice and snow, and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazards:
lBe cautious and allow extra distance
for braking.
lAvoid sudden braking and sudden
maneuvering.
lDo not pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
lIf you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Do not spin the front
wheels.
lDo not perform abrupt maneuvers
when the road surface changes (such as
from a paved road to gravel) because
the reaction of the vehicle against the
driving operation changes.
lFor more traction in starting on
slippery surfaces such as ice or packed
snow, use sand, rock salt, chains,
carpeting, or other nonslip material
under the front wheels.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the front wheels.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
4-7
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page161
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (162,1)
qRoll-over
WARNING
Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and
abrupt maneuvers when driving this
vehicle:
Sharp turns, excessive speed and
abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is
dangerous as it could result in the
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle roll-over, personal
injury or death.
This vehicle has a higher center of
gravity. Vehicles with a higher center
of gravity such as utility and AWD
vehicles handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of
gravity.
Utility and AWD vehicles are not
designed for cornering at high speeds
any more than low profile sports cars
are designed to perform satisfactorily
under off-road conditions. In
addition, utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles.
RSC might help if you get into
trouble, but then it might not be able
to allow you to fully recover, always
drive carefully with the vehicle's
height in mind.
Drive carefully when the vehicle is
loaded by lowering vehicle speed and
applying the brakes earlier:
Abrupt maneuvering and sudden
braking when driving a loaded
vehicle is dangerous as the driving
behavior of a vehicle with a high
center of gravity is different when it is
loaded compared to when it is not,
and could result in the loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
qEmergency Maneuvering
WARNING
Do not perform abrupt maneuvers
when driving the vehicle in an
emergency situation:
Performing abrupt maneuvers even
when driving in an emergency
situation is dangerous as it could
reduce vehicle stability and
operability resulting in an accident.
Operate the accelerator pedal, brake
pedal, and the steering wheel
smoothly.
4-8
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page162
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (163,1)
Floor Mat
WARNING
Make sure the floor mats are hooked
on the retention pins to prevent them
from bunching up under the foot
pedals:
Using a floor mat that is not secured
is dangerous as it will interfere with
the accelerator and brake pedal
operation, which could result in an
accident.
Do not install two floor mats, one on
top of the other, on the driver's side:
Installing two floor mats, one on top
of the other, on the driver's side is
dangerous as the retention pins can
only keep one floor mat from sliding
forward.
In using a heavy duty floor mat for
winter use always remove the
original floor mat.
Loose floor mat(s) will interfere with
the foot pedal and could result in an
accident.
When setting a floor mat, position the
floor mat so that its eyelets are inserted
over the pointed end of the retention
posts.
Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
Do not spin the wheels at more than 56
km/h (35 mph), and do not allow
anyone to stand behind a wheel when
pushing the vehicle:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning
the wheels at high speed is
dangerous. The spinning tire could
overheat and explode. This could
cause serious injuries.
CAUTION
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transaxle failure, and
tire damage.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the
accelerator slightly and slowly move the
shift lever from D to R.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
4-9
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page163
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (164,1)
Winter Driving
lCarry emergency gear, including tire
chains, window scraper, a small shovel,
jumper cables, and a small bag of sand
or salt.
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
perform the following precautions:
lHave the proper ratio of antifreeze in
the radiator.
Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-23.
lInspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
lInspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
lUse washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but do not use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid
(page 8-26).
lDo not use the parking brake in
freezing weather as it may freeze.
Instead, shift to P and block the rear
wheels.
lSnow left on the windshield is
dangerous as it could obstruct vision.
Remove snow before driving.
lDo not apply excessive force to a
window scraper when removing ice or
frozen snow on the mirror glass and
windshield.
lNever use warm or hot water for
removing snow or ice from windows
and mirrors as it could result in the
glass cracking.
lBraking performance can be adversely
affected if snow or ice adheres to the
brake equipment. If this situation
occurs, drive the vehicle slowly,
releasing the accelerator pedal and
lightly applying the brakes several
times until the brake performance
returns to normal.
qSnow Tires
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate
snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm
2
, 4.3 psi)
more than recommended on the tire
pressure label (driver's door frame), but
never more than the maximum cold-tire
pressure shown on the tires.
Your vehicle is originally equipped with
all season radials designed to be used all
year around. In some extreme climates
you may find it necessary to replace them
with snow tires during the winter months
to further improve traction on snow and
ice covered roads.
WARNING
Use only the same size and type tires
(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all four
wheels:
Using tires different in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling
could be greatly affected and result
in an accident.
CAUTION
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system may
not function correctly when using tires with
steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page
5-32).
4-10
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page164
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (165,1)
qTire Chains
Check local regulations before using tire
chains.
CAUTION
ØChains may affect handling.
ØDo not go faster than 50 km/h (30
mph) or the chain manufacturer's
recommended limit, whichever is
lower.
ØDrive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, and sharp turns.
ØAvoid locked-wheel braking.
ØDo not use chains on a temporary
spare tire; it may result in damage
to the vehicle and to the tire.
ØDo not use chains on roads that
are free of snow or ice. The tires
and chains could be damaged.
ØChains may scratch or chip
aluminum wheels.
NOTE
lUse of tire chains on a vehicle equipped
with P245/50R20 specification tires could
cause interference with the vehicle body
and scratching. If tire chains are to be used,
replace both front and rear tires with P
245/60R18 tires. Please consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
lIf your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system may
not function correctly when using tire
chains.
Install the chains on the front tires.
Do not use chains on the rear tires.
Please consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Installing the chains
1. Secure the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Always follow the
chain manufacturer's instructions.
2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2
―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
4-11
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page165
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (166,1)
Driving In Flooded Area
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle on flooded
roads as it could cause short
circuiting of electrical/electronic
parts, or engine damage or stalling
from water absorption. If the vehicle
has been immersed in water, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Overloading
WARNING
Be careful not to overload your vehicle:
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
on the driver's door frame. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident
or vehicle damage. You can estimate
the weight of your load by weighing
the items (or people) before putting
them in the vehicle.
4-12
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page166
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (167,1)
Driving on Uneven Road
Your vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roads
or over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling on
rough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.
Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving under
the following conditions:
lAscending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle
lAscending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle
Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance and
handling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be
damaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Use
care and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
4-13
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page167
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (168,1)
Trailer Towing (U.S.A. and Canada)
Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to carry passengers and cargo.
If you tow a trailer, follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety depends
on proper equipment and safe driving habits. Towing a trailer will affect handling, braking,
durability, performance, and economy.
Never overload vehicle or trailer. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you need further
details.
CAUTION
Do not tow a trailer during the first 1,000 km (600 miles) of your new Mazda. If you
do, you may damage the engine, transaxle, differential, wheel bearings, and other
power train components.
qWeight Limits
TTW and GCWR
The total trailer weight (TTW), gross combination weight rating (GCWR), gross axle
weight rating (GAWR), trailer load, and trailer tongue load must be within the
prescribed limits.
lThe total trailer weight (TTW) is the sum of the weights of the trailer load (trailer
weight plus cargo), trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and vehicle load. Never allow
the total trailer weight (TTW) to exceed specifications in the Trailer Towing-Load
Table.
lThe maximum GCWR is the combination weight of the trailer and load plus the
towing vehicle (including trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and load). It must not
exceed specifications in the load table.
GAWR and GVWR
Do not exceed front and rear GAWR (gross axle weight rating) and GVWR (gross vehicle
weight rating). If you do, vehicle handling, braking, and performance will be affected.
These values are also on the Motor Vehicle Safety Certification Label posted on the driver's
door frame.
High-altitude operation
In a high-altitude operating environment, a gasoline engine loses power at a rate of 3 % to
4 % per 304 m (1,000 ft) of elevation. In these conditions, a reduction in gross vehicle
weight and gross combination weight is recommended.
4-14
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page168
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (169,1)
TRAILER TOWING-LOAD TABLE
Because vehicle weights vary, adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this
table.
Item
Model
Without Towing
Package With Towing Package
MAX.
FRONTAL
AREA
2.97 m
2
(32 ft
2
) 4.65 m
2
(50 ft
2
)
MAX. TTW
Add trailer's weight, load and hitch; vehicle
passengers and vehicle load
*1
907 kg (2,000 lb) 1,588 kg (3,500 lb)
MAX. GCWR
3,101 kg (6,836 lb)
*2
3,782 kg (8,337 lb)
*2
3,196 kg (7,045 lb)
*3
3,877 kg (8,547 lb)
*3
MAX. GAWR
Front 1,276 kg (2,813 lb)
*2
1,307 kg (2,881 lb)
*3
Rear 1,400 kg (3,086 lb)
*2
1,458 kg (3,214 lb)
*3
MAX. GVWR
2,645 kg (5,831 lb)
*2
2,720 kg (5,997 lb)
*3
TRAILER-
TONGUE
LOAD
Tongue load
Tongue load/Trailer load × 100 = 10 % to 15 %
Trailer load
DISTRIBU-
TION OF
TRAILER
LOAD
Front 60 %
Rear 40 %
*1 i.e. baggage, food, camp gear
*2 2WD
*3 AWD
GCWR: Gross Combination Weight Rating (sum of TTW, vehicle weights and 2
passengers)
GAWR: Gross Axle Weight Rating
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
4-15
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page169
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (170,1)
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
WARNING
Always keep tow loads within specified limits as indicated in the Trailer Towing-Load
Table:
Attempting to tow loads greater than those specified is dangerous as it may cause
serious handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury or
vehicle damage, or both.
Load your trailer with the weight about 60 % toward the front and 40 % toward the
rear:
Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous.
Doing so could cause you to lose control. The trailer tongue load must be 10 %―15
% of the total trailer load (sum of the weights of the trailer and cargo).
Always have the total trailer weight and tongue load determined prior to departure:
Attempting to tow loads without determining the total trailer weight and tongue
load is dangerous. Trailer sway from crosswinds, rough roads or other causes could
result in loss of control and a serious accident.
CAUTION
The total trailer weight and tongue load can be determined by weighing the trailer
on platform scales at a highway weight station or a trucking company.
qTrailer Hitch
Use only a hitch ball recommended by the trailer manufacturer that conforms to the gross
trailer weight requirement.
When not towing a trailer, remove the trailer hitch (if detachable) to reduce the possibility
of damage as a result of the vehicle being rear-ended.
4-16
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page170
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (171,1)
WARNING
Always make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached before departure:
An unsecured trailer hitch is dangerous as it causes greater trailer sway from
crosswinds, rough roads or other causes, resulting in loss of control and a serious
accident.
Examine all trailer-hitch mounting bolts regularly and tighten any that are loose. If
the hitch is removed, seal any open mounting holes to prevent exhaust, dust, water,
dirt and other foreign elements from filtering in, possibly endangering personal
safety and damaging your vehicle.
Do not install a hitch that stiffens the bumper as it will reduce the bumper's
performance.
Make sure there are no exhaust gas leaks into the passenger compartment if any
mounting bolts are connected to the body:
Modifying your vehicle exhaust system is dangerous. Exhaust gas entering the
vehicle could cause loss of consciousness or even death.
When mounting the trailer hitch, make no modifications to the vehicle exhaust
system.
CAUTION
ØMake all hitch adjustments with actual loads. Do not load and unload vehicle
while adjusting hitch. This action will change the vehicle height.
ØDo not use an axle-mounted hitch. This may damage the axle and related parts.
qTires
When towing a trailer, make sure all tires are inflated to the recommended cold-tire
pressure, as indicated on the tire pressure chart on the driver's door frame. Trailer tire size,
load rating, and inflation pressures should conform to tire manufacturer specifications.
WARNING
Never use the temporary spare tire when towing:
Using the temporary spare tire on your vehicle when towing a trailer is dangerous as
it could result in tire failure, loss of control, and injury to vehicle occupants.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
4-17
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page171
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (172,1)
qSafety Chains
Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer become
unintentionally unhitched. They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to the
hitch. Leave enough slack to allow full turns. Consult literature published by your trailer or
hitch manufacturer for more details.
WARNING
Make sure the safety chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle
prior to departure:
Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer
and the vehicle is dangerous. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, the
trailer could wander into another lane and cause a collision.
qTrailer Lights
Trailer lights must comply with all federal, state, and local regulations. Equip your trailer
as required before towing it day or night.
CAUTION
Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of your
Mazda. This may damage your vehicle's electrical system and lighting systems. Have
a recreational vehicle dealer or trailer rental agency connect the system, and inspect
the brake lights and turn signals yourself before each trip.
qTrailer Brakes
If the total trailer weight exceeds 450 kg (1,000 lb), trailer brakes are required. If your
trailer has brakes, make sure they comply with all federal, state, and local regulations.
WARNING
Do not connect a hydraulic trailer-brake system to your vehicle's brake system:
Connecting a hydraulic trailer-brake system directly to the vehicle brake system is
dangerous and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury.
qTrailer Towing Tips
lVerify that your Mazda maintains a near-normal attitude when a loaded or unloaded
trailer is connected. Do not drive if it has an abnormal front-up or front-down position.
Inspect for incorrect tongue load, worn suspension parts, and trailer overloading.
lMake sure the trailer is properly loaded and the cargo is secure to prevent it from
shifting.
lMake sure the mirrors conform to all government regulations. If they do not, install
required rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes.
4-18
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page172
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (173,1)
The three main causes of vehicle-trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed, and
improper trailer loading.
Before driving
lHave your cooling and braking system checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
lBefore starting out, inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all vehicle-
to-trailer connections. Stop and re-inspect all lights and connections after driving a short
distance.
Driving
lYour Mazda will handle differently with a trailer in tow, so practice turning, backing,
and stopping in a traffic-free area.
lTake time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length.
lAllow more room between your vehicle and the one in front because braking distance
increases with a trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow at least one vehicle
and trailer length between your Mazda and the vehicle ahead.
lAvoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.
lAvoid sudden braking. It may cause loss of control and result in jackknifing, especially
so on wet or slippery roads.
lShift the shift lever to the D position when towing a trailer in hilly terrain or when
heavily loaded.
The D position will allow operating the vehicle without frequent shifting.
Lane changes and turning
Avoid quick lane changes, sudden turns, and tight turns. Slow down before turning to
avoid the need of sudden braking.
A turning trailer will make a tighter arc than the tow vehicle. Compensate with turns that
are larger than normal.
Passing
Plan well ahead to pass other vehicles, and provide plenty of room before changing lanes.
Crosswinds from passing vehicles, especially larger ones, and the effects of rough roads
will affect handling.
If swaying occurs, firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately, but
gradually.
Steer straight ahead. If no extreme correction of steering or braking is made, the
combination of less speed and firm steering will result in stability.
Backing up
Backing a vehicle with a trailer requires practice and patience. Back slowly, and have a
helper outside at the rear of the trailer to reduce the risk of an accident.
To turn the trailer, place your hand at the bottom of the steering wheel and turn it in the
direction you want the trailer to go. Make only slight movements to prevent sharp or
prolonged turning.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
4-19
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page173
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (174,1)
Ascending a hill
Shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or overheating the engine, or
both.
Descending a hill
Shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking effect.
WARNING
Always use lower gears to reduce speed:
Holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently is dangerous as it could
cause the brakes to overheat and lose power, resulting in loss of control and a
serious accident. Use lower gears to help reduce speed. Pull off the road and allow
brakes to cool down whenever braking performance feels reduced.
Overheated engine
The extra weight of the trailer may strain the engine on hot days and on long or steep
upgrades.
If the temperature gauge indicates overheating, turn off the air conditioner, drive safely to
the side of the road, park off the right-of-way and wait for engine to cool. Refer to
Overheating (page 7-16).
Parking
Always make sure the tires of the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked while parked.
Apply the parking brake firmly and put the transaxle in P.
Avoid parking on an incline, but if you must, follow these instructions:
1. Depress and hold down the brake pedal.
2. Have a helper put wheel blocks against the downhill side of all vehicle and trailer tires.
3. Then release the brake pedal slowly until the blocks bear the load.
lIf the grade is downhill, turn the steering wheel so that the front of the front tires face
the curb.
lIf it is uphill, face the rear of the front tires against the curb.
4. Firmly apply the parking brake.
5. Shift the transaxle into P, and stop the engine.
To restart after parking on an incline:
1. With the transaxle in P, start the engine. (Be sure to depress and hold the brake pedal.)
2. Shift into gear.
4-20
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page174
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (175,1)
3. Release the parking brake (also the foot brake) and pull away from the wheel blocks.
Stop; apply the parking brake and shift into P.
4. Have a helper retrieve the wheel blocks.
Fuel consumption
Trailer towing causes higher fuel consumption.
Maintenance
If you tow a trailer frequently, have your vehicle serviced as shown in Scheduled
Maintenance (page 8-4).
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
4-21
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page175
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (176,1)
4-22
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page176
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (177,1)
5Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2
Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2
Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4
Turning the Engine Off ............................................................. 5-5
Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5
Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................. 5-11
Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-17
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation
í
..................................... 5-17
Cruise Control ......................................................................... 5-20
Traction Control System (TCS) .............................................. 5-23
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)/Roll Stability Control
(RSC) ...................................................................................... 5-26
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
í
......................................... 5-28
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) System
í
................................. 5-34
Parking Sensor System ........................................................... 5-40
Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-45
Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-45
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-49
Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-49
Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-63
Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-65
Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-65
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-71
Fog Lights
í
............................................................................ 5-72
Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-73
Rear Window Wiper and Washer ............................................ 5-77
Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-78
Horn ........................................................................................ 5-79
Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-80
HomeLink Wireless Control System
í
.................................... 5-81
5-1
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page177
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (178,1)
Ignition Switch
Auxiliary key (with advanced key)
NOTE
When starting the engine using the advanced
key, refer to Starting the Engine (page 3-10).
When starting the engine with the
auxiliary key, perform the following
procedure.
1. Remove the auxiliary key from the
advanced key (page 3-17).
2. Make sure the start knob is in the OFF
position.
3. Remove the start knob by pulling it
outward while pressing the buttons on
both the left and right sides.
4. Insert the auxiliary key in the ignition
switch.
qIgnition Switch Positions
With advanced
key
Without advanced
key
OFF
The power supply to electrical devices is
turned off. Only in this position can the
key be removed.
5-2
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page178
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (179,1)
WARNING
Do not stop the engine while the
vehicle is moving:
Stopping the engine while the vehicle
is moving for any reason other than
in an emergency is dangerous.
Stopping the engine while the vehicle
is moving will result in reduced
braking ability due to the loss of
power braking, which could cause an
accident and serious injury.
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
switch the ignition to OFF, set the
parking brake and make sure the shift
lever is in P:
It is important to switch the ignition
to OFF even if you are not removing
the key from the ignition or leaving
the vehicle. Leaving the key in other
positions will disable some of the
vehicle security systems and run the
battery down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
switching the ignition to OFF, setting
the parking brake and shifting the
shift lever to P is dangerous.
Unexpected vehicle movement could
occur. This could cause an accident.
ACC (Accessory)
In this position, some electrical
accessories will operate.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. Some indicator
lights/warning lights should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-49).
NOTE
When the ignition is switched ON, the sound of
the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel
tank can be heard. This does not indicate an
abnormality.
NOTE
Vibration of the brake pedal may be felt when
the ignition is switched ON, however, this is a
normal operation of the DSC/RSC and does
not indicate an abnormality.
START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the key. It
then returns to the ON position.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition is switched off or the
ignition is switched to ACC with the key
inserted, a continuous beep sound will be
heard when the driver's door is opened.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-3
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page179
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (180,1)
Starting the Engine
NOTE
Engine-starting is controlled by the spark
ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian Interference-
Causing Equipment Standard requirements
regulating the impulse electrical field strength
of radio noise.
1. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
The starter will not operate if the shift lever is
not in P or N.
5. Switch the ignition to START and hold
(up to 10 seconds at a time) until the
engine starts.
CAUTION
Do not try the starter for more than
10 seconds at a time. If the engine
stalls or fails to start, wait 10 seconds
before trying again. Otherwise, you
may damage the starter and drain
the battery.
6. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
NOTE
lIn extremely cold weather or after the
vehicle has not been driven in several days,
let the engine warm up without operating
the accelerator.
lWhether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without use of the
accelerator.
5-4
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page180
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (181,1)
Turning the Engine Off
WARNING
Do not stop the engine while the
vehicle is moving:
Stopping the engine while the vehicle
is moving for any reason other than
in an emergency is dangerous.
Stopping the engine while the vehicle
is moving will result in reduced
braking ability due to the loss of
power braking, which could cause an
accident and serious injury.
1. Stop the vehicle completely.
2. Shift the shift lever to the P position.
3. Switch the ignition from ON to OFF.
CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure
the ignition is switched off.
Brake System
qFoot Brake
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-5
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page181
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (182,1)
WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or
turned off, find a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or
turned off is dangerous. Braking will
require more effort, and the brake's
power-assist could be depleted if you
pump the brake. This will cause
longer stopping distances or even an
accident.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously
on the brake pedal or steadily
applying the brakes for long
distances is dangerous. This causes
overheated brakes, resulting in
longer stopping distances or even
total brake failure. This could cause
loss of vehicle control and a serious
accident. Avoid continuous
application of the brakes.
Dry off brakes that have become wet
by driving slowly, releasing the
accelerator pedal and lightly applying
the brakes several times until the brake
performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
CAUTION
ØDo not drive with your foot held
on the brake pedal. Doing so could
result in the following:
ØThe brake parts will wear out
more quickly.
ØThe brakes can overheat and
adversely affect brake
performance.
ØAlways depress the brake pedal
with the right foot. Applying the
brakes with the unaccustomed left
foot could slow your reaction time
to an emergency situation
resulting in insufficient braking
operation.
ØWear shoes appropriate for driving
in order to avoid your shoe
contacting the brake pedal when
depressing the accelerator pedal.
5-6
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page182
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:35 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (183,1)
qParking Brake
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
switch the ignition to OFF, set the
parking brake and make sure the shift
lever is in P:
It is important to switch the ignition
to OFF even if you are not removing
the key from the ignition or leaving
the vehicle. Leaving the key in other
positions will disable some of the
vehicle security systems and run the
battery down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
switching the ignition to OFF, setting
the parking brake and shifting the
shift lever to P is dangerous.
Unexpected vehicle movement could
occur. This could cause an accident.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake on
will cause excessive wear of the brake
linings or pads.
NOTE
For parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving
(page 4-10) regarding parking brake use.
Setting the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal, then depress the
parking brake pedal fully.
Releasing the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal, then depress the
parking brake pedal until it releases.
Gradually let up on the parking brake
pedal.
NOTE
Release the parking brake pedal once before
trying to reapply it.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-7
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page183
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (184,1)
qBrake System Warning Light
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light illuminates when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switched
to START or ON. It turns off when the
parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
depress or that it may go closer to the
floor. In either case, it will take longer to
stop the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, open the
hood and check the brake fluid level
immediately, and then add fluid if
required (page 8-25).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light turns off, have your
brake system inspected as soon as
possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
qParking Brake Reminder
If the parking brake has not been
completely released and the vehicle is
driven at about 5 km/h (3 mph) or faster, a
continuous beep sound will be heard to
notify the driver that the parking brake
has not been released.
qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
wheel is about to lock up, the ABS
responds by automatically releasing and
reapplying that wheel's brake.
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal ABS system operation. Continue
to depress the brake pedal without
pumping the brakes.
5-8
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page184
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (185,1)
WARNING
Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a
substitute for safe driving:
The ABS and RSC cannot compensate
for unsafe and reckless driving,
excessive speed, tailgating (following
another vehicle too closely), driving
on ice and snow, and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
NOTE
lBraking distances may be longer on loose
surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)
which usually have a hard foundation. A
vehicle with a normal braking system may
require less distance to stop under these
conditions because the tires will build up a
wedge of surface layer when the wheels
skid.
lThe sound of the ABS operating may be
heard when starting the engine or
immediately after starting the vehicle,
however, it does not indicate a malfunction.
qABS Warning Light
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
lWhen the engine is jump-started to charge
the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light may illuminate. If this occurs,
it is the result of the weak battery and does
not indicate an ABS malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
lThe brake assist system does not operate
while the ABS warning light is illuminated.
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may illuminate the brake
system warning light and the ABS
warning light on simultaneously. The
problem is likely to be the electronic
brake force distribution system.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-9
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page185
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (186,1)
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated simultaneously is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.
qBrake Assist
During emergency braking situations
when it is necessary to depress the brake
pedal with greater force, the brake assist
system provides braking assistance, thus
enhancing braking performance.
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the brakes apply
more firmly.
NOTE
lWhen the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the pedal will feel
softer but the brakes will apply more firmly.
This is a normal effect of the brake assist
operation and does not indicate a
malfunction.
lWhen the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, a motor/pump
operation noise may be heard. This is a
normal effect of the brake assist and does
not indicate a malfunction.
lThe brake assist equipment does not
supersede the functionality of the vehicle's
main braking system.
qBrake Pad Wear Indicator
When the disc brake pads become worn,
the built-in wear indicators contact the
disc plates. This causes a loud screeching
noise to warn that the pads should be
replaced.
When you hear this noise, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with worn disc pads:
Driving with worn disc pads is
dangerous. The brakes could fail and
cause a serious accident. As soon as
you hear a screeching noise consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-10
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page186
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (187,1)
Automatic Transaxle Controls
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition
must be switched to ACC or ON).
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.
Various Lockouts:
NOTE
The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving the
driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears. Even if
you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic, you should also be
aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be
retained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the
engine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-13).
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-11
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page187
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (188,1)
qTransaxle Ranges
The shift lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
P (Park)
P locks the transaxle and prevents the
front wheels from rotating.
WARNING
Always set the shift lever to P and set
the parking brake:
Only setting the shift lever to the P
position without using the parking
brake to hold the vehicle is
dangerous. If P fails to hold, the
vehicle could move and cause an
accident.
CAUTION
ØShifting into P, N or R while the
vehicle is moving can damage
your transaxle.
ØShifting into a driving gear or
reverse when the engine is running
faster than idle can damage the
transaxle.
R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
Rocking the Vehicle (page 4-9).
N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transaxle are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle,
do not shift from N or P into a driving
gear:
It's dangerous to shift from N or P
into a driving gear when the engine
is running faster than idle. If this is
done, the vehicle could move
suddenly, causing an accident or
serious injury.
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle:
Shifting into N while driving is
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be
applied when decelerating which
could lead to an accident or serious
injury.
CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause transaxle
damage.
NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the brake
pedal before moving the shift lever from N to
prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.
D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transaxle will automatically shift
through a 6-gear sequence.
M (Manual)
M is the manual shift mode position.
Gears can be shifted up or down by
operating the shift lever.
Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-13).
5-12
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page188
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (189,1)
qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)
automatically controls the transaxle shift
points to best suit the road conditions and
driver input. This improves driving
comfort.
If the driver accelerates rapidly, or
accelerates and decelerates rapidly by
operating the accelerator and brake pedal
for a certain period of time while the shift
lever is in the D position, AAS mode
could activate.
When cornering the vehicle, AAS mode
will hold the transaxle in the gear the
vehicle was in before entering the curve,
allowing the vehicle to be accelerated
from the same gear after exiting the curve.
AAS mode will maintain the transaxle in
the optimum gear and the driver may
sense that the transaxle is not shifting,
however this does not indicate an
abnormality.
qShift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting
out of P unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Move the shift lever.
NOTE
lWhen the ignition is switched off, the shift
lever cannot be shifted from P.
lTo be sure the vehicle is in park, the
ignition key cannot be removed unless the
shift lever is in P.
l(With Advanced Key)
The ignition cannot be switched from ACC
to OFF when the shift lever is not in P.
qManual Shift Mode
This mode gives you the feel of driving a
manual transaxle vehicle by operating the
shift lever and allows you to control
engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels
much like a manual transaxle when more
control is desired.
To change to manual shift mode, shift the
lever from D to M.
NOTE
Changing to manual shift mode while driving
will not damage the transaxle.
To return to automatic shift mode, shift
the lever from M to D.
NOTE
lIf you change to manual shift mode when
the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift to
M1.
lIf you change to manual shift mode without
depressing the accelerator pedal when
driving in D range, 5th gear, the gear will
shift to M4.
lIf you change to manual shift mode without
depressing the accelerator pedal when
driving in D range, 6th gear, the gear will
shift to M5.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-13
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page189
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (190,1)
Indicators
Manual shift mode indicator
In manual shift mode, the “M”of the shift
position indicator in the instrument panel
illuminates.
Gear position indicator
The numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
Gear position indicator
Manual shift mode indicator
NOTE
If the gears cannot be shifted down when
driving at higher speeds, the gear position
indicator will flash twice to signal that the
gears cannot be shifted down (to protect the
transaxle).
Shifting
Manually Shifting up
(M1 →M2 →M3 →M4 →M5 →M6)
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shift
lever back ( ) once.
NOTE
lWhen driving slowly, the gears may not
shift up.
lIn manual shift mode, gears do not shift up
automatically. Do not run the engine with
the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. If
the tachometer needle enters the RED
ZONE, you may feel engine-braking
because the fuel delivery will be stopped to
protect the engine. However, this does not
indicate an abnormality.
lWhen depressing the accelerator fully, the
transaxle will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed.
5-14
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page190
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (191,1)
Manually Shifting down
(M6→M5 →M4 →M3 →M2 →
M1)
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shift
lever forward ( ) once.
WARNING
Do not use engine braking on slippery
road surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
NOTE
lWhen driving at high speeds, the gear may
not shift down.
lDuring deceleration, the gear may
automatically shift down depending on
vehicle speed.
lWhen depressing the accelerator fully, the
transaxle will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed.
Second gear fixed mode
When the shift lever is tapped back ( )
while the vehicle is stopped or driven at
about 15 km/h (9.3 mph) or less, the
transaxle is set in the second gear fixed
mode. The gear is fixed in second while in
this mode for easier starting and driving
on slippery roads. If the shift lever is
tapped back ( ) or forward ( ) while in
the second gear fixed mode, the mode will
be canceled.
Shifting specification
Shifting up
If the vehicle speed is lower than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted up to a higher gear.
Gear Vehicle speed
M1 →M2 You can shift up to M2 whether the
vehicle is stopped or moving.
M2 →M3 15 km/h (10 mph)
M3 →M4 29 km/h (19 mph)
M4 →M5 40 km/h (25 mph)
M5 →M6 50 km/h (32 mph)
Shifting down
If the vehicle speed is higher than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted to a lower gear so as to
protect the transaxle.
Gear Vehicle speed
M6 →M5 230 km/h (142 mph)
M5 →M4 201 km/h (124 mph)
M4 →M3 150 km/h (93 mph)
M3 →M2 96 km/h (59 mph)
M2 →M1 49 km/h (30 mph)
NOTE
Regarding the vehicle speed at the highest
gear indicated above, achieving this speed
may not actually be possible depending on
various driving conditions such as the wind,
upslope, and road surface.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-15
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page191
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (192,1)
During deceleration, the gears shift down
automatically when speed is reduced to
the following:
Gear Vehicle speed
M6 →M5 47 km/h (29 mph)
M5 →M4 37 km/h (22 mph)
M4 →M3 26 km/h (16 mph)
M3 or M2 →M1 7 km/h (4 mph)
NOTE
The gear does not shift down to M1
automatically while in the second gear fixed
mode.
If the vehicle is kicked down at the
following speeds or lower, the gears shift
down automatically:
Gear Vehicle speed
M6 →M5 230 km/h (142 mph)
M5 →M4 90 km/h (55 mph)
M4 →M3 65 km/h (40 mph)
M3 →M2 40 km/h (24 mph)
Recommendations for shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration and cruising, we
recommend these shift points.
Gear Vehicle speed
M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)
M2 to M3 40 km/h (25 mph)
M3 to M4 65 km/h (40 mph)
M4 to M5 73 km/h (45 mph)
M5 to M6 80 km/h (50 mph)
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
gives better acceleration when you need
more speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
qDriving Tips
WARNING
Do not allow the vehicle to move in
reverse on an up-slope while the
selector lever is in a forward gear
position, or move forward on a down-
slope while the selector lever is in the
reverse position.
Otherwise, the engine will stop,
causing the loss of the power brake
and power steering functions, and
make it difficult to control the vehicle
which could result in an accident.
Passing
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transaxle will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the
load weight and grade steepness.
3. Release the brake pedal while
gradually accelerating.
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to
lower gears, depending on load weight
and grade steepness. Descend slowly,
using the brakes only occasionally to
prevent them from overheating.
5-16
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page192
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (193,1)
Power Steering
Power steering is only operable when the
engine is running. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system is inoperable,
you can still steer, but it requires more
physical effort.
If the steering feels stiffer than usual
during normal driving, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Never hold the steering wheel to the
extreme left or right for more than 5
seconds with the engine running.
This could damage the power
steering system.
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
Operation
í
AWD provides excellent driveability on
snow-covered and ice-packed roads, sand
and mud, as well as on steep slopes and
other slippery surfaces.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-17
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page193
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (194,1)
qAWD Driving
WARNING
Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and
abrupt maneuvers when driving this
vehicle:
Sharp turns, excessive speed and
abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is
dangerous as it could result in the
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle roll-over, personal
injury or death.
This vehicle has a higher center of
gravity. Vehicles with a higher center
of gravity such as utility and AWD
vehicles handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of
gravity.
Utility and AWD vehicles are not
designed for cornering at high speeds
any more than low profile sports cars
are designed to perform satisfactorily
under off-road conditions. In
addition, utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles.
RSC might help if you get into
trouble, but then it might not be able
to allow you to fully recover, always
drive carefully with the vehicle's
height in mind.
Drive carefully when the vehicle is
loaded by lowering vehicle speed and
applying the brakes earlier:
Abrupt maneuvering and sudden
braking when driving a loaded
vehicle is dangerous as the driving
behavior of a vehicle with a high
center of gravity is different when it is
loaded compared to when it is not,
and could result in the loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
qAWD Warning Light
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
Thereafter, the warning light will
illuminate or flash under the following
conditions:
lIlluminates when there is an
abnormality with the AWD system.
lFlashes when the differential oil
temperature is abnormally high.
lFlashes when there are continually
large differences between front and rear
wheel rotation, such as when trying to
pull away from an icy surface, or when
trying to extricate the vehicle from
mud, sand or similar conditions.
If the AWD warning light illuminates:
If the AWD warning light illuminates,
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the AWD warning light flashes:
Park the vehicle in a safe place. After a
few moments, if the warning light stops
flashing, you can resume driving. If the
light does not stop flashing, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-18
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page194
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (195,1)
WARNING
Never spin a wheel that is off the
ground:
Spinning a wheel that is off the
ground as a result of the vehicle
being stuck or in a ditch is
dangerous. The drive assembly could
be seriously damaged which could
lead to an accident or could even
lead to overheating, oil leakage, and
a fire.
qTires and Tire Chains
The condition of the tires plays a large
role in the performance of the vehicle.
Moreover, to prevent adverse effects to
the drive assembly, please note the
following:
Tires
lWhen replacing tires, always replace
all front and rear tires at the same time.
lAll tires must be of the same size,
manufacture, brand and tread pattern.
Pay particular attention when
equipping snow or other types of
winter tires.
lDo not mix tread-worn tires with
normal tires.
lInspect tire inflation pressures at the
specified periods and adjust to the
specified pressures.
NOTE
Check the tire inflation pressure label attached
to driver's door frame for the correct tire
inflation pressure.
lMake sure to equip the vehicle with
genuine wheels of the specified size,
on all wheels. With AWD, the system
is calibrated for all four wheels being
of the same dimensions.
Tire chains
lInstall tire chains to the front tires.
lDo not use tire chains on the rear
wheels.
lDo not drive the vehicle faster than 30
km/h (19 mph) with the tire chains
installed.
lDo not drive the vehicle with tire
chains on road conditions other than
snow or ice.
qTowing
If the vehicle requires towing, have it
towed with all four wheels completely off
the ground(page 7-21).
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-19
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page195
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (196,1)
Cruise Control
With cruise control, you can set and
automatically maintain any speed of more
than about 30 km/h (19 mph).
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control under the
following conditions:
Using the cruise control under the
following conditions is dangerous
and could result in loss of vehicle
control.
ØHilly terrain
ØSteep inclines
ØHeavy or unsteady traffic
ØSlippery or winding roads
ØSimilar restrictions that require
inconsistent speed
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)
The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON switch is pressed and the
cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
qActivation/Deactivation
To activate the system, press the ON
switch.
The cruise main indicator light
illuminates.
To deactivate the system, press the OFF
switch.
The cruise main indicator light turns off.
WARNING
Always turn off the cruise control
system when it is not in use:
Leaving the cruise control system in
an activation-ready state while the
cruise control is not in use is
dangerous as the cruise control could
unexpectedly activate if the
activation button is accidentally
pressed, and result in loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
qTo Set Speed
1. Activate the cruise control system by
pressing the ON switch.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).
5-20
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page196
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (197,1)
3. Set the cruise control by pressing the
cruise control SET /SET - switch up
or down at the desired speed. The
cruise control is set at the moment the
cruise control SET /SET - switch is
pressed up or down. Release the
accelerator pedal simultaneously.
Cruise control
switch
NOTE
lRelease the cruise control switch at the
desired speed, otherwise the speed will
continue increasing while the switch is
pressed up, and continue decreasing while
it is pressed down (except when the
accelerator pedal is depressed).
lOn a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down while ascending,
or speed up while descending.
lCruise control will turn off if the vehicle
speed decreases below 30 km/h (19 mph)
when cruise is activated, such as when
climbing a steep grade.
qTo Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
To increase speed using cruise control
switch
Press up the cruise control SET switch
and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the switch at the speed you want.
Cruise control
switch
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that
allows you to increase your current speed
in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control SET
switch. Multiple taps will increase
your vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for
each tap.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-21
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page197
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (198,1)
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate
to the desired speed.
Press down or press up on the cruise
control SET /SET - switch and release
it immediately.
Cruise control
switch
NOTE
Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on. Greater speed
will not interfere with or change the set speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator to return to
the set speed.
qTo Decrease Cruising Speed
Press down the cruise control SET -
switch and hold it. The vehicle will
gradually slow.
Release the switch at the speed you want.
Cruise control
switch
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that
allows you to decrease your current speed
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control SET -
switch. Multiple taps will decrease your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
qTo Resume Cruising Speed at
More Than 30 km/h (19 mph)
If some other method besides the OFF
switch was used to cancel cruising speed
(such as applying the brake pedal) and the
system is still activated, the most recent
set speed will automatically resume when
the RES switch is pressed.
If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30
km/h (19 mph) or more and press the RES
switch.
qTo Cancel
To cancel the system, use one of these
methods:
lPress the OFF switch.
lSlightly depress the brake pedal.
5-22
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page198
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (199,1)
lPress the CANCEL switch.
The system turns off when the ignition is
switched off.
NOTE
Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9
mph) below the preset speed (such as may
happen when climbing a long, steep grade).
Traction Control System
(TCS)
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by
controlling engine torque and braking.
When the TCS detects driving wheel
slippage, it lowers engine torque and
operates the brakes to prevent loss of
traction.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels,
limiting wheel spin and loss of traction.
WARNING
Do not rely on the traction control
system as a substitute for safe driving:
The traction control system (TCS)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
Use snow tires or tire chains and drive
at reduced speeds when roads are
covered with ice and/or snow:
Driving without proper traction
devices on snow and/or ice-covered
roads is dangerous. The traction
control system (TCS) alone cannot
provide adequate traction and you
could still have an accident.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-23
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page199
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (200,1)
CAUTION
Do not rely on the TCS to maintain
constant control of the vehicle under
severe or maximum handling
conditions. If the TCS operates
frequently due to severe driving
conditions, the TCS may stop
operating to protect the brakes from
overheating. After the brakes have
cooled down, the TCS resumes
normal operation.
qTCS/DSC/RSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON. If the TCS or DSC/RSC is operating,
the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC/RSC
or the brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
lIn addition to the indicator light flashing, a
slight lugging sound will come from the
engine. This indicates that the TCS is
operating properly.
lOn slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, it
will be impossible to achieve high rpm
when the TCS is on.
qTCS OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
It also illuminates when the TCS OFF
switch is pressed and TCS is switched off.
Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5-25.
If the light remains illuminated and the
TCS is not switched off, take your vehicle
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer. The
dynamic stability control may have a
malfunction.
NOTE
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the TCS
OFF indicator light remain illuminated even
after switching the ignition from ON to OFF,
and back to ON, attempt the procedure again.
If this still does not resolve the issue, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-24
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page200
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (201,1)
qTCS OFF Switch
If the vehicle speed is less than 15 km/h
(9 mph), press the TCS OFF switch to
turn off the TCS. The TCS OFF indicator
light will illuminate.
Press the switch again to turn the TCS
back on. The TCS OFF indicator light
will turn off. If the vehicle speed is more
than 15 km/h (9 mph), the TCS OFF
indicator light will not illuminate even if
the switch is pressed.
NOTE
lWhen TCS is on and you attempt to free the
vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out of
freshly fallen snow, the TCS will activate.
Depressing the accelerator will not
increase engine power and freeing the
vehicle may be difficult. When this happens,
turn off the TCS.
lIf the TCS is off when the engine is turned
off, it automatically activates when the
ignition is switched ON.
lLeaving the TCS on will provide the best
traction.
lIf the TCS is OFF when the vehicle speed is
more than 15 km/h (9 mph), it
automatically activates and the TCS OFF
indicator light will turn off.
lIf the TCS OFF switch is pressed and held
for 10 seconds or more, the TCS OFF
switch malfunction detection function
operates and the TCS and DSC/RSC system
activates automatically. The TCS OFF
indicator light turns off while the TCS
system is operative.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-25
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page201
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (202,1)
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)/Roll Stability
Control (RSC)
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such
as ABS and TCS to help control side slip
when driving on slippery surfaces or
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,
enhancing vehicle safety.
The Roll Stability Control (RSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such
as ABS and TCS to help control rolling
when cornering at a higher speed or
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,
enhancing vehicle safety.
Refer to ABS (page 5-8) and TCS (page
5-23).
DSC/RSC operation is possible at speeds
greater than 15 km/h (9 mph).
WARNING
Do not rely on the dynamic stability
control as a substitute for safe driving:
The dynamic stability control (DSC)/
Roll Stability Control (RSC) cannot
compensate for unsafe and reckless
driving, excessive speed, tailgating
(following another vehicle too
closely), and hydroplaning (reduced
tire friction and road contact because
of water on the road surface). You
can still have an accident.
When driving under bad road
conditions, lower the vehicle speed and
drive carefully:
Reckless driving and excessive speed
under any road conditions is
dangerous as it reduces vehicle
stability and operability which could
result in an accident.
5-26
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page202
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (203,1)
CAUTION
ØThe DSC/RSC may not operate
correctly unless the following are
observed:
ØUse tires of the correct size
specified for your Mazda on all
four wheels.
ØUse tires of the same
manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
ØDo not mix worn tires.
ØThe DSC/RSC may not operate
correctly when tire chains are used
or a temporary spare tire is
installed because the tire diameter
changes.
ØDo not modify the suspension,
steering wheel, and tires. It may
affect the DSC/RSC.
ØDo not install non-genuine
speakers since their vibration may
affect the Dynamic Stability
Control (DSC)/Roll Stability
Control (RSC) sensors.
qTCS/DSC/RSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON. If the TCS or DSC/RSC is operating,
the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC/RSC
or the brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-27
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page203
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (204,1)
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
í
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.
If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via the
warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.
The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to
the receiver unit in the vehicle.
Tire pressure sensors
NOTE
When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.
When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning light
may illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tire
pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tire
pressure gauge is recommended.
TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires
regularly.
5-28
Driving Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page204
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (205,1)
CAUTION
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold
and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or
more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-
inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Underinflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling
and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is
the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if underinflation has
not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one
minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the
malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal
low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons,
including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle
that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS
malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating a
problem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or blow
out.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-29
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page205
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (206,1)
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
5-30
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page206
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (207,1)
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
NOTE
lPerform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may turn
off if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
lAfter adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to turn off. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it turns off.
lTires lose air naturally over time and the
TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too
soft over time or you have a flat. However,
when you find one low tire in a set of four-
that is an indication of trouble; you should
have someone drive the vehicle slowly
forward so you can inspect any low tire for
cuts and any metal objects sticking through
tread or sidewall. Put a few drops of water
in the valve stem to see if it bubbles
indicating a bad valve. Leaks need to be
addressed by more than simply refilling the
trouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take it
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has
all the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems
and order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-31
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page207
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (208,1)
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture. Replace the
punctured tire with the temporary spare
tire (page 7-8).
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qSystem Error Activation
When the TPMS warning light flashes,
there may be a system malfunction.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system error activation may occur in
the following cases:
lWhen there is equipment or a device
near the vehicle using the same radio
frequency as that of the tire pressure
sensors.
lWhen using the following devices in
the vehicle that may cause radio
interference with the receiver unit.
lA digital device such as a personal
computer.
lA current converter device such as a
DC-AC converter.
lWhen excess snow or ice adheres to
the vehicle, especially around the
wheels.
lWhen the tire pressure sensor batteries
are exhausted.
lWhen using a wheel with no tire
pressure sensor installed.
lWhen using tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the side walls.
lWhen using tire chains.
qTires and Wheels
CAUTION
When inspecting or adjusting the tire
air pressures, do not apply excessive
force to the stem part of the wheel
unit. The stem part could be
damaged.
Changing tires and wheels
The following procedure allows the
TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor's
unique ID signal code whenever tires or
wheels are changed, such as changing to
and from winter tires.
NOTE
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID
signal code. The signal code must be
registered with the TPMS before it can work.
The easiest way to do it is to have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and
complete ID signal code registration.
When having tires changed at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
When an Authorized Mazda Dealer
changes your vehicle's tires, they will
complete the tire pressure sensor ID signal
code registration.
When changing tires yourself
If you or someone else changes tires, you
or someone else can also undertake the
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID
signal code registration.
1. After tires have been changed, switch
the ignition ON, then back to ACC or
OFF.
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.
5-32
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page208
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (209,1)
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the
vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h
(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code will be
registered automatically.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes
of changing tires, the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light will flash because the
sensor ID signal code would not have been
registered. If this happens, park the vehicle for
about 15 minutes, after which the sensor ID
signal code will register upon driving the
vehicle for 10 minutes.
Replacing tires and wheels
CAUTION
ØWhen replacing/repairing the tires
or wheels or both, have the work
done by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer, or the tire pressure sensors
may be damaged.
ØThe wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed for
installation of the tire pressure
sensors. Do not use non-genuine
wheels, otherwise it may not be
possible to install the tire pressure
sensors.
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors
installed whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
When having a tire or wheel or both
replaced, the following types of tire
pressure sensor installations are possible.
lThe tire pressure sensor is removed
from the old wheel and installed to the
new one.
lThe same tire pressure sensor is used
with the same wheel. Only the tire is
replaced.
lA new tire pressure sensor is installed
to a new wheel.
NOTE
lThe tire pressure sensor ID signal code
must be registered when a new tire pressure
sensor is purchased. For purchase of a tire
pressure sensor and registration of the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
lWhen reinstalling a previously removed tire
pressure sensor to a wheel, replace the
grommet (seal between valve body/sensor
and wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-33
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page209
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (210,1)
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) System
í
The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system is designed to assist the driver by monitoring
blind spots on both sides of the vehicle to the rear in certain situations such as when
changing lanes on roads and freeways.
The BSM system monitors the detection areas on both sides of the vehicle to the rear when
the vehicle speed is about 32 km/h (20 mph) or more, and notifies the driver of vehicles in
the detection area by illuminating the BSM warning light.
If the turn signal lever is operated in the direction the BSM warning light is illuminated, the
system warns the driver of the vehicle in the detection area with a beep sound.
Detection areas
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the BSM system and be sure to look over your shoulder
before changing lanes:
The BSM system can assist the driver in confirming the safety of the surroundings
but is not a complete substitute. The driver is responsible for assuring lane changes
and other maneuvers. Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle is
traveling and the vehicle's surroundings.
NOTE
lThe BSM system does not operate when the vehicle speed is lower than about 32 km/h (20 mph).
lThe radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper. (page 5-37)
lThe system may not operate normally when towing a trailer. Turn off the system by operating the
BSM OFF switch when towing a trailer.
lThe radar sensors do not detect human, animal, or static objects such as fences. In addition, the
system pauses when the selector lever is shifted to the R position. (The system resumes
automatically when the selector lever is shifted from the R position.)
5-34
Driving Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page210
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (211,1)
lThe detectability of the radar sensors has its limitations. The BSM system may not operate
properly under the following conditions:
lIce, snow, or soil adheres to the rear bumper surface around the radar sensors.
lDuring adverse weather conditions such as rain or snow, or under conditions where water is
sprayed.
lThe rear bumper area around the radar sensors is blocked by foreign material (such as
stickers or a bicycle carrier).
lThe radar sensors may not detect all types of vehicles around your vehicle, especially the
following types of vehicles:
lMotorcycles
lVehicles with body shapes that radar may not reflect such as a flatbed trailer with no cargo.
lVehicles with lower body height such as sports cars.
lHave the radar sensors inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the
rear bumper, even in a minor accident. If the vehicle is driven with a damaged radar sensor, the
system may not operate properly resulting in an accident.
lFor repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors, or replacement of the bumper, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
lThe radar sensors of the BSM system may be regulated under the radio wave related laws of the
country where the vehicle is driven. The sensors in this system are approved for use in the U.S.A.
(including territories), Canada, and Mexico. If a vehicle with a BSM system is driven in a country
other than the U.S.A., Canada, or Mexico, the system has to be turned off using the BSM OFF
switch.
lThe detection area of the system has been determined based on the lane width of general
freeways. Therefore on a road with a narrower lane width, the system may detect vehicles on a
lane next to the adjacent lane and operate the warning light/beep. On a road with wider lane
width, the system may not detect vehicles on the adjacent lane and may not operate the warning
light/beep.
lOperation of the warning light/beep may be delayed or the system may not operate the warning
light/beep under the following conditions:
lThe vehicle accelerates from a standing-start with a vehicle alongside.
lA vehicle moves from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane.
lThe difference in vehicle speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is larger when
passing or being passed, and the vehicle passes the detection area within a short period of
time.
lOn a steep incline, or when there is a difference in height between lanes.
lImmediately after the system has been activated by pressing the BSM OFF switch again after it
has been turned off (BSM OFF indicator light in instrument panel illuminates) by pressing the
switch.
lAlthough the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails and
operate the warning light/beep, it does not indicate a malfunction.
lIf the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can
detect, the system may pause (The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes).
However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-35
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page211
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (212,1)
lThe following conditions may affect the visibility of the BSM warning lights on the outside mirror,
making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the lights:
lIce or snow adheres to the surface of the outside mirrors.
lThe door window glass is tinted.
qBSM Warning Light/Beep
BSM warning light
Equipped on the left and right door
mirrors.
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
If the BSM system detects a vehicle in the
detection area while the vehicle is driven
at a speed of about 32 km/h (20 mph) or
more, the BSM warning light illuminates
on the side of the vehicle where the rear
on-coming vehicle is detected.
NOTE
lIf ice or snow adhere to the outer mirror
surface, the BSM warning light may not be
visible.
lIf the door window glass is tinted, it may
affect the visibility of the BSM warning
light, making it difficult to confirm the
illumination of the light.
BSM warning beep
The warning beep operates when the turn
signal lever is operated to the side where
the BSM warning light is illuminated.
NOTE
The system can be personalized so that the
BSM warning beep does not operate. Refer to
Personalization Features on page 10-8.
qBSM OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates
when the BSM system is turned off by
pressing the BSM OFF switch.
The indicator light flashes if the BSM
system has a malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less
traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors
can detect, the system may pause (The BSM
OFF indicator light in the instrument panel
flashes). However, it does not indicate a
malfunction.
5-36
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page212
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (213,1)
qBSM OFF Switch
When the BSM switch is pressed, the
BSM system turns off and the BSM OFF
indicator light illuminates.
Press the BSM OFF switch again to turn
on the BSM system. The BSM OFF
indicator light turns off.
NOTE
lThe system may not operate normally when
towing a trailer. Turn off the system by
operating the BSM OFF switch when
towing a trailer.
lIf the ignition is switched off with the BSM
system turned off, the system becomes
operable automatically when the ignition is
switched ON.
qCare of Radar Sensors
The radar sensors are equipped inside the
rear bumper.
Radar sensors
Always keep the bumper surface near the
radar sensor area clean so that the BSM
system operates normally. Refer to the
Exterior Care (page 8-58).
NOTE
lThe BSM OFF indicator light flashes if the
radar sensors cannot operate normally. If
the light remains flashing after cleaning the
bumper surface near the radar sensor area,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
lFor repairs or paintwork around the radar
sensors, or replacement of the bumper,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-37
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page213
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (214,1)
qSafety Certification
Radiation Hazard
This BSM (blind spot monitoring) device emits intentional electromagnetic radiation in the
24 GHz to 25 GHz frequency range. The total radiated average power over the entire
bandwidth is below _14 dBm (40 µW). The active emitting antenna surface is 72 cm
2
;
therefore the radiated power density in front of the BSM device is 0.55 µW/cm
2
. This
value is far below the legal human exposure protection limit of 1 mW/cm
2
(MPE) in
Europe and US.
Declaration of compliance for 24 GHz blind spot radar
5-38
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page214
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (215,1)
NOTE
During printing time of this user manual the approvals listed above are granted. Further countries
may become available or actual certification identifiers may be subject to change or update.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-39
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page215
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (216,1)
Parking Sensor System
The parking sensor system uses ultrasonic sensors to detect obstructions around the vehicle
while parking the vehicle in a garage or during parallel parking when the vehicle is driven
at a speed of about 10 km/h (6 mph) or less. The system is equipped with an assist device
to notify the driver of the approximate distance from the vehicle to the surrounding
obstruction using a beep sound.
Rear sensor
Rear corner sensor
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the parking sensor system and be sure to confirm the
safety around your vehicle visually when driving.
This system can assist the driver in operating the vehicle in the forward and
backward directions while parking. The detection ranges of the sensors are limited,
therefore, driving the vehicle while relying only on the system may cause an accident.
Always confirm the safety around your vehicle visually when driving.
5-40
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page216
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (217,1)
NOTE
lDo not install any accessories within the detection ranges of the sensors. It may affect the system
operation.
lDepending on the type of obstruction and the surrounding conditions, the detection range of a
sensor may narrow, or the sensors may not be able to detect obstructions.
lThe system may not operate normally under the following conditions:
lMud, ice, or snow is adhering to the sensor area (Returns to normal operation when removed).
lThe sensor area is frozen (Returns to normal operation when the ice is thawed).
lThe sensor is covered by a hand.
lThe sensor is excessively shocked.
lThe vehicle is excessively tilted.
lUnder extremely hot or cold weather conditions.
lThe vehicle is driven on bumps, inclines, gravel, or grass covered roads.
lAnything which generates ultrasound is near the vehicle, such as another vehicle's horn, the
engine sound of a motorcycle, the air brake sound of a large-sized vehicle, or another vehicle's
sensors.
lThe vehicle is driven in heavy rain or in road conditions causing water-splash.
lA commercially-available fender pole or an antenna for a radio transmitter is installed to the
vehicle.
lThe vehicle is moving towards a tall or square curbstone.
lAn obstruction is too close to the sensor.
lObstructions under the bumper may not be detected. Obstructions that are lower than the bumper
or thin which may have been initially detected but are no longer detected as the vehicle
approaches more closely.
lThe following types obstructions may not be detected:
lThin objects such as wire or rope
lThings which absorb sonic waves easily such as cotton or snow
lAngular shaped objects
lVery tall objects, and those which are wide at the top
lSmall, short objects
lAlways have the system inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the
bumpers, even in a minor accident. If the sensors are deviated, they cannot detect obstructions.
lThe system may have a malfunction if the beep does not operate or the indicator light does not
illuminate when the park assist sensors switch is turned on. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
lThe system may have a malfunction if the beep sound which indicates a system malfunction is
heard and the indicator light flashes. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
lThe beeper which indicates a system malfunction may not be heard if the ambient temperature is
extremely cold, or mud, ice, or snow adheres to the sensor area. Remove any foreign material
from the sensor area.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-41
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page217
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (218,1)
qSensor Detection Range
The sensors detect obstructions within the following range.
Rear sensor detection range
Rear corner sensor detection range
A
Unit: cm (in)
B
A: About 150 (About 59.1)
B: About 150 (About 59.1)
qPark Assist Sensors Switch
The switch can be used when the ignition is switched ON, the shift lever is in any position
except reverse (R), and the vehicle speed is about 10 km/h (6 mph) or less.
When the parking sensor switch is pressed, a beep sound is heard and the indicator light in
the switch illuminates.
The system is cancelled under the following conditions:
lThe vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6 mph) or more.
lThe parking sensor switch is pressed while the parking sensor is in operation.
NOTE
If the system is cancelled, it will not restore automatically even when the vehicle speed is decreased to
10 km/h or less.
5-42
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page218
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (219,1)
Operation Conditions
The system can be used when the ignition is switched ON.
The sensors detect obstructions under the following conditions:
Sensor Condition
Rear Sensor The shift lever is in reverse (R).
Rear Corner Sensor The shift lever is in reverse (R), and the vehicle speed is about 10 km/h (6 mph) or less.
qParking Sensor Warning Beep
The beeper sounds as follows while the system is operating.
Distance between vehicle and obstruction Beeper sound
*1
Rear Sensor Rear Corner Sensor
Approx. 150―100 cm (59.0―39.3 in)
Approx. 150―100 cm (59.0―39.3 in)
Slow intermittent sound
Approx. 100―50 cm (39.3―19 in) Approx. 100―50 cm (39.3―19 in)
Medium intermittent
sound
Approx. 50―30 cm (19―11 in) Approx. 50―30 cm (19―11 in)
Fast intermittent sound
Within approx. 30 cm (11 in) Within approx. 30 cm (11 in)
Continuous sound
*1 The speed of the intermittent sound increases as the vehicle approaches the obstruction.
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
5-43
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page219
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (220,1)
qWhen Warning Beep is Activated
The system notifies the driver of an abnormality by activating the beep sound.
Beep How to check
The beep sound is not heard. The system may have a malfunction. Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
1 consecutive beep Corner Left Sensor
Remove any foreign material from the sensor area. If
the system does not recover, have the vehicle
inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
2 consecutive beeps Left Sensor
3 consecutive beeps Right Sensor
4 consecutive beeps Corner Right Sensor
Corner right sensor
Corner left sensor
Right sensor
Left sensor
5-44
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page220
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (221,1)
Meters and Gauges
Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-46
Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-46
Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-47
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-47
Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-48
Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-48
NOTE
When the ignition is switched ON, the dashboard gauges illuminate.
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
5-45
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page221
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (222,1)
qSpeedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle.
qOdometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector
The display mode can be changed
between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the selector while one of them is
displayed. The selected mode will be
displayed.
Selector
Odometer
Trip meter
Press the selector
Press the selector
Trip meter A
Odometer
Trip meter B
Odometer
Odometer
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
The trip meter can record the total
distance of two trips. One is recorded in
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in
trip meter B.
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
When trip meter A is selected, pressing
the selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
5-46
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page222
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (223,1)
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0”by holding
the selector depressed for 1 second or
more. Use this meter to measure trip
distances and to compute fuel
consumption.
NOTE
lOnly the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
lThe trip record will be erased when:
lThe power supply is interrupted (blown
fuse or the battery is disconnected).
lThe vehicle is driven over 999.9 km
(mile).
qTachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
Red zone
CAUTION
Do not run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
q
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
The engine coolant temperature gauge
shows the temperature of the engine
coolant.
If the needle is near H, it indicates
overheating.
CAUTION
Driving with an overheated engine
can cause serious engine damage
(page 7-16).
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
5-47
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page223
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (224,1)
qFuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is remaining in the tank when
the ignition is switched ON.
We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4
full. When the low fuel warning light
illuminates or when the needle is near E,
refuel as soon as possible.
Full
Approx. 1/4 Full
Low fuel
warning light
NOTE
lAfter refueling, it may require some time for
the needle to stabilize. In addition, the
needle may deviate while driving on a slope
or curve since the fuel moves in the tank.
lThe direction of the arrow ( ) next to the
low fuel warning light indicates that the
fuel-filler lid is on the left side of the
vehicle.
qDashboard Illumination
Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of
the instrument cluster and other
illuminations in the dashboard.
NOTE
lThe brightness of dashboard illuminations
can be adjusted when the headlight switch
is in the or position.
lWhen the dashboard illumination
brightness cannot be adjusted any more, a
beep sound will be heard.
Dim
Bright
Canceling the illumination dimmer
(Black-out meter and dashboard
illuminations)
When the headlight switch is in the
or position, the illumination of the
instrument cluster and the information
display dims.
When driving on snowy or foggy roads,
or in other situations when the instrument
cluster or information display's visibility
is reduced due to glare from surrounding
brightness, cancel the illumination
dimmer and increase the illumination
intensity.
To cancel the illumination dimmer, press
the dashboard illumination knob.
NOTE
lThis symbol ( ) indicates the knob to
adjust the brightness of the dashboard
illumination.
lIf the illumination dimmer is cancelled, the
instrument cluster and the information
display will not dim when the headlight
switch is turned to the or position
again. Press the dashboard illumination
knob to activate the illumination dimmer.
5-48
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page224
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (225,1)
Warning/Indicator Lights
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas
Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page
Brake System Warning Light 5-51
Charging System Warning Light 5-53
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5-53
Check Engine Light 5-53
Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced Power Warning Light 5-54
ABS Warning Light 5-52
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5-54
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
5-49
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page225
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (226,1)
Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page
Low Fuel Warning Light 5-55
Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 5-55
Seat Belt Warning Light 5-55
Door-Ajar Warning Light 5-55
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5-55
Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5-55
AWD Warning Light 5-56
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5-56
KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green) 5-58
Security Indicator Light 5-60
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light 5-60
Shift Position Indicator Light 5-60
TCS/DSC/RSC Indicator Light 5-61
TCS OFF Indicator Light 5-61
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green) 5-61
BSM OFF Indicator Light 5-62
5-50
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page226
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (227,1)
Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page
Lights-On Indicator Light 5-62
Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5-62
qBrake System Warning Light
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light illuminates when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switched
to START or ON. It turns off when the
parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
depress or that it may go closer to the
floor. In either case, it will take longer to
stop the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, open the
hood and check the brake fluid level
immediately, and then add fluid if
required (page 8-25).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light turns off, have your
brake system inspected as soon as
possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
5-51
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page227
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (228,1)
qABS Warning Light
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
lWhen the engine is jump-started to charge
the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light may illuminate. If this occurs,
it is the result of the weak battery and does
not indicate an ABS malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
lThe brake assist system does not operate
while the ABS warning light is illuminated.
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may illuminate the brake
system warning light and the ABS
warning light on simultaneously. The
problem is likely to be the electronic
brake force distribution system.
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated simultaneously is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.
5-52
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page228
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (229,1)
qCharging System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON and turns off
when the engine is started.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the
alternator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving when the
charging system warning light is
illuminated because the engine could
stop unexpectedly.
q
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON and turns off
when the engine is started.
This warning light indicates low engine
oil pressure.
If the light illuminates while driving:
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way on level ground.
2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes
for the oil to drain back into the oil
pan.
3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-22).
If it's low, add the appropriate amount
of engine oil while being careful not to
overfill.
4. Start the engine and check the warning
light.
If the light remains illuminated even after
you add oil, stop the engine immediately
and have your vehicle towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Do not run the engine if the oil
pressure is low. It could result in
extensive engine damage.
qCheck Engine Light
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition is switched ON and turns off
when the engine is started.
If this light illuminates while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light illuminated and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
5-53
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page229
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (230,1)
The check engine light may illuminate in
the following cases:
lThe fuel tank level being very low or
approaching empty.
lThe engine's electrical system has a
problem.
lThe emission control system has a
problem.
lThe fuel-filler cap is missing or not
tightened securely.
If the check engine light remains on or
flashes continuously, do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
qPowertrain Malfunction/Reduced
Power Warning Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
If this light illuminates while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light illuminated and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The powertrain malfunction/reduced
power warning light may illuminate in the
following cases:
lThe engine's electrical system has a
problem.
lThe emission control system has a
problem.
lThe brake switch has a problem.
If the powertrain malfunction/reduced
power warning light remains on, do not
drive at high speeds and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition is
switched ON or after the engine is
cranked. The warning light turns off after
a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition is
switched ON. If any of these occur,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. The system may not
operate in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
5-54
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page230
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (231,1)
qLow Fuel Warning Light
Low fuel
warning light
This warning light in the fuel gauge
signals that the fuel tank will soon be
empty.
Refuel as soon as possible.
qCheck Fuel Cap Warning Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
If the check fuel cap warning light
illuminates while driving, the fuel-filler
cap may not be installed properly. Stop
the engine and reinstall the fuel-filler cap.
Refer to Fuel-Filler Cap on page 3-48.
qSeat Belt Warning Light
The seat belt warning light illuminates if
the driver's seat belt is not fastened when
the ignition switched ON.
qDoor-Ajar Warning Light
This warning light illuminates when any
door or liftgate is not securely closed.
Close the door or liftgate securely before
driving the vehicle.
qLow Washer Fluid Level
Warning Light
This warning light indicates that little
washer fluid remains. Add fluid (page
8-26).
q
Automatic Transaxle Warning Light
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
The light illuminates when the transaxle
has a problem.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
5-55
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page231
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (232,1)
CAUTION
If the automatic transaxle warning
light illuminates, the transaxle has
an electrical problem. Continuing to
drive your Mazda in this condition
could cause damage to your
transaxle. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qAWD Warning Light (AWD)
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
Thereafter, the warning light will
illuminate or flash under the following
conditions:
lIlluminates when there is an
abnormality with the AWD system.
lFlashes when the differential oil
temperature is abnormally high.
lFlashes when there are continually
large differences between front and rear
wheel rotation, such as when trying to
pull away from an icy surface, or when
trying to extricate the vehicle from
mud, sand or similar conditions.
If the AWD warning light illuminates:
If the AWD warning light illuminates,
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the AWD warning light flashes:
Park the vehicle in a safe place. After a
few moments, if the warning light stops
flashing, you can resume driving. If the
light does not stop flashing, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Never spin a wheel that is off the
ground:
Spinning a wheel that is off the
ground as a result of the vehicle
being stuck or in a ditch is
dangerous. The drive assembly could
be seriously damaged which could
lead to an accident or could even
lead to overheating, oil leakage, and
a fire.
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) Warning Light
í
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.
5-56
Driving Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page232
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (233,1)
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
5-57
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page233
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (234,1)
NOTE
lPerform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may turn
off if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
lAfter adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to turn off. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it turns off.
lTires lose air naturally over time and the
TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too
soft over time or you have a flat. However,
when you find one low tire in a set of four-
that is an indication of trouble; you should
have someone drive the vehicle slowly
forward so you can inspect any low tire for
cuts and any metal objects sticking through
tread or sidewall. Put a few drops of water
in the valve stem to see if it bubbles
indicating a bad valve. Leaks need to be
addressed by more than simply refilling the
trouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take it
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has
all the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems
and order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture. Replace the
punctured tire with the temporary spare
tire (page 7-8).
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY
Indicator Light (Green) (with
Advanced Key)
This indicator has two colors.
KEY Warning Light (Red)
When illuminated
lWhen the ignition is switched ON, it
illuminates momentarily and then goes
out.
lIf any malfunction occurs in the
advanced keyless system, it illuminates
continuously.
5-58
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page234
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (235,1)
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY
warning light illuminated:
If the KEY warning light remains
illuminated, do not continue to drive
using the advanced key system. Park
the vehicle in a safe place and use
the auxiliary key to continue driving
the vehicle. Have the vehicle
inspected at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
When flashing
lUnder the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) flashes to
inform the driver that the start knob
will not rotate to the ACC position
even if it is pushed in from the OFF
position.
lThe advanced key battery is dead.
lThe advanced key is not within
operational range.
lThe advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
lA key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.
lUnder the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) will flash
continuously when the start knob has
not been returned to the OFF position
to notify the driver that the advanced
key has been removed from the
vehicle. It will stop flashing when the
advanced key is back inside the
vehicle.
lThe start knob has not been returned
to the OFF position, the driver's
door is open, and the advanced key
is removed from the vehicle.
lThe start knob has not been returned
to the OFF position and all the
doors are closed after removing the
advanced key from the vehicle.
NOTE
The flashing KEY warning light (red) and the
beep sound operate simultaneously (page
3-20).
KEY Indicator Light (Green)
When illuminated
When the start knob is pushed in from the
OFF position, the system confirms that
the correct advanced key is inside the
vehicle, the KEY indicator light (green)
illuminates, and the start knob can be
turned to the ACC position (page 3-10).
When flashing
When the advanced key battery power is
low, the KEY indicator light flashes for 30
seconds after the start knob is turned from
the ON position to the ACC or OFF
position. Replace with a new battery
before the advanced key becomes
unusable (page 3-7).
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
5-59
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page235
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (236,1)
NOTE
The advanced key can be set so that the KEY
indicator light (green) does not flash even if
the battery power is low.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
10-8.
qSecurity Indicator Light
This indicator light starts flashing every 2
seconds when the ignition is switched
from ON to ACC and the immobilizer
system is armed.
The light stops flashing when the ignition
is switched ON with the correct ignition
key.
At this time, the immobilizer system is
disarmed and the light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then turns off.
If the engine does not start with the
correct ignition key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator
Light
This light indicates one of two things:
lThe high-beam headlights are on.
lThe turn signal lever is in the flash-to-
pass position.
qShift Position Indicator Light
This indicates the selected shift position
when the ignition is switched ON.
Gear position indicator
5-60
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page236
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (237,1)
Gear position indicator
When the shift lever is in the D or M
position, the numeral for the selected gear
displays.
qTCS/DSC/RSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON. If the TCS or DSC/RSC is operating,
the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC/RSC
or the brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
lIn addition to the indicator light flashing, a
slight lugging sound will come from the
engine. This indicates that the TCS is
operating properly.
lOn slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, it
will be impossible to achieve high rpm
when the TCS is on.
qTCS OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
It also illuminates when the TCS OFF
switch is pressed and TCS is switched off.
Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5-25.
If the light remains illuminated and the
TCS is not switched off, take your vehicle
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer. The
dynamic stability control may have a
malfunction.
NOTE
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the TCS
OFF indicator light remain illuminated even
after switching the ignition from ON to OFF,
and back to ON, attempt the procedure again.
If this still does not resolve the issue, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)
The indicator light has two colors.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
5-61
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page237
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (238,1)
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON switch is pressed and the
cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
qBSM OFF Indicator Light
í
This indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched
ON.
The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates
when the BSM system is turned off by
pressing the BSM OFF switch.
The indicator light flashes if the BSM
system has a malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less
traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors
can detect, the system may pause (The BSM
OFF indicator light in the instrument panel
flashes). However, it does not indicate a
malfunction.
qLights-On Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates when the
exterior lights and dashboard illumination
are on.
qTurn Signal/Hazard Warning
Indicator Lights
When operating the turn signal lights, the
left or right turn signal indicator light
flashes to indicate which turn signal light
is operating (page 5-71).
When operating the hazard warning
lights, both turn signal indicator lights
flash (page 5-80).
NOTE
If an indicator light remains illuminated (does
not flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of the
turn signal bulbs may be burned out.
5-62
Driving Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page238
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (239,1)
Beep Sounds
q
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner systems and
the warning light, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.
qSeat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition is switched ON, a beep
sound will be heard for about 6 seconds.
If the driver or the front passenger's seat
belt is not fastened and the vehicle is
driven at a speed faster than about 20
km/h (12 mph), a beep sound will be
heard again for a specified period of time.
Refer to Seat Belt Reminder on page
2-34.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition is switched off or the
ignition is switched to ACC with the key
inserted, a continuous beep sound will be
heard when the driver's door is opened.
qLights-On Reminder
í
If lights are on and the ignition is
switched to ACC or the ignition is
switched off, or the key is removed from
the ignition switch/key slot, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
NOTE
l(With advanced key)
When the advanced keyless function is used
and the ignition is switched to ACC, the
“Ignition Not Switched Off (STOP)
Warning Beep”(page 3-18) overrides the
lights-on reminder.
lWhen the ignition is switched to ACC or the
ignition is switched off, the “Ignition Key
Reminder”(page 5-3) overrides the lights-
on reminder.
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
5-63
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page239
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (240,1)
qParking Brake Reminder
If the parking brake has not been
completely released and the vehicle is
driven at about 5 km/h (3 mph) or faster, a
continuous beep sound will be heard to
notify the driver that the parking brake
has not been released.
qTire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beep
í
The warning beep sound will be heard for
about 3 seconds when there is any
abnormality in tire inflation pressures
(page 5-28).
qAdvanced Keyless Warning (with
Advanced Key)
Warning indicators for the advanced key,
such as “the advanced key removed from
vehicle warning”, use a beep sound and
warning/indicator lights in the instrument
cluster.
Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on
page 3-18.
qBlind Spot Monitoring System
Warning Beep
í
The warning beep operates when the turn
signal lever is operated to the side where
the BSM warning light is illuminated.
NOTE
The system can be personalized so that the
BSM warning beep does not operate. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-64
Driving Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page240
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (241,1)
Lighting Control
qHeadlights
Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard
illumination on or off.
NOTE
lTo prevent discharging the battery, do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety
requires them.
lIf the light switch is left on, the lights will automatically switch off (if equipped) approximately 30
seconds after switching the ignition to ACC or switching the ignition off. The time setting can be
changed. Refer to Personalization Features on page 10-8.
Without AUTO position
Type A
Type B
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-65
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page241
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (242,1)
Switch Position
Type A
Type B
Headlights Off Off On
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker lights
Dashboard illumination
Off On On
With AUTO position
Type A
Type B
5-66
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page242
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (243,1)
Switch Position
Type A ―
Type B ―
Headlights Off
Auto
Off On
Auto
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker lights
Dashboard illumination
Off On On
AUTO (Auto-light control)
When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON, the
light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the
headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off (see chart above).
CAUTION
ØDo not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield.
Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly.
Light sensor
ØThe light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto-wiper control. Keep
hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers
and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically. If you are
going to clean the windshield, be sure the wipers are turned off completely ―this
is particularly important when clearing ice and snow ―when it is particularly
tempting to leave the engine running.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-67
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page243
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (244,1)
NOTE
lThe headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard illumination may not turn off immediately
even if the surrounding area becomes well-lit because the light sensor determines that it is
nighttime if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long
tunnels, traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor parking lots.
In this case, the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position.
lThe dashboard illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in the instrument cluster. Also,
the day/night mode can be changed by pressing the knob. To adjust the brightness of the
dashboard illumination: Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 5-48.
lThe sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Refer to
Personalization Features on page 10-8.
Xenon fusion headlight bulbs
í
The low-beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white
beam over a wide area.
WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous. Because the xenon fusion
bulbs require high voltage, you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are
handled incorrectly. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is
necessary.
NOTE
If the headlights flicker, or the brightness weakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and a replacement is
necessary. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qLights-On Reminder
í
If lights are on and the ignition is
switched to ACC or the ignition is
switched off, or the key is removed from
the ignition switch/key slot, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
NOTE
l(With advanced key)
When the advanced keyless function is used
and the ignition is switched to ACC, the
“Ignition Not Switched Off (STOP)
Warning Beep”(page 3-18) overrides the
lights-on reminder.
lWhen the ignition is switched to ACC or the
ignition is switched off, the “Ignition Key
Reminder”(page 5-3) overrides the lights-
on reminder.
qHeadlight High-Low Beam
Press the lever forward to turn on the high
beams.
Pull the lever back to its original position
for the low beams.
5-68
Driving Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page244
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (245,1)
Type A
High beam
Low beam
Type B
High beam
Low beam
qFlashing the Headlights
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
towards you (the headlight switch does
not need to be on). The lever will return to
the normal position when released.
Type A
OFF
Flashing
Type B
OFF
Flashing
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-69
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page245
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (246,1)
qHeadlight Leveling
í
The number of passengers and weight of
cargo in the luggage compartment change
the angle of the headlights.
The headlight leveling switch is used to
adjust the angle of the headlights
manually.
Select the proper headlight angle from the following
chart.
Front seat Rear seat
Load Switch
Position
Driver
Passenger Second-
row
Third-
row
×―――― 0
××―― ― 0
××―×―1
××××―1
×××××2
×―――×3
×: Yes
―:No
qDaytime Running Lights
(Canada)
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with
the headlights on during daytime
operation.
(Except Canada)
í
Some vehicles are equipped with daytime
running lights.
The running lights are illuminated when
the light switch is turned to the AUTO
position, and turn off in the OFF position.
Refer to Headlights on page 5-65.
5-70
Driving Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page246
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (247,1)
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
Turn Signals
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
(Type A)
Right turn
Left turn
Right lane change
Left lane change
OFF
(Type B)
Right turn
Left turn
Right lane change
Left lane change
OFF
Green indicators on the dashboard show
which signal is working.
Lane-change signals
Move the lever slightly toward the
direction of the change ―until the
indicator flashes―and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
NOTE
If an indicator light stays on without flashing
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-71
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page247
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (248,1)
Fog Lights
í
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
The fog lights will improve visibility at
night and during foggy conditions.
To turn the fog lights on, rotate the fog
light switch to the position.
The headlight switch must be in the
position before turning on the fog lights.
Type A
Fog light switch
Type B
Fog light switch
To turn them off, rotate the fog light
switch to the OFF position or turn the
headlight switch to the (Type A)/
(Type B) position.
NOTE
lThe fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beam.
l(With auto-light control)
If the fog light switch is in the ON position
and the headlight switch is in the AUTO
position, the fog lights will turn on when
the headlights, the exterior lights and
dashboard illumination turn automatically.
5-72
Driving Your Mazda
í
Some models.
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page248
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (249,1)
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
The ignition must be switched ON.
WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Only use windshield washer fluid
mixed with anti-freeze protection in
freezing weather conditions:
Using windshield washer fluid
without anti-freeze protection in
freezing weather conditions is
dangerous as it could freeze on the
windshield and block your vision
which could cause an accident.
In addition, make sure the
windshield is sufficiently warmed
using the defroster before spraying
the washer fluid.
NOTE
Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper
blades, the wiper motor is protected from
motor breakdown, overheating and possible
fire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism will
automatically stop operation of the blades, but
only for about 5 minutes.
If this happens, turn off the wiper switch and
park off the right-of-way, and remove the snow
and ice.
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and the
blades should operate normally. If they do not
resume functioning, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive to
the side of the road and park off the right-of-
way. Wait until the weather clears before trying
to drive with the wipers inoperative.
qWindshield Wipers
Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever
up or down.
With INT position
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-73
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page249
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (250,1)
Switch Position
Wiper operation
No. Type
A
Type
B
Single wipe cycle (mist)
Intermittent
Low speed
High speed
With AUTO position
Switch Position
Wiper operation
No. Type
A
Type
B
Single wipe cycle (mist)
Auto control
Low speed
High speed
Variable-speed intermittent wipers
Set the lever to the intermittent position
and choose the interval timing by rotating
the ring.
Type A
INT ring
Type B
INT ring
AUTO (Auto-wiper control)
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position, the rain sensor senses the
amount of rainfall on the windshield and
turns the wipers on or off automatically
(off―intermittent―low speed―high
speed).
The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be
adjusted by turning the switch on the
wiper lever.
From the center position (normal), rotate
the switch downward for higher
sensitivity (faster response) or rotate it
upward for less sensitivity (slower
response).
5-74
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page250
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (251,1)
Type A
Higher sensitivity
Less sensitivity
Switch
Center
position
Type B
Center
position
Higher sensitivity
Less sensitivity
Switch
CAUTION
ØDo not shade the rain sensor by
adhering a sticker or a label on
the windshield. Otherwise the rain
sensor will not operate correctly.
Rain sensor
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-75
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page251
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (252,1)
ØWhen the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition is
switched ON, the wipers may
move automatically in the
following cases:
ØIf the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched or wiped with
a cloth.
ØIf the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object from
either outside or inside the
vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of
the windshield when the wiper
lever is in the AUTO position and
the ignition is switched ON as
fingers could be pinched or the
wipers and wiper blades damaged
when the wipers activate
automatically.
If you are going to clean the
windshield, be sure the wipers are
turned off completely―this is
particularly important when
clearing ice and snow―when it is
most likely that the engine is left
running.
NOTE
lSwitching the auto-wiper lever from the
OFF to the AUTO position while driving at
a vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 mph) or higher
(or after driving the vehicle) activates the
windshield wipers once, after which they
operate according to the rainfall amount.
lThe auto-wiper control may not operate
when the rain sensor temperature is about
_10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C
(185 °F) or higher.
lIf the windshield is coated with water
repellent, the rain sensor may not be able to
sense the amount of rainfall correctly and
auto-wiper control may not operate
properly.
lIf dirt or foreign matter (Such as ice or
matter containing salt water) adheres to the
windshield above the rain sensor or if the
windshield is iced, it could cause the wipers
to move automatically. However, if the
wipers cannot remove this ice, dirt or
foreign matter, the auto-wiper control will
stop operation. In this case, set the wiper
lever to the low speed position or high
speed position for manual operation, or
remove the ice, dirt or foreign matter by
hand to restore the auto-wiper operation.
lIf the auto-wiper lever is left in the AUTO
position, the wipers could operate
automatically from the effect of strong light
sources, electromagnetic waves, or infrared
light because the rain sensor uses an
optical sensor. It is recommended that the
auto-wiper lever be switched to the OFF
position other than when driving the vehicle
under rainy conditions.
5-76
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page252
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (253,1)
qWindshield Washer
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
Washer
OFF
NOTE
With the wiper lever in the OFF or intermittent
position/AUTO position, the wipers will
operate continuously until the lever is
released.
If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-26). If it's normal,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Rear Window Wiper and
Washer
The ignition must be switched ON.
qRear Window Wiper
Type A
Type B
Turn the wiper on by turning the rear
wiper/washer switch.
ON ―Normal
INT ―Intermittent
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-77
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page253
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (254,1)
qRear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/
washer switch to the position. After
the switch is released, the washer will
stop.
If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-26). If it's normal and
the washer still does not work, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Rear Window Defroster
The rear window defroster clears frost,
fog, and thin ice from the rear window.
The ignition must be switched ON.
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defroster. The rear window
defroster operates for about 15 minutes
and turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates during
operation.
The defroster operation can be confirmed
by the indicator in the display.
To turn off the rear window defroster
before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
Indicator light
CAUTION
Do not use sharp instruments or
window cleaners with abrasives to
clean the inside of the rear window
surface. They may damage the
defroster grid inside the window.
NOTE
This defroster is not designed for melting snow.
If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the defroster.
5-78
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page254
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (255,1)
qMirror Defroster
í
To turn on the mirror defrosters, switch
the ignition ON and press the rear window
defroster switch (page 5-78).
Horn
To sound the horn, press the mark on
the steering wheel.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-79
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page255
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (256,1)
Hazard Warning Flasher
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
lThe turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
lCheck local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
5-80
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page256
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (257,1)
HomeLink Wireless Control System
í
There are two types of HomeLink Wireless Control systems; type A and B.
Check the indication on the backside of the rearview mirror and the description
corresponding to your vehicle.
Indication
Indication
Type A Type B
FCC ID: NZLMOBHL4
IC: 4112A-MOBHL4
COFETEL: RLVCEMO11-0807
MODEL: MOBHL4
FCC ID: NZLOBIHL3
IC: 4112A-OBIHL3
MODEL: OBIHL3
qType A
NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered
trademarks of Johnson Controls.
The HomeLink system replaces up to 3
hand-held transmitters with a single built-
in component in the auto-dimming mirror.
Pressing the HomeLink button on the
auto-dimming mirror activates garage
doors, gates and other devices
surrounding your home.
HomeLink button
Indicator light
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-81
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page257
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (258,1)
WARNING
Do not use the HomeLink system with
any garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature:
Using the HomeLink system with any
garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature as
required by federal safety standards
is dangerous. (This includes garage
doors manufactured before April 1,
1982.)
Using these garage door openers can
increase the risk of serious injury or
death. For further information,
contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515
or www.homelink.com or your
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always check the areas surrounding
garage doors and gates for people or
obstructions before programming or
during operation of the HomeLink
system:
Programming or operating the
HomeLink system without verifying
the safety of areas surrounding
garage doors and gates is dangerous
and could result in an unexpected
accident and serious injury if
someone were to be hit.
CAUTION
HomeLink has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or
modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
NOTE
FCC ID: NZLMOBHL4
CANADA: 4112A-MOBHL4
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1- This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2- This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if
the battery is disconnected.
Pre-programming the HomeLink
System
NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of the
device being programmed to HomeLink for
quicker training and accurate transmission of
the radio-frequency signal.
lVerify that there is a remote control
transmitter available for the device you
would like to program.
lDisconnect the power to the device.
Programming the HomeLink System
CAUTION
When programming a garage door
opener or a gate, disconnect the
power to these devices before
performing programming, as
continuous operation of the devices
could damage the motor.
5-82
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page258
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (259,1)
The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons
which can be individually selected and
programmed using the transmitters for
current, on-market devices as follows:
1. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)
away from the HomeLink button you
wish to program while keeping the
indicator light in view.
2. Simultaneously press and hold both the
chosen HomeLink and hand-held
transmitter buttons. Do not release the
buttons until step 3 has been
completed.
NOTE
Some gate operators and garage door openers
may require you to replace this Programming
Step 2 with procedures noted in the “Gate
Operator/Canadian Programming”section.
3. After the HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapidly
blinking light, release both the
HomeLink and hand-held transmitter
buttons.
NOTE
If the HomeLink indicator light does not
change to a rapidly blinking light, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or call 1-
800-355-3515 for assistance.
4. Firmly press and hold the programmed
HomeLink button for five seconds, and
then release it. Perform this operation
two times to activate the door. If the
door does not activate, press and hold
the just-trained HomeLink button and
observe the indicator light.
If the indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and your
device should activate when the
HomeLink button is pressed and released.
NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming”― step 1.
If the indicator light blinks rapidly for
two seconds and then turns to a
constant light, continue with
“Programming”steps 5―7to complete
the programming of a rolling code
equipped device (most commonly a
garage door opener).
5. At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage, locate
the “learn”or “smart”button. This can
usually be found where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the motor-
head unit.
6. Firmly press and release the “learn”or
“smart”button. (The name and color of
the button may vary by manufacturer.)
NOTE
There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step
7.
7. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Repeat
the “press/hold/release”sequence a
second time, and, depending on the
brand of the garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped device),
repeat this sequence a third time to
complete the programming process.
HomeLink should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming”― step 1.
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-
800-355-3515.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-83
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page259
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (260,1)
Gate operator/Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out”(or quit)
after several seconds of transmission ―
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian
law, some U.S. gate operators are
designed to “time-out”in the same
manner.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
by using the “Programming”procedures
(regardless of where you live), replace
“Programming HomeLink”step 2 with
the following:
NOTE
If programming a garage door opener or gate
operator, it is advised to unplug the device
during the “cycling”process to prevent
possible overheating.
Continue to press and hold the HomeLink
button while you press and release ―
every two seconds (“cycle”) your hand-
held transmitter until the frequency signal
has successfully been accepted by
HomeLink. (The indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly.) Proceed with
“Programming”step 3 to complete.
Operating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button
to operate a programmed device. The
code will continue being transmitted for a
maximum of 20 seconds.
Reprogramming the HomeLink system
To program a device to HomeLink using a
HomeLink button previously trained,
follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button. DO NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink button, proceed with
“Programming”- step 1.
Erasing Programmed HomeLink
Buttons
To erase the existing programming from
all three operating channels, press and
hold the two outside buttons ( , )
on the auto-dimming mirror until the
HomeLink indicator light begins to flash
after approximately 10 seconds.
Verify that the programming has been
erased when you resell the vehicle.
qType B
NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered
trademarks of Johnson Controls.
5-84
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page260
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (261,1)
The HomeLink system replaces up to 3
hand-held transmitters with a single built-
in component in the auto-dimming mirror.
Pressing the HomeLink button on the
auto-dimming mirror activates garage
doors, gates and other devices
surrounding your home.
HomeLink button
Indicator light
WARNING
Do not use the HomeLink system with
any garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature:
Using the HomeLink system with any
garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature as
required by federal safety standards
is dangerous. (This includes garage
doors manufactured before April 1,
1982.)
Using these garage door openers can
increase the risk of serious injury or
death. For further information,
contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515
or www.homelink.com or your
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always check the areas surrounding
garage doors and gates for people or
obstructions before programming or
during operation of the HomeLink
system:
Programming or operating the
HomeLink system without verifying
the safety of areas surrounding
garage doors and gates is dangerous
and could result in an unexpected
accident and serious injury if
someone were to be hit.
CAUTION
HomeLink has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or
modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-85
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page261
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (262,1)
NOTE
FCC ID: NZLOBIHL3
CANADA:4112A-OBIHL3
This device complies with FCC rules part 15.
Operation is subject to the following
conditions:
1- This device may not cause any harmful
interference and
2- This device must accept any interference
that may be received including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if
the battery is disconnected.
Pre-programming the HomeLink
System
NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of the
device being programmed to HomeLink for
quicker training and accurate transmission of
the radio-frequency signal.
lVerify that there is a remote control
transmitter available for the device you
would like to program.
lDisconnect the power to the device.
Programming the HomeLink System
CAUTION
When programming a garage door
opener or a gate, disconnect the
power to these devices before
performing programming, as
continuous operation of the devices
could damage the motor.
The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons
which can be individually selected and
programmed using the transmitters for
current, on-market devices as follows:
1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink buttons (buttons one and
three) ―releasing only when the
indicator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Do not hold the buttons for
longer than 30 seconds and do not
repeat step 1 to program a second and/
or third hand-held transmitter to the
remaining two HomeLink buttons.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)
away from the HomeLink button you
wish to program while keeping the
indicator light in view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold both the
chosen HomeLink and hand-held
transmitter buttons. Do not release the
buttons until step 4 has been
completed.
NOTE
Some gate operators and garage door openers
may require you to replace this Programming
Step 3 with procedures noted in the “Gate
Operator/Canadian Programming”section.
4. After the HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapidly
blinking light, release both the
HomeLink and hand-held transmitter
buttons.
NOTE
If the HomeLink indicator light does not
change to a rapidly blinking light, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or call 1-
800-355-3515 for assistance.
5-86
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page262
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (263,1)
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink button and observe the
indicator light.
If the indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and your
device should activate when the
HomeLink button is pressed and released.
NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming”― step 2.
Do not repeat step 1.
If the indicator light blinks rapidly for
two seconds and then turns to a
constant light, continue with
“Programming”steps 6―8to complete
the programming of a rolling code
equipped device (most commonly a
garage door opener).
6. At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage, locate
the “learn”or “smart”button. This can
usually be found where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the motor-
head unit.
7. Firmly press and release the “learn”or
“smart”button. (The name and color of
the button may vary by manufacturer.)
NOTE
There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step
8.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Repeat
the “press/hold/release”sequence a
second time, and, depending on the
brand of the garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped device),
repeat this sequence a third time to
complete the programming process.
HomeLink should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming”― step 2.
Do not repeat step 1.
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-
800-355-3515.
Gate operator/Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out”(or quit)
after several seconds of transmission ―
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian
law, some U.S. gate operators are
designed to “time-out”in the same
manner.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
by using the “Programming”procedures
(regardless of where you live), replace
“Programming HomeLink”step 3 with
the following:
NOTE
If programming a garage door opener or gate
operator, it is advised to unplug the device
during the “cycling”process to prevent
possible overheating.
Continue to press and hold the HomeLink
button while you press and release ―
every two seconds (“cycle”) your hand-
held transmitter until the frequency signal
has successfully been accepted by
HomeLink. (The indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly.) Proceed with
“Programming”step 4 to complete.
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5-87
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page263
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (264,1)
Operating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button
to operate a programmed device. The
code will continue being transmitted for a
maximum of 20 seconds.
Reprogramming the HomeLink system
To program a device to HomeLink using a
HomeLink button previously trained,
follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button. DO NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink button, proceed with
“Programming”- step 2.
Erasing Programmed HomeLink
Buttons
To erase the existing programming from
all three operating channels, press and
hold the two outside buttons ( , )
on the auto-dimming mirror until the
HomeLink indicator light begins to flash
after approximately 20 seconds.
Verify that the programming has been
erased when you resell the vehicle.
5-88
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page264
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (265,1)
6Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
Climate Control System .......................... 6-2
Operating Tips .................................... 6-2
Vent Operation (Front) ........................ 6-4
Fully Automatic Type ......................... 6-6
Vent Operation (Rear) ....................... 6-12
Fully Automatic Type (Rear) ............ 6-14
Audio System ......................................... 6-17
Antenna ............................................. 6-17
Operating Tips for Audio System ..... 6-17
Audio Set .......................................... 6-31
Audio Control Switch Operation ...... 6-52
AUX/USB/iPod Mode ...................... 6-54
Safety Certification ........................... 6-65
Rear Entertainment System ................. 6-66
Rear Entertainment System
í
............ 6-66
Part Names ........................................ 6-76
Before Operation ............................... 6-79
Sound Output .................................... 6-85
Rear Entertainment System
Functions ........................................... 6-89
DVD video, DVD audio, Video CD, Audio
CD and MP3/WMA CD Playback (Disc
Mode) ................................................ 6-90
Auxiliary Input (AUX mode) .......... 6-104
Language Code List ........................ 6-108
Country Code List ........................... 6-110
Error Message ................................. 6-114
Symptoms and Actions ................... 6-116
Bluetooth® ........................................... 6-118
Bluetooth®
í
................................... 6-118
Bluetooth® Hands-Free .................. 6-124
Bluetooth® Audio ........................... 6-143
Troubleshooting .............................. 6-147
Safety Certification ......................... 6-151
Rear View Monitor .............................. 6-153
Rear View Monitor
í
...................... 6-153
Interior Equipment ............................. 6-164
Sunvisors ......................................... 6-164
Interior Lights ................................. 6-165
Information Display ........................ 6-167
Cup Holder ...................................... 6-171
Bottle Holder ................................... 6-173
Storage Compartments .................... 6-174
Accessory Sockets .......................... 6-177
Power Outlet
í
................................ 6-179
6-1
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page265
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (266,1)
Operating Tips
qOperating the Climate Control
System
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the fan control dial on for a long
period of time with the ignition switched ON
when the engine is not running.
qClearing the Air Inlet
Clear all obstructions such as leaves,
snow and ice from the hood and the air
inlet in the cowl grille to improve the
system efficiency.
qFoggy Windows
The windows may fog up easily in humid
weather. Use the climate control system to
defog the windows.
To help defog the windows, operate the
air conditioner to dehumidify the air.
NOTE
The air conditioner may be used along with the
heater to dehumidify the air.
qOutside/Recirculated Air Position
Use the outside air position in normal
conditions. The recirculated air position
should be used only when driving on
dusty roads or for quick cooling of the
interior.
qParking in Direct Sunlight
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then run
the climate control system.
qNot Using for a Long Period
Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes
at least once a month to keep internal
parts lubricated.
qCheck the Refrigerant before the
Weather Gets Hot
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.
The air conditioner is filled with
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will
not damage the ozone layer.
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant
or has a malfunction, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
q
Replacement of the Cabin Air Filter
Your vehicle is equipped with an air filter
for the air conditioner. It is necessary to
change the filter periodically as indicated
in scheduled maintenance (page 8-4).
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for
replacement of the cabin air filter.
6-2
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page266
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (267,1)
qSunlight/Temperature Sensor
The fully automatic air conditioner
function measures inside and outside
temperatures, and the intensity of direct
sunlight. It then sets temperatures inside
the passenger compartment accordingly.
CAUTION
Do not obstruct either sensor,
otherwise the automatic air
conditioner will not operate properly.
Sunlight sensor
Interior temperature sensor
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
6-3
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page267
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (268,1)
Vent Operation (Front)
Open
Close
Open Close
qAdjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob.
Opening/closing vents
The two outside vents can be opened and closed with wheel.
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble but a
result of humid air being suddenly cooled.
6-4
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page268
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (269,1)
qSelecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents
Dashboard and Floor Vents
Floor Vents
Defroster and Floor Vents
Defroster Vents
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
6-5
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page269
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (270,1)
Fully Automatic Type
Climate control information is displayed on the information display.
Temperature setting display (driver)
Ambient temperature /Temperature
setting display (front passenger)
Mode selector display
Airflow display
A/C
DUALAUTO
Air intake display
Information display
Passenger temperature control dial
Windshield defroster switch
Fan control dialDriver temperature control dial
Rear window defroster switch
Air intake selector
OFF switchAUTO switch
Mode selector switch
A/C switch
DUAL switch
OUTSIDE (Ambient
temperature) switch
6-6
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page270
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (271,1)
qControl Switches
AUTO switch
By pressing the AUTO switch the
following functions will be automatically
controlled in accordance with the selected
set temperature:
lAirflow temperature
lAmount of airflow
lSelection of airflow mode
lOutside/Recirculated air selection
lAir conditioner operation
NOTE
AUTO switch indicator light
lWhen on, it indicates AUTO operation, and
the system will function automatically.
lIf any of the following dials or switches are
operated while in AUTO control, the AUTO
switch indicator turns off.
lMode selector switch
lFan control dial
lWindshield defroster switch
The functions for dials and switches other
than those operated in the above continue
to operate in AUTO control.
OFF switch
Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the
climate control system.
Temperature control dial
Cold Hot
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
lWhen the DUAL switch is off:
Turn the driver temperature control dial
to control the temperature.
lWhen the DUAL switch is on:
Turn the driver or front passenger
temperature control dial to control the
temperature.
NOTE
The system changes to the individual operation
mode (DUAL switch indicator light
illuminated) by turning the front passenger
temperature control dial even when the DUAL
switch is off, which allows individual control
of the set temperature for the driver and front
passenger.
Fan control dial
Slow Fast
The fan has seven speeds. The selected
speed will be displayed.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
6-7
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page271
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (272,1)
Mode selector switch
The desired airflow mode can be selected
(page 6-5).
NOTE
lWith the airflow mode set to the
position and the temperature control dial
set at a medium temperature, heated air is
directed to the feet and a comparably lower
air temperature will flow through the
central, left and right vents.
lTo set the air vent to , press the
windshield defroster switch.
lIn the position, the air conditioner is
automatically turned on and the
mode is automatically selected to defrost
the windshield. In the position, the
mode cannot be changed to the
mode.
A/C switch
Pressing the A/C switch while the AUTO
switch is turned on will turn off the air
conditioning (cooling/dehumidifying
functions). The air conditioning can be
turned on and off by pressing the A/C
switch while the fan control dial is on.
NOTE
lThe air conditioning operates when the A/C
switch is pressed even if the fan is off.
lThe air conditioner may not function when
the outside temperature approaches 0 °C
(32 °F). (Indicator light remains on even
when system is off.)
Air intake selector
Outside or recirculated air positions can
be selected. Press the switch to select
outside/recirculated air positions.
Recirculated air position (indicator
light illuminated)
Use this position when going through
tunnels, driving in congested traffic (high
engine exhaust areas) or when quick
cooling is desired.
Outside air position (indicator light
turned off)
Use this position for normal conditions
and defogging.
WARNING
Do not use the position in cold or
rainy weather:
Using the position in cold or
rainy weather is dangerous as it will
cause the windows to fog up. Your
vision will be hampered, which could
lead to a serious accident.
6-8
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page272
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (273,1)
OUTSIDE (Ambient Temperature)
switch
Press the OUTSIDE switch to display the
ambient temperature.
NOTE
lThe displayed ambient temperature may
vary from the actual ambient temperature
depending on the surrounding area and
vehicle conditions.
lPress the OUTSIDE switch for three
seconds or longer to switch the display
from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice
versa.
lPress the OUTSIDE switch again to switch
the display from ambient temperature to the
temperature set for the air conditioner.
DUAL switch
Use the DUAL switch to change the mode
between the individual operation (driver
and passenger) and interconnection
(simultaneous) modes.
Individual operation mode (indicator
light illuminated)
The set temperature can be controlled
individually for the driver and front
passenger.
Interconnection mode (indicator light
turned off)
The set temperature for the driver and
front passenger is controlled
simultaneously.
NOTE
lThe set temperature for the front passenger
changes to that of the driver while in the
interconnected mode.
lis displayed on the information
display while in the individual operation
mode.
lThe system changes to the interconnection
mode automatically if the windshield
defroster switch is pressed. The system will
not change to the individual operation
mode by pressing the DUAL switch or
turning the front passenger temperature
control dial.
Windshield defroster switch
Press the switch to defrost the windshield
and front door windows.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
6-9
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page273
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (274,1)
NOTE
In the position, the air conditioner is
automatically turned on and the mode is
automatically selected to defrost the
windshield. In the position, the
mode cannot be changed to the mode.
qOperation of Automatic Air
Conditioning
1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection of
the airflow mode, air intake selector
and amount of airflow will be
automatically controlled.
2. Use the temperature control dial to
select a desired temperature.
Press the DUAL switch or turn the
front passenger temperature control
dial to control the set temperature
individually for the driver and front
passenger.
Cold Hot
To turn off the system, press the OFF
switch.
NOTE
lSetting the temperature to the maximum
high or low will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
lWhen selecting heat, the system will restrict
airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold
air from blowing out of the vents.
q
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging
Press the windshield defroster switch.
In this position, the position is
automatically selected, and the air
conditioner automatically turns on. The
air conditioner will directly dehumidify
the air to the front windshield and side
windows (page 6-5). Airflow amount will
be increased.
WARNING
Set the temperature control to the hot
or warm position when defogging (
position):
Using the position with the
temperature control set to the cold
position is dangerous as it will cause
the outside of the windshield to fog
up. Your vision will be hampered,
which could lead to a serious
accident.
6-10
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page274
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (275,1)
NOTE
lPress the windshield defroster switch to
change the mode to the interconnection
mode automatically. The system does not
change to the individual operation mode by
pressing the DUAL switch or turning the
front passenger temperature control dial.
lUse the temperature control dial to increase
the air flow temperature and defog the
windshield more quickly.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
6-11
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page275
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (276,1)
Vent Operation (Rear)
qAdjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob.
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble but a
result of humid air being suddenly cooled.
6-12
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page276
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (277,1)
qSelecting the Airflow Mode
For vehicles with rear full-auto air conditioning, the airflow mode can be selected
according to the purpose of use.
Instrument panel Vents Floor Vents
Instrument panel and Floor Vents
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
6-13
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page277
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (278,1)
Fully Automatic Type (Rear)
Mode selector display
Rear airflow display
AUTO
Fan control switch Temperature control
switch
OFF switch
Mode selector switch
AUTO switch
AUTO switch
REAR switch
Front
Rear
SYNC
Temperature setting display
qControl Switches
Rear switch
Press the rear switch to operate the rear air
conditioning.
The indicator illuminates to indicate that
the rear air conditioning is operating.
AUTO switch
By pressing the AUTO switch the
following functions will be automatically
controlled in accordance with the set
temperature:
lAirflow temperature
6-14
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page278
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:36 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (279,1)
lAmount of airflow
lSelection of airflow mode
OFF switch
Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the
climate control system.
Temperature control switch
This switch controls temperature. Press
for hot and for cold.
Fan control switch
The fan has five speeds.
Mode selector switch
The desired airflow mode can be selected
(page 6-13).
qOperation of Automatic Air
Conditioning
Operation from front seats
1. Turn the front air conditioning on.
2. Press the rear switch. The rear air
conditioning operates.
3. Selection of the airflow mode, airflow
amount and temperature will be
automatically controlled to the same
temperature setting as the front air
conditioner for the driver's side.
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
6-15
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page279
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (280,1)
NOTE
lIf the AUTO switch is pressed while the
front A/C switch is off, the rear air
conditioning operates only to circulate air.
lSetting the temperature to the maximum
high or low will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
lWhen selecting heat, the system will restrict
airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold
air from blowing out of the vents.
lWhen the rear air conditioner is controlled
to the same temperature setting as the front
air conditioner for the driver's side,
“SYNC”is displayed on the rear screen.
Operation from rear seats
1. Turn the front air conditioning on.
2. Press the AUTO switch. The selection
of the airflow mode and airflow
amount will be automatically
controlled.
3. Use the temperature control switch to
set the desired temperature.
NOTE
lIf the AUTO switch is pressed while the
front A/C switch is off, the rear air
conditioning operates only to circulate air.
lSetting the temperature to the maximum
high or low will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
lWhen selecting heat, the system will restrict
airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold
air from blowing out of the vents.
lWhen the rear air conditioner is operated
automatically, “AUTO”is displayed on the
rear screen.
lWhen the rear air conditioner is controlled
to the same temperature setting as the front
air conditioner for the driver's side,
“SYNC”is displayed on the rear screen.
4. To turn off the system, press the OFF
switch.
6-16
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page280
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (281,1)
Antenna
qAM/FM Radio Antenna
The antenna is printed onto the window
glass.
CAUTION
When washing the inside of the
window which has an antenna, use a
soft cloth dampened in lukewarm
water, gently wiping the antenna
lines.
Use of glass cleaning products could
damage the antenna.
qSatellite Radio Antenna
í
The satellite radio antenna receives
SIRIUS signals.
Satellite radio antenna
Operating Tips for Audio
System
WARNING
Do not adjust the audio control
switches while driving the vehicle:
Adjusting the audio while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
audio while the vehicle is stopped.
Even if the audio control switches are
equipped on the steering wheel, learn
to use the switches without looking
down at them so that you can keep
your maximum attention on the road
while driving the vehicle.
CAUTION
ØFor the purposes of safe driving,
adjust the audio volume to a level
that allows you to hear sounds
outside of the vehicle including car
horns and particularly emergency
vehicle sirens.
ØDo not install non-genuine
speakers since their vibration may
affect the Dynamic Stability
Control (DSC)/Roll Stability
Control (RSC) sensors.
NOTE
lTo prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the audio system
on for a long period of time when the
engine is not running.
lIf a cellular phone or CB radio is used in
or near the vehicle, it could cause noise to
occur from the audio system, however, this
does not indicate that the system has been
damaged.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-17
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page281
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (282,1)
qRadio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach
longer distances than FM signals. Because
of this, two stations may sometimes be
picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.
Station 2
Station 1
Ionosphere
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
FM Station
40—50km
(25—30 miles)
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not
bend around corners, but they do reflect.
Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot
travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
AM wave
FM wave
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Ionosphere
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days
may provide better reception than clear
days.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
proximity to the transmitter.
Reflected wave
Direct
6-18
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page282
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (283,1)
Flutter/Skip noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe
areas is characterized by sound breakup.
Strong signal noise
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise and
sound breakup at the radio receiver.
Station drift noise
When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Station 2
88.3 MHz
Station 1
88.1 MHz
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-19
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page283
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (284,1)
qOperating Tips for CD Player
Condensation phenomenon
Immediately after turning on the heater
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or
optical components (prism and lens) in the
CD player may become clouded with
condensation. At this time, the CD will
eject immediately when placed in the unit.
A clouded CD can be corrected simply by
wiping it with a soft cloth. Clouded
optical components will clear naturally in
about an hour. Wait for normal operation
to return before attempting to use the unit.
Handling the CD player
The following precautions should be
observed.
lDo not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
lDo not insert any objects, other than
CDs, into the slot.
lThe CD revolves at high speed within
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly
bent) CDs should never be used.
lDo not use non-conventional discs
such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,
etc. The disc may not eject resulting in
a malfunction.
lIf the memory portion of the CD is
transparent or translucent, do not use
the disc.
Transparent
6-20
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page284
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (285,1)
lA new CD may have rough edges on
its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc
with rough edges is used, proper
setting will not be possible and the CD
player will not play the CD. In
addition, the disc may not eject
resulting in a malfunction. Remove the
rough edges in advance by using a ball-
point pen or pencil as shown below. To
remove the rough edges, rub the side of
the pen or pencil against the inner and
outer perimeter of the CD.
lWhen driving over uneven surfaces,
the sound may jump.
lThe CD player has been designed to
play CDs bearing the identification
logo as shown below. No other discs
can be played.
lUse discs that have been legitimately
produced. If illegally-copied discs such
as pirated discs are used, the system
may not operate properly.
lBe sure never to touch the signal
surface when handling the CDs. Pick
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
lDo not stick paper or tape on the CD.
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the
side without a label). The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
lDust, finger smudges, and dirt can
decrease the amount of light reflected
from the signal surface, thus affecting
sound quality. If the CD should
become soiled, gently wipe it with a
soft cloth from the center of the CD to
the edge.
lDo not use record sprays, antistatic
agents, or household spray cleaners.
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and
thinner can also damage the surface of
the CD and must not be used. Anything
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic
should never be used to clean CDs.
lInsert discs one by one. If two discs are
inserted at the same time, the system
may not operate properly.
lThe CD player ejects the CD if the CD
is inserted upside down. Also dirty
and/or defective CDs may be ejected.
lDo not insert cleaning discs in the CD
player.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-21
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page285
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (286,1)
lDo not insert any disc with a peel-off
seal affixed to it.
lThis unit may not be able to play
certain CD-R/CD-RWs made using a
computer or music CD recorder due to
disc characteristics, scratches,
smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust or
condensation on the lens inside the
unit.
lStoring CDs in the vehicle exposed to
direct sunlight or high temperature may
damage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and make
them unplayable.
lCD-R/CD-RW exceeding 700 MB
cannot be played.
lThis unit may not be able to play
certain discs made using a computer
due to the application (writing
software) setting used. (For details,
consult the store where the application
was purchased.)
lIt is possible that certain text data, such
as titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RW
may not be displayed when musical
data (CD-DA) is playing.
lThe period from when a CD-RW is
inserted to when it begins playing is
longer than a normal CD or CD-R.
lCompletely read the instruction manual
and cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.
lDo not use discs with cellophane tape
adhering, partially peeled off labels, or
adhesive material exuding from the
edges of the CD label. Also, do not use
discs with a commercially-available
CD-R label affixed. The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
qOperating tips for MP3
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a license
for private, non-commercial use and does not
convey a license nor imply any right to use this
product in any commercial (i.e. revenue-
generating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,
satellite, cable and/or any other media),
broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,
intranets and/or other networks or in other
electronic content distribution systems, such as
pay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.
An independent license for such use is
required. For details, please visit
http://www.mp3licensing.com.
lThis audio system handles MP3 files
that have been recorded on CD-R/CD-
RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have been
recorded using the following formats
can be played:
lISO 9660 level 1
lISO 9660 level 2
lJoliet extended format
lRomeo extended format
lThis unit handles MP3 files
conforming to the MP3 format
containing both header frames and data
frames.
lThis unit can play multi-session
recorded discs that have up to 50
sessions.
lThis unit can play MP3s with sampling
frequencies of 8/11.025/12/16/22.
05/24/32/44.1/48 kHz.
lThis unit can play MP3 files that have
been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to
320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insure
enjoyment of music with consistent
sound quality, it is recommended to use
discs that have been recorded at a bit
rate of 128 kbps or more.
6-22
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page286
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (287,1)
lIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA)
and MP3 files, playback of the two file
types differs depending on how the
disc was recorded.
lPacket written discs cannot be played
on this unit.
lThis unit does not play CDs recorded
using MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3
PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.
About folders and files
lThe order of hierarchy for MP3 files
and folders during playback or other
functions is from shallow to deep. The
arrangement and playing order of a
recorded disc containing MP3 files is
as follows:
lFile number
A numerical file number is assigned
to each file in a folder starting from
the deepest hierarchy.
lFolder number
A numerical folder number is
assigned to each folder starting from
the deepest hierarchy.
NOTE
Folders and tracks (files) within the same
hierarchy play in the order they were written to
the disc depending on the write software.
05
06
01
02
03
04
1
5
4
2
3
Folder
No.
Level1Level2Level3 Level4
Playback may not occur in the above
hierarchy depending on the audio unit.
: Track (File): Folder
lThe folder order is automatically
assigned and this order cannot be
optionally set.
lAny folder without an MP3 file will be
ignored. (It will be skipped and the
folder number will not be displayed.)
lMP3 files not conforming to the MP3
format containing both header frames
and data frames will be skipped and
not played.
lThis unit will play MP3 files that have
up to eight levels. However, the more
levels a disc has, the longer it will take
to initially start playing. It is
recommended to record discs with two
levels or less.
lA single disc with up to 512 files can
be played and a single folder with up to
255 files can be played.
lWhen naming an MP3 file, be sure to
add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after
the file name.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-23
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page287
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (288,1)
lThe number of characters which can be
displayed is restricted.
CAUTION
This unit can only play MP3 files that
have an MP3 file extension (.mp3)
attached. Do not attach an MP3 file
extension to any other type file as it
could cause noise to be emitted or a
malfunction in the unit.
About ID3 Tag display
lThis unit can only display ID3 Tag
album, track and artist names that have
been input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3/2.4
formats. Any other data that may have
been input cannot be displayed.
lThis unit cannot display some
characters. Characters which cannot be
displayed are indicated by an asterisk
().
Specialized glossary
MP3
Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.
A technical standard for audio
compression as decided by the ISO
*1
MPEG working group. Use of MP3
allows for audio data to be compressed to
approximately a tenth of the source data
size.
*1 International Organization for
Standardization
ISO 9660
An international standard for logical
formatting of CD-ROM files and folders.
It is divided into three separate levels
based on differences in file naming
procedures, data configuration and other
characteristics.
Multi-session
A session is the complete amount of data
recorded from the beginning to the end of
a single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-
RW data recording. Multi-session refers to
the existence of data from two or more
sessions on a single disc.
Sampling
Refers to the process of encoding analog
audio data at regular intervals and
converting it to digital data. The sampling
rate refers to the number of times a
sample is taken in one second and is
expressed in Hz units. Increasing the
sampling rate improves the sound quality
but also increases the data size.
Bit rate
Refers to the volume of data per second,
expressed in bps (bits per second).
Generally, the larger the number of the
transfer bit rate when compressing an
MP3 file, the more information regarding
musical reproduction it carries, and
therefore the better the sound quality.
Packet writing
A general term for the method, similar to
that used for floppy discs or hard drives,
of recording the required file in a single
increment on a CD-R and similar.
ID3 Tag
ID3 tag is a method for storing
information related to the music in an
MP3 file. Information such as track, artist
and album name can be stored. This
content can be freely edited using ID3
editing function software.
6-24
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page288
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (289,1)
VBR
Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. While
CBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generally
used, VBR varies the bit rate for audio
compression according to compression
conditions and this allows for
compression with preference given to
sound quality.
qOperating Tips for WMA
WMA is short for Windows Media Audio
and is the audio compression format used
by Microsoft.
Audio data can be created and stored at a
higher compression ratio than MP3.
* Microsoft and Windows Media are
registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation U.S. in the United States
and other countries.
Playable WMA files are as follows:
Item Content
Specification
Ver 7.0, 8.0, 9.0
(standard)
Ver 10 (standard)
Sampling rate 32/44.1/48 kHz
Bit rate 32―320 kbps
CAUTION
This unit plays files with the (.wma)
file extension as a WMA file. Do not
use the WMA file extension for files
other than WMA files. Otherwise, it
could result in noise or a
malfunction.
lTrack, artist and album name
information is recorded as data termed
“WMA-Tag”, and this information is
displayable.
lWMA files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
lThe file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings.
In this case, add the file extension
“.wma”to the end of the file name, and
then write it to the disc.
qOperating Tips for AAC
Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is
standardized voice compression
established by the ISO
*1
working group
(MPEG). Audio data can be created and
stored at a higher compression ratio than
MP3.
*1 International Organization for
Standardization
Playable AAC file specifications
This unit supports playback of AAC files
recorded in CD-R and CD-RW.
Playable AAC files are as follows:
Item Content
Specification MPEG-4 AAC
Sampling rate
8/11.025/12 kHz
16/22.05/24 kHz
32/44.1/48 kHz
Bit rate 24―320 kbps
CAUTION
This unit plays files with the file
extension (.m4a) as an AAC file. Do
not use the AAC file extension for files
other than AAC files. Otherwise, it
could result in noise or a
malfunction.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-25
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page289
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (290,1)
lSong, artist, and album name
information in the AAC file is recorded
as data termed
“iTunes, m4a, Meta-Data applicable”,
and this information is displayable.
lAAC files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
lThe file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings.
In this case, add the file extension
“.m4a”to the end of the file name, then
write it to the disc.
qOperating Tips for USB memory
This unit supports playback of MP3/
WMA/AAC files recorded to USB
memory.
NOTE
lMusic data (MP3/WMA/AAC (.m4a)
format) stored in a USB mass-storage class
compliant device (such as USB flash
memory) can be played.
lPlayback may not be possible depending on
the type and condition of the USB flash
memory even if the audio file complies with
the standard above.
lA copyright protected WMA/AAC file
cannot be played in this unit.
lThe order of the music data stored in the
device may differ from the playback order.
lTo prevent loss or damage of stored data,
we recommend that you always back up
your data.
lIf a device exceeds the maximum electric
current value of 500 mA, it may not operate
or recharge when connected.
lDo not pull out the USB memory while in
the USB mode (only pull it out while in FM/
AM radio or CD mode).
lThe device will not operate if the data is
password protected.
6-26
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page290
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (291,1)
Playable MP3 file specifications
Playable MP3 files are as follows:
Item Content
Specification
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYER
III
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYER
III
MPEG2.5
Sampling rate
44.1/48/32 kHz
(MPEG1)
22.05/24/16 kHz
(MPEG2)
11.025/12/8 kHz
(MPEG2.5)
Bit rate
32―320 kbps (MPEG1)
8―160 kbps (MPEG2)
8―160 kbps (MPEG2.5)
CAUTION
This unit plays files with the file
extension (mp3) as an MP3 file. Do
not use the MP3 file extension for
files other than MP3 files. Otherwise,
it could result in noise or a
malfunction.
lMP3 files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
lThe file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings.
In this case, add the file extension
“.mp3”to the end of the file name, and
then write it to the memory.
Playable WMA file specification
Playable WMA files are as follows:
Item Content
Specification
Windows Media Audio
Version 7.0, 8.0, 9.0
(standard)
Sampling rate
8/11.025/12 kHz (LOW)
16/22.05 kHz (MID)
44.1/48/32 kHz (HI)
Bit rate 32―320 kbps
CAUTION
This unit plays files with the file
extension (wma) as a WMA file. Do
not use the WMA file extension for
files other than WMA files.
Otherwise, it could result in noise or
a malfunction.
lWMA files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
lThe file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings.
In this case, add the file extension
“.wma”to the end of the file name, and
then write it to the memory.
Playable AAC file specification
Playable AAC files are as follows:
Item Content
Specification MPEG4 AAC-LC
Sampling rate
8/11.025/12 kHz
16/22.05/24 kHz
32/44.1/48 kHz
Bit rate 16―320 kbps
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-27
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page291
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (292,1)
CAUTION
This unit plays files with the file
extension (.aac/.m4a) as an AAC file.
Do not use the AAC file extension for
files other than AAC files. Otherwise,
it could result in noise or a
malfunction.
lAAC files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
lThe file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings.
In this case, add the file extension
“.mp4”or “.m4a”to the end of the file
name, and then write it to the memory.
qOperating Tips for iPod
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other countries.
This unit supports playback of music files
recorded to an iPod.
liPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
liPod classic is a trademark of Apple
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
liPod nano is a trademark of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
liPod touch is a trademark of Apple
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
liPhone is a trademark of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
liPad is a trademark of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
Connectable iPods are as follows:
liPod: 5G
liPod classic
liPod nano: 1/2/3/4/5/6G
liPod touch
*1
: 1/2/3/4G
liPhone
*1
: iPhone/3G/3GS/4/4S
liPad
*1
: 1st/2nd/3rd
*1 Only iPod function
CAUTION
ØRemove the iPod when it is not in
use. Because the iPod is not
designed to withstand excessive
changes in temperature inside the
cabin, it could be damaged or the
battery may deteriorate due to the
excessive temperature or humidity
inside the cabin if it is left in the
vehicle.
ØIf data in the iPod is lost while it is
connected to the unit, Mazda
cannot guarantee recovery of any
lost data.
ØIf the iPod battery is deteriorated,
the iPod may not recharge and
playback may not be possible
when it is connected to the unit.
Replace the iPod battery
immediately.
ØBe careful not to pinch the iPod
connecting cable when opening/
closing the glove compartment.
ØFor the details on using the iPod,
refer to the iPod instruction
manual.
ØWhen connecting the iPod to a
USB port, all commands are made
from the audio unit. Control on
the iPod side is impossible.
6-28
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page292
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (293,1)
NOTE
lThis unit cannot display the images and
video in an iPod.
lThe iPod functions on the iPod cannot be
operated while it is connected to the USB
port because the audio unit controls the
iPod functions.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-29
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page293
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (294,1)
MEMO
6-30
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page294
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (295,1)
Audio Set
CAUTION
Do not press the panel strongly or press it with a sharp-pointed object. Otherwise,
the panel could be damaged.
Power/Volume/Display/Sound Controls ............................................................ page 6-32
Operating the Radio ........................................................................................... page 6-36
Operating the Satellite Radio ............................................................................. page 6-40
Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .......................................................... page 6-48
How to use the Auxiliary jack/USB port ........................................................... page 6-51
Error Indication .................................................................................................. page 6-51
Setup .................................................................................................................. page 6-52
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-31
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page295
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (296,1)
qPower/Volume/Display/Sound Controls
Audio button Setup button
Audio control
dial
Phone button
Navigation
button
Power/Volume
dial
Power ON/OFF
Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on. Press the power/volume
dial again to turn the audio system off.
Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
Display setting
Press the setup button ( ) to display
the display setting screen.
Touch the on-screen tab to select
the item you would like to change.
Brightness adjustment
: Increase brightness
: Decrease brightness
Contrast adjustment
: Higher contrast
: Lower contrast
Tint adjustment
*1
: Green tint enhancement color
: Red tint enhancement color
*1 Adjustment can be performed only
while in the rear view camera mode.
Color adjustment
*1
: To deepen a color
: To fade a color
*1 Adjustment can be performed only
while in the rear view camera mode.
6-32
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page296
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (297,1)
Daytime/nighttime screen setting
*1
The daytime or nighttime screen can be
selected even if the headlights are
illuminated or turned off (when bright
screen is required at night or dark screen
is required at noon).
: Daytime screen setting
: Nighttime screen setting
: Switches screen automatically
according to headlight illumination
condition
*1 The setting cannot be made while in
rear view camera mode.
Display OFF
The display can be turned off. Touch the
on-screen button to turn the
display off.
The display can be turned back on as
follows:
lPress the audio button ( )to
display the audio screen.
lPress the navigation button ( )to
display the navigation screen.
lPress the phone button ( )to
display the Bluetooth
®
dial screen.
lPress the setup button ( )to
display the setup dial setting screen.
lPress the audio control dial to display
the setup sound setting screen.
lShift to the R position to change to the
rear view camera mode.
Shift to a position other than R to
return to the display off condition.
NOTE
The screen can also be turned off using voice
recognition.
Refer to Component Parts on page 6-119.
Display setting reset
All of the screen setting values can be
reset to their initial settings.
1. Touch the on-screen button.
2. Touch the on-screen button.
Audio sound adjustment
Press the audio control dial or touch the
on-screen button to display the
sound setting screen.
Indication Setting value
Bass
(Low pitch sound)
: Low pitch
enhancement
: Low pitch
reduction
Treble
(Treble sound)
: Treble
enhancement
: Treble reduction
Balance
(Left/right volume
balance)
: Right side
volume reduction
: Left side
volume reduction
Fader
(Front/back volume
balance)
: Front speaker
volume reduction
: Rear speaker
volume reduction
Button Beep
(Audio operation sound) : on/off
*1
Auto Level Control
*2
(Automatic volume
adjustment)
: Level up
: Level down
AudioPilot
*3
(Automatic volume
adjustment)
: on/off
Centerpoint
*3
(Automatic surround
level adjustment)
: on/off
*1 Some functions do not turn off
*2 Standard audio
*3 Bose
®
Sound System
Automatic Level Control (ALC)
The automatic level control is a feature
that automatically adjusts audio volume
and sound quality according to the vehicle
speed. The volume increases in
accordance with the increase in vehicle
speed, and decreases as vehicle speed
decreases.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-33
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page297
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (298,1)
AudioPilot
®
2
*4
AudioPilot
®
2 automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality in accordance
with the level of noise entering the vehicle
interior while driving. When AudioPilot
®
2 is turned on, the system automatically
calculates the conditions for optimum
hearing of sound which may be difficult
to hear depending on exterior noise.
AudioPilot
®
2 can be set on or off.
*4 AudioPilot
®
2 is a registered
trademark of Bose Corporation.
Centerpoint
®*5
Centerpoint
®
offers you the experience of
5.1-channel surround sound in your
vehicle even with your conventional 2-
channel stereo CDs. Centerpoint
®
can be
set on or off.
*5 Centerpoint
®
is a registered trademark
of Bose Corporation.
NOTE
lCenterpoint
®
operates optimally with a 2-
channel stereo CD. Audio files encoded
with high compression can be played,
however, they may result in poor sound
quality.
lCenterpoint
®
is available for 2-channel
stereo audio except for AM radio/FM radio/
AUX/Bluetooth® audio.
Sound setting reset
The settings for bass, treble, balance, and
fade can be returned to their initial
settings.
1. Touch the on-screen button.
2. Touch the on-screen button.
6-34
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page298
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (299,1)
MEMO
6-35
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page299
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (300,1)
qOperating the Radio
Audio button
Seek tuning
buttons
Manual tuning
dial
Radio ON
Press the audio button ( ) and touch
the on-screen tab.
Band selection
Touch the on-screen tab to switch
the band as follows:
FM1→FM2→AM
NOTE
lis displayed when FM1 is selected,
is displayed when FM2 is
selected, and is displayed when AM
is selected.
lIf the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,
reception automatically changes from
STEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and
the “STEREO”indicator will no longer
display.
Tuning
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.
Manual tuning
Turning the manual tuning dial will
change the frequency higher or lower.
NOTE
When an broadcast is being
received, a receivable multicast channel is also
received.
Seek tuning
Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )
will cause the tuner to seek a higher or
lower frequency automatically.
NOTE
lIf you continue to press and hold the seek
tuning button ( , ) the frequency will
continue changing without stopping.
lWhen an broadcast is being
received, a receivable multicast channel is
also received.
6-36
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page300
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (301,1)
Scan tuning
You can search for receivable radio
stations by touching the on-screen
button.
Scanning stops at each station for about
five seconds.
Touch the on-screen button one time
during reception to continue receiving a
broadcasting station.
Preset channel tuning
The six preset channels can be used to
store six AM and twelve FM stations.
1. To set a channel, first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
2. Press and hold any of the preset on-
screen buttons. The reception
frequency is programmed and
displayed on the preset button.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
When receiving a programmed
frequency, select AM, FM1, or FM2
and touch the preset on-screen button.
NOTE
The programmed frequency is displayed on the
preset button.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are
unknown. Additional AM/FM stations
can be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.
1. Touch the on-screen button. The
auto memory preset list is displayed
and the previously tuned frequency is
received.
2. Touch the on-screen button to
display the frequencies of up to ten
radio stations on the auto memory
preset list.
3. Touch the desired frequency.
NOTE
Touch the on-screen button during
auto memory tuning to return to the AM/FM
main screen.
Radio Broadcast Data System (RBDS)
Radio text information display
A maximum of 64 characters of radio text
information sent from a broadcasting
station is displayed in the audio display.
NOTE
Radio text information is a function of FM
radio. Text information is not displayed in the
following:
lDuring reception
lNot an RBDS broadcast
lDuring HD reception
lRBDS broadcast, but radio text is not
transmitted from the radio station
Genre Seek
Some FM stations transmit Genre codes
(Program type like a Rock, News, and so
on). This code enables alternative stations
transmitting the same Genre code to be
found quickly. To select from the genre
list, touch the on-screen button
while in the FM mode and the desired
Genre Seek.
(To scan for Genre Seek:)
1. Touch the genre type which you want
to select.
2. Touch the , on-screen
button.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-37
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page301
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (302,1)
Ex.)
89.3 is currently being received. With
Rock selected as the Genre, the radio
stations broadcasting Rock are at the
following frequencies.
98.3
*1
, 98.7, 104.3
*1
, 107.1
*1 Radio stations with good reception
The frequency changes as follows each
time the Genre Seek on-screen button is
pressed.
89.3→98.3→104.3→98.3
NOTE
lOnly one Genre can be selected.
lTouch the on-screen button to
return to the FM1 or FM2 main screen.
lIt may not be possible to receive any station
even if the Genre Seek function is used.
lIf a program in the selected genre is not
broadcast to a region, reception is not
possible even if the Genre Seek function is
used.
lThe Genre Seek function searches for genre
code (program type) which FM analog
broadcasts transmit. specialty
programs (HD2-HD8) cannot be searched
because they are not FM analog
broadcasts.
lIf radio stations which are selected by
scanning using the Genre Seek function are
broadcasting stations, they are
changed from analog broadcasts to
broadcasts after a few seconds
if the reception conditions are good. The
genre is displayed after the switch,
however, the genre for FM analog
broadcasts may differ.
HD Radio
What is HD Radio™Technology and
how does it work?
HD Radio™Technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
radio product has a special receiver which
allows it to receive digital broadcasts
(where available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts it already receives. Digital
broadcasts have better sound quality than
analog broadcasts as digital broadcasts
provide free, crystal clear audio. For more
information, and a guide to available radio
stations and programming, please visit
www.hdradio.com.
Benefits of HD Radio™Technology
(Information)
The song title, artist name and genre will
appear on the screen when available by
the radio station.
(Multicast)
On the FM radio frequency most digital
stations have “multiple”or supplemental
programs on each FM station.
Listening to HD Radio™Technology
If turns on by selecting a radio
station which is an
broadcasting station, the analog broadcast
is switched to an broadcast
automatically after a few seconds and then
received. For FM, , and for AM,
is displayed, and the illuminates
in orange.
If the HD Radio broadcast is stopped and
changed to an analog broadcast, press
down to turn off .
Multicast channel selection (FM)
Press on-screen button to
switch to the multi-cast channel for the
displayed number.
6-38
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page302
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (303,1)
The number of multi-cast channels which
can be received differs depending on the
radio station.
NOTE
lIf an analog broadcast is received once and
is received while HD1 is
selected, the audio unit switches to the
station automatically.
lIf the reception conditions worsen while
receiving an HD specialty channel (HD2 to
HD8), “No HD signal”is displayed, and
audio output stops.
lOnce an analog broadcast is received when
HD1 is selected from the preset channels, it
is switched to automatically. If
the radio reception conditions are poor, or
is off, switching to
broadcasts is not possible.
lWhen an HD specialty channel (HD2 to
HD8) is selected from the preset channels,
“No HD signal”is displayed and no audio
is output until is received. If
the radio reception conditions are poor,
“No HD signal”continues to be displayed.
lIf the is not illuminated or does not
illuminate in orange, information such as
song titles of the station are
received, however, the audio output is
analog. If information can no longer be
received and the non-reception condition
continues, and on-
screen buttons disappear.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-39
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page303
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (304,1)
qOperating the Satellite Radio
í
Audio button
Seek tuning
buttons
Manual tuning
dial
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy and if not installed and
used in accordance with the instructions, may
cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the user
is encouraged to try to correct the interference
by one or more of the following measures:
- Increase the separation between the
equipment and tuner.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a
circuit different from that to which the tuner is
connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/
TV technician for help.
What is satellite radio?
With over 130 channels, SIRIUS Satellite
Radio brings you more of what you love.
Get channels and channels of commercial-
free music, plus sports, news, talk,
entertainment and more.
Commercial-free music from nearly
every genre ―rock to pop, hip-hop to
country, jazz, classical and more. Plus live
performances and artist-dedicated
channels.
Live sports Play-by-Play & Expert Talk
―every NFL game, every NASCAR
®
race, 24/7 sports talk, college sports and
more.
Exclusive entertainment, comedy and
talk ―The biggest names, compelling
talk, hilarious comedy.
6-40
Interior Comfort
í
Some models.
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page304
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (305,1)
World-class news plus local traffic and
weather.
Sign up for SIRIUS Satellite Radio today!
For more information, visit
www.siriusxm.com. Satellite radio can be
subscribed to and received in the United
States (Except Alaska and Hawaii) and
Canada.
How to Activate Satellite Radio
You must call SIRIUS to activate your
service. Activation is free and takes only a
few minutes.
SIRIUS service uses an ID code to
identify your radio. This code is needed to
activate SIRIUS service, and report any
problems.
To activate your SIRIUS radio tuner, call
a SIRIUS customer service specialist at 1-
888-539-7474 or you can visit SIRIUS
online at www.siriusxm.com.
Please have the following information
ready:
lSIRIUS ID (12-digit electronic serial
no, or ESN
*1
)
lValid credit card information (may not
be required at initial sign-up)
*1 ESN: Electronic Serial Number
Be sure you are parked outside with a
clear view of open sky, you will be
instructed to turn on your radio (in
SIRIUS mode and tuned to channel 184).
Activation typically takes only 2―5
minutes.
Displaying the SIRIUS ID (ESN)
Turn the manual tuning dial and select
channel 0 to display the twelve-digit
Electronic Serial Number (ESN) for the
SIRIUS tuner.
SIRIUS operation
All operations of the satellite radio are
conducted by means of the audio unit.
SIRIUS radio mode selection
Touch the on-screen tab on the
audio screen to receive the previously
received SIRIUS channel.
Every time the on-screen tab is
touched, the bank changes in the order
shown below.
SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIRIUS3
NOTE
lSIRIUS1, SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3: six
stations can be stored in each bank for
convenient access to your favorite stations.
lis displayed when SIRIUS1 is
selected, is displayed when
SIRIUS2 is selected, and is
displayed when SIRIUS3 is selected.
Operation in the initial state
It may take some time to start up the
equipment when it is in the initial state,
when there is a change in the user's
subscription condition, when the firmware
is updated or when the SIRIUS channel
map is changed.
“Updating Channels XXX %”is
displayed when the SIRIUS channel map
is changed.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-41
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page305
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (306,1)
If the user contract content is changed,
“Subscription Updated”is displayed.
When the firmware is updated, the
“Updating Receiver”is displayed.
Updating could take as long as a few
minutes depending on the geographical
area. When the unit is in an initialized
state, channel 184 is displayed after the
display indicates “Updating Receiver”.
NOTE
Do not perform the following operation while
“Updating Channels XXX %”,
“Updating Receiver”is displayed. Otherwise,
the updating procedure will be canceled.
lTurning off the audio power
lSwitching to other modes
lSwitching the ignition off
When the SIRIUS mode is switched to
another mode, or when the power is
turned off, the present channel which is
being received is stored as the last
channel.
Channel up
Turn the manual tuning dial to the right or
press the seek up button ( ).
Channel down
Turn the manual tuning dial to the left or
press the seek down button ( ).
NOTE
The channel is continuously switched to the
next or previous channel while the seek tuning
button ( , ) is continuously pressed.
Unsubscribed channel
When a channel which has been preset
becomes unsubscribed or the current
channel being listened to becomes
unsubscribed, the following is displayed:
“Call 888-539-SIRIUS”
“to subscribe”
NOTE
When the subscription contract is canceled, all
of the channels including channel 184 appear
as unsubscribed.
Preset channel programming
1. Select the desired channel to be
programmed.
2. Long-press any of the preset on-screen
buttons.
NOTE
Six stations can be stored in each bank,
SIRIUS1, SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3 for
convenient access to your favorite stations.
Preset channel call-up
Touch the preset on-screen button for the
channel which you want to select.
NOTE
In the initial setting, all channels are preset to
184.
Selection from channel list
Receivable channels can be displayed on
the channel list screen. You can easily
select the channel you want to listen from
the list. Each category can be also
displayed.
1. Touch the on-screen button.
2. Touch the channel you want to listen
from the list.
NOTE
Currently available channels (including
parental locked channels) are all displayed in
the list.
(Select from category list)
1. Touch the on-screen
button on the channel list screen.
6-42
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page306
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (307,1)
2. Touch the category name which you
want to select from the list. Touch the
on-screen button to return to
the channel list screen.
NOTE
A category can be set only when a channel
which belongs to a category is being received.
Scan tuning
Touch the on-screen button to
automatically sample stations. Scanning
stops at each station for about five
seconds.
To hold a station, touch the on-
screen button again during this interval.
NOTE
Unsubscribed channels, invalid channels,
parental lock channels and channel 0 are not
subject to the scan, therefore these channels
will skip automatically.
Channel number, channel name,
category name, artist name, song titles
and information display
The information regarding the channel
which is currently being received is
displayed.
NOTE
If channels have not been subscribed to or
parental locked, the channel name, category
name, artist name, song title and information
is not displayed.
Display scroll
If a whole title cannot be displayed at one
time, touch the on-screen button on
the right side of the title. When the last
character is displayed, touch the on-
screen button to display the first character
of the title.
NOTE
The on-screen button is displayed only if a
whole title cannot be displayed at one time.
Instant replay
This function allows you to rewind and
replay the program that you were
previously or are currently listening to.
When the on-screen button is
touched, playback starts from the
beginning of the current program.
When the on-screen button is
touched twice, playback starts from the
beginning of the previous program.
Touch and hold the on-screen
button to reverse the program while the
button is being pressed.
When the on-screen button is
touched, playback starts from the
beginning of the next program.
When the on-screen button is
touched while the last program is being
played, the instant replay mode is
canceled.
Touch and hold the on-screen
button to fast-forward the program while
the button is being pressed.
When touching and holding the button
until the end of the program, the instant
replay mode is canceled.
Instant replay (PAUSE)
If the on-screen button is touched,
instant replay mode is turned on in a
paused condition (PAUSE).
Touch the on-screen button again
to resume playback from the point at
which it was paused.
Parental lock
Parental lock, parental unlock, parental
lock code change, and parental lock code
reset can be set.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-43
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page307
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (308,1)
NOTE
lTouch the on-screen button during
all the settings to return to the previous
display.
lTouch the on-screen button during the
code and master code input to delete an
input number.
lIf only a four-digit code or master code is
input, “Done”can be selected.
lIf the registered code has been forgotten,
reset the code in “Initialize Parental Code”
to [0000].
Parental lock
If a channel is locked, the channel is
muted.
1. Turn the manual tuning dial to select
the desired channel.
2. Touch the on-screen button to
display the settings screen.
3. Touch the on-screen
button to display the parental lock
settings screen.
4. “Input Parental Code”is displayed, and
input of the registered code is possible.
To enter a number, use the numerical
keypad.
5. After inputting the four digits, touch
the on-screen button to confirm
the four digits.
6. If the four digits match the registered
code, “Channel XXX locked”appears
and mute is turned on. If they do not
match the registered code,
“Wrong code”appears and then the
display returns to
“Input Parental Code”.
Parental unlock
Channels locked using the parental lock
function can be unlocked.
1. Select a channel to be unlocked by
turning the manual tuning dial.
2. Touch the on-screen button to
display the settings screen.
3. Touch the on-screen
button to display the parental unlock
settings screen.
4. “Input Parental Code”is displayed, and
input of the registered code is possible.
To enter a number, use the numerical
keypad.
5. After inputting the four digits, touch
the on-screen button to confirm
the four digits.
6. If the four digits match the registered
code, “Channel XXX unlocked”
appears and mute is canceled. If they
do not match the registered code,
“Wrong code”appears and then the
display returns to
“Input Parental Code”.
Parental-lock code change
When changing the code, the new code is
input after the previous one is input first.
1. Touch the on-screen button to
display the settings screen.
2. Touch the on-
screen button to display the code
change screen.
3. “Enter Current Code”is displayed, and
input of the registered code is possible.
To enter a number, use the numerical
keypad.
6-44
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page308
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (309,1)
4. After inputting the four digits, touch
the on-screen button to confirm
the four digits.
5. If the four digits match the registered
code, “Enter New Code”is displayed.
If they do not match the registered
code, “Wrong code”appears and then
the display returns to
“Enter Current Code”. To enter a
number, use the numerical keypad.
6. After inputting the four digits, touch
the on-screen button to confirm
the four digits.
7. “Code changed”appears to indicate
that the new code input has been
completed.
8. The display returns to its normal
display.
NOTE
Channels locked before changing the code
remain after changing the code. To unlock a
channel, input the changed code.
Parental-lock code reset
If the registered code has been forgotten,
reset the code to the default [0000] code.
1. Touch the on-screen button to
display the settings screen.
2. Touch the on-
screen button to display the code initial
screen.
3. “Enter Master Code”is displayed, and
input of the registered code is possible.
To enter a number, use the numerical
keypad.
NOTE
Master code:
The Master Code is used to initialize or re-
initialize the code in the event that the code is
not set to [0000] and/or the personalized code
is not known. The initialization process resets
the code to [0000]. The master code can
potentially defeat the intent of the security of
the parental lock if it is located by persons not
authorized by the owner to access certain
channels.
SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code: [0913]
4. After inputting the four digits, touch
the on-screen button to confirm
the four digits.
5. If the four digits match the master
code, “Code initialized”appears. If
they do not match the master code,
“Wrong code”appears and the display
returns to “Enter Master Code”.
6. The code returns to the default [0000]
code.
Seek alert
The song title and artist name for the song
currently being listened to, and team
names at the sports game currently being
listened to can be recorded as favorites.
The user is notified when a program
begins which has favorites-related
information recorded.
Selection from seek alert program list
Select the station you want to listen to
from the list to receive the program.
Touch the on-screen button to
return to the receiving screen.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-45
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page309
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (310,1)
Storing songs, artists, and sports team
names
NOTE
lA maximum of 10 songs, artists, and sports
team names each can be stored.
lIf the song title, artist name, sports team
name cannot be displayed,
“No available items for this program”is
displayed.
lEven if the song title, and artist name are
displayed in the main screen, it may not be
possible to record information for old
songs.
lIf a song name is stored, the song seek
function is turned on.
lIf an artist name is stored, the artist seek
function is turned on.
lIf a sports team name is stored, the game
alert function is turned on.
1. Touch the on-screen button to
display the current song and artist
names currently being received. The
sports team name is displayed while
the sports program is being received.
2. Select the item you want to store from
song title, artist name and sports team
name.
3.
“XXXXX (song, artist, sports team
name) stored”is displayed.
NOTE
If there is not enough available storage space,
“Song Memory Full”or “Artist Memory Full”
or “Team Memory Full”and
“Delete one to store new one”are displayed.
Delete from the list.
Seek alert setting
On or off switching to song seek, artist
seek, or game alert function, and deletion
of stored information can be performed.
Touch the on-screen button and the
on-screen button. Touch the button
you want to change from ,,or
.
(On or off switching)
Touch the , , and
on-screen button.
(Deletion)
1. Select song title, artist name, or sports
team name that you want to delete from
the list.
2. Touch the on-screen button to
display
“XXXXX (song, artist, sports team
name) deleted”.
6-46
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page310
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (311,1)
MEMO
6-47
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page311
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (312,1)
qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player
Audio button
CD eject button
Track up/Fast-
forward button
File dial
Track down/
Reverse button
CD slot
Type Playable data
Music/MP3/WMA/
AAC CD player
lMusic data (CD-DA)
lMP3/WMA/AAC file
NOTE
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and
MP3/WMA/AAC files, playback of the two or
three file types differs depending on how the
disc was recorded.
Inserting the CD
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.
The auto-loading mechanism will set the
CD and begin play.
NOTE
There will be a short lapse before play begins
while the player reads the digital signals on
the CD.
Ejecting the CD
Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject the
CD.
Playback
Press the audio button ( )or
on-screen tab with a CD inserted.
Pause
To pause playback, touch the on-
screen button.
Touch the on-screen button during
a pause to cancel it.
6-48
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page312
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (313,1)
Fast-forward/Reverse
Operations using audio panel
Press and hold the fast-forward button
() to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button ( )to
reverse through a track at high speed.
Operations on screen
Touch and hold the on-screen
button to advance through a track at high
speed.
Touch and hold the on-screen
button to reverse through a track at high
speed.
Track search
Operations using audio panel
Press the track up button ( ) or turn the
file dial clockwise once to skip forward to
the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) or turn
the file dial counterclockwise within a few
seconds after playback begins to track
down to the beginning of the previous
track.
Press the track down button ( ) or turn
the file dial counterclockwise after a few
seconds have elapsed to start playback
from the beginning of the current track.
Operations on screen
Touch the on-screen button once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Touch the on-screen button within
a few seconds after playback begins to
track down to the beginning of the
previous track.
Touch the on-screen button after a
few seconds have elapsed to start
playback from the beginning of the
current track.
Displaying file list
The desired file list in the CD can be
viewed.
During music CD playback
Touch the on-screen button to display
the track list in the CD.
During MP3/WMA/AAC CD playback
(Viewing file list in desired folder)
1. Touch the on-screen button to
display the folder list in the CD.
2. Touch the folder which you want to
select.
(Viewing file list of current folder)
Touch the on-screen button.
Selecting file/track
Select the file/track you want to play.
During music CD playback
1. Touch the on-screen button to
display the track list in the CD.
2. Touch the track you want to play.
During MP3/WMA/AAC CD playback
NOTE
Press the on-screen button on the file list
screen to display the list of folders.
(Selection from all folders in CD)
1. When the on-screen button is
touched, the folder list in the CD is
displayed.
2. Select the folder name from the
displayed list.
3. The files in the selected folder are
displayed.
4. Select the file you want to play.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-49
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page313
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (314,1)
(Selection from inside folder in which a
song is currently being played)
1. Press the on-screen button to
select the song list.
2. Touch the song you want to listen to.
Music scan
During music CD playback
This function scans the titles on a CD and
plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you
in finding a song you want to listen to.
1. Touch the on-screen button
during playback to play 10 seconds of
each subsequent track starting from the
next song.
2. Touch the on-screen button
during playback of the song you want
to listen to and continue the playback
from that point.
During MP3/WMA/AAC CD playback
This function scans the titles in a folder
currently being played and plays 10
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
1. Touch the on-screen button
during playback to play 10 seconds of
each subsequent track starting from the
next song.
2. Touch the on-screen button
during playback of the song you want
to listen to and continue the playback
from that point.
NOTE
lIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback
will resume where scan was selected.
lIf all the tracks are scanned, the unit will
resume normal playback.
Repeat playback
During music CD playback
Touch the on-screen button during
playback to play the song currently being
played repeatedly.“”is displayed
during playback.
Touch the on-screen button while
“”is displayed to cancel.
During MP3/WMA/AAC CD playback
(Track repeat)
Touch the on-screen button to play
the song during playback repeatedly. “”
is displayed during playback.
Touch the on-screen button two
times while “”is displayed to cancel.
(Folder repeat)
Touch the on-screen button two
times to play the songs in the folder
repeatedly. “”is displayed during
playback.
Touch the on-screen button while
“”is displayed to cancel.
Shuffle playback
During music CD playback
Touch the on-screen button during
playback to play the songs in the CD
shuffle. “”is displayed during
playback.
Touch the on-screen button while
“”is displayed to cancel.
During MP3/WMA/AAC CD playback
(Folder shuffle)
Touch the on-screen button during
playback to play the songs in the folder
shuffle. “”is displayed during
playback.
Touch the on-screen button two
times while “”is displayed to cancel.
6-50
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page314
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (315,1)
(CD shuffle)
Touch the on-screen button two
times during playback to play the songs in
the CD shuffle. “”is displayed during
playback.
Touch the on-screen button while
“”is displayed to cancel.
Display scroll
If a whole title cannot be displayed at one
time, touch the on-screen button on
the right side of the title. When the last
character is displayed, touch the on-
screen button to display the first character
of the title.
NOTE
lThe on-screen button is displayed only
if a whole title cannot be displayed at one
time.
lThe information viewable in the display is
only CD information (such as artist name,
song title) which has been recorded to the
CD.
lThis unit cannot display some characters.
Character which cannot be displayed are
indicated by an asterisk ( ).
lThe number of characters which can be
displayed is restricted.
Message Display
If “CD Error”is displayed, it means that
there is some CD malfunction. Check the
CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, and
then properly reinsert. If the message
appears again, take the unit to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.
qOperating the Auxiliary jack/
USB port
Without auxiliary jack
Audio can be played from the vehicle
audio device by connecting USB memory
or an iPod to the USB port.
Refer to AUX/USB/iPod Mode on page
6-54.
With auxiliary jack
Audio can be heard from the vehicle's
speakers by connecting a commercially-
available portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack.
Use a commercially-available, non-
impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug cable.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for
details.
In addition, audio can be played from the
vehicle audio device by connecting USB
memory or an iPod to the USB port.
Refer to AUX/USB/iPod Mode on page
6-54.
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the
display, find the cause in the chart. If you
cannot clear the error indication, take the
vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication
Cause Solution
CD
Error
CD is inserted
upside down
Insert the CD
properly. If the error
indication continues
to display, consult an
Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
CD is defective
Insert another CD
properly. If the error
indication continues
to display, consult an
Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-51
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page315
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (316,1)
qSetup
You can customize settings in the setup
display as follows:
Display
Refer to Power/Volume/Display/Sound
Controls on page 6-32.
Sound
Refer to Power/Volume/Display/Sound
Controls on page 6-32.
Language
1. Press the setup button ( ).
2. Touch the on-screen tab to
display the language setting screen.
3. Touch the desired language from the
list.
4. Touch the on-screen button.
NOTE
Only the available languages are displayed.
Audio Control Switch
Operation
When the audio unit is turned on,
operation of the audio unit from the
steering wheel is possible.
NOTE
Because the audio unit will be turned off under
the following conditions, the switches will be
inoperable.
lWhen the ignition is switched off.
lWhen the power button on the audio unit is
pressed and the audio unit is turned off.
Talk button
Pick-up button
Talk button
Hang-up button
Pick-up button
NOTE
lThe talk button, pick-up button, and hang-
up button are operable with the audio unit
turned off.
lMazda has installed this system to prevent
distraction while driving the vehicle and
using audio controls on the dashboard.
Always make safe driving your first priority.
6-52
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page316
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (317,1)
qAdjusting the Volume
To increase the volume, press up the
volume switch.
To decrease the volume, press down the
volume switch.
qSeek Switch
When listening to the radio or SIRIUS
digital satellite radio
Press the seek switch up or down. The
radio switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored
(1―6).
(Radio)
Press and hold the seek switch in the up or
down position to seek all usable stations
at a higher or lower frequency whether
programmed or not.
(SIRIUS digital satellite radio)
Press and hold the seek switch in the up or
down position to seek all usable stations
at a higher or lower channel whether
programmed or not.
When playing a CD, USB, iPod or BT
audio
Press the seek switch up to skip to the
next track.
Press the seek switch down to repeat the
current track.
Press and hold the seek switch in the up or
down position to continuously switch the
tracks up or down.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-53
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page317
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (318,1)
AUX/USB/iPod Mode
Without auxiliary jack
Audio can be played from the vehicle
audio device by connecting USB memory
or an iPod to the USB port.
With auxiliary jack
Audio can be heard from the vehicle's
speakers by connecting a commercially-
available portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack.
A commercially-available, non-impedance
(3.5 ) stereo mini plug cable is required.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for
details.
In addition, audio can be played from the
vehicle audio device by connecting USB
memory or an iPod to the USB port.
How to use AUX mode ....... page 6-56
How to use USB mode ........ page 6-58
How to use iPod mode ......... page 6-62
WARNING
Do not adjust the portable audio unit
or a similar product while driving the
vehicle:
Adjusting the portable audio unit or
a similar product while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
portable audio unit or a similar
product while the vehicle is stopped.
CAUTION
ØClose the lid when the auxiliary
jack
*1
/USB port is not in use to
prevent foreign objects and liquids
from penetrating the auxiliary
jack
*1
/USB port.
ØDepending on the portable audio
device, noise may occur when the
device is connected to the vehicle
accessory socket. (If noise occurs,
do not use the accessory socket.)
*1 With auxiliary jack
6-54
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page318
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (319,1)
NOTE
lBefore using the auxiliary jack
*1
/USB port,
refer to the instruction manual for the
portable audio device.
l(With auxiliary jack)
Use a commercially-available, non-
impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug for
connecting the portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliary
jack, read the manufacturer's instructions
for connecting a portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack.
lTo prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the auxiliary input for long periods
with the engine off or idling.
lWhen connecting a device to the auxiliary
jack
*1
or USB port, noise may occur
depending on the connected device. If the
device is connected to the vehicle's
accessory socket, the noise can be reduced
by unplugging it from the accessory socket.
*1 With auxiliary jack
qHow to connect USB port/
Auxiliary jack
USB port Auxiliary jack
Connecting a device
1. Open the console lid.
2. Connect the device plug to the USB
port.
Connecting with connector cable
1. Open the console lid.
2. Pass the connection plug cord through
the cutout of the console and insert the
plug into the auxiliary jack.
WARNING
Do not allow the connection plug cord
to get tangled with the parking brake
or the shift lever:
Allowing the plug cord to become
tangled with the parking brake or
the shift lever is dangerous as it
could interfere with driving, resulting
in an accident.
CAUTION
Do not place objects or apply force to
the auxiliary jack with the plug
connected.
NOTE
lInsert the plug to the auxiliary jack
*1
/USB
port securely.
lInsert or pull out the plug with the plug
perpendicular to the auxiliary jack
*1
/USB
port hole.
lInsert or remove the plug by holding its
base.
*1 With auxiliary jack
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-55
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page319
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (320,1)
qHow to use AUX mode
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. Press the audio button ( )to
display the audio screen.
4. Press the on-screen tab to switch
to the AUX mode.
NOTE
lWhen the device is not connected to the
auxiliary jack, the mode does not switch to
the AUX mode.
lSet the volume of the portable audio unit to
the maximum within the range that the
sound does not become distorted, then
adjust the volume using the power/volume
dial.
lAudio adjustments other than audio volume
can only be done using the portable audio
device.
lIf the connection plug is pulled out from the
auxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noise
may occur.
6-56
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page320
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (321,1)
MEMO
6-57
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page321
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (322,1)
qHow to use USB mode
Audio button
Power/Volume
dial
Track up/Fast-
forward button
File dial
Track down/
Reverse button
Type Playable data
USB mode MP3/WMA/AAC file
Playback
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. Press the audio button ( )to
display the audio screen.
4. Touch the on-screen tab to
switch to USB mode and start
playback.
NOTE
lWhen a USB memory is not connected to
the USB port, the mode does not switch to
the USB mode even if the on-screen
tab is touched.
lDo not remove the USB memory while in
the USB mode. Otherwise, the data could
be damaged.
Pause
Touch the on-screen button to
pause playback.
Touch the on-screen button while
playback is paused to cancel the pause.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Operations using audio panel
Press and hold the fast-forward button
() to advance through a track at high
speed.
6-58
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page322
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (323,1)
Press and hold the reverse button ( )to
reverse through a track at high speed.
Operations on screen
Touch and hold the on-screen
button to advance through a track at high
speed.
Touch and hold the on-screen
button to reverse through a track at high
speed.
Track search
Operations using audio panel
Press the track up button ( ) or turn the
file dial clockwise once to skip forward to
the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) or turn
the file dial counterclockwise within a few
seconds after playback begins to track
down to the beginning of the previous
track.
Press the track down button ( ) or turn
the file dial counterclockwise after a few
seconds have elapsed to start playback
from the beginning of the current track.
Operations on screen
Touch the on-screen button once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Touch the on-screen button within
a few seconds after playback begins to
track down to the beginning of the
previous track.
Touch the on-screen button after a
few seconds have elapsed to start
playback from the beginning of the
current track.
Displaying song list
The song list in the USB memory can be
viewed.
NOTE
The song list may not display depending on the
conditions.
(Displaying optional list)
1. Touch the on-screen button during
playback.
2. Touch the category which you want to
select. The record list or song list is
displayed.
(Displaying a list being played)
Touch the on-screen button.
NOTE
Press the on-screen button to display the
upper list.
Selecting from list
Select the desired song to play.
1. Press the on-screen button to select
the song list.
2. Touch the song you want to listen to.
NOTE
The selected song list becomes the play list.
Repeat playback
Touch the on-screen button during
playback. “”is displayed during
playback.
Touch the on-screen button two
times while “”is displayed to cancel.
Shuffle playback
(Shuffling songs in list being played)
Touch the on-screen button during
playback. “”is displayed during
playback.
Touch the on-screen button two
times while “”is displayed to cancel.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-59
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page323
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (324,1)
(Shuffling album in list being played)
Touch the on-screen button two
times during playback. “”is displayed
during playback.
Touch the on-screen button while
“”is displayed to cancel.
Text scroll
If a whole title cannot be displayed at one
time, touch the on-screen button on
the right side of each title. When the last
character is displayed, touch the on-
screen button to display the first character
of the title.
NOTE
lThe on-screen button is displayed only
when the whole title is not displayed.
lThe information (artist name, song name,
album name) is displayed only when the
USB memory has information which can be
displayed on the screen.
lThis unit cannot display some characters.
Character which cannot be displayed are
indicated by an asterisk ( ).
lThe number of characters which can be
displayed is restricted.
Error Messages
If the message “USB Error”is displayed,
it indicates that there is no playable file in
the USB memory or there is an error in
the USB memory. Verify that the content
recorded in the USB memory has MP3/
WMA/AAC files and re-connect correctly.
If the message reappears, have the unit
checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6-60
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page324
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (325,1)
MEMO
6-61
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page325
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (326,1)
qHow to use iPod mode
Audio button
Power/Volume
dial
Track up/Fast-
forward button
File dial
Track down/
Reverse button
The connectable iPods are as follows:
liPod: 5G
liPod classic
liPod nano: 1/2/3/4/5/6G
liPod touch
*1
: 1/2/3/4G
liPhone
*1
: iPhone/3G/3GS/4/4S
liPad
*1
: 1st/2nd/3rd
*1 Only iPod function
NOTE
The iPod functions on the iPod cannot be
operated while it is connected to the unit
because the unit controls the iPod functions.
Playback
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. Press the audio button ( )to
display the audio screen.
4. Touch the on-screen tab to
switch to the iPod mode and start
playback.
NOTE
lWhen the iPod is connected to the USB
port, the on-screen tab changes to
the on-screen tab.
lDo not remove the iPod while in the iPod
mode. Otherwise, the data could be
damaged.
Pause
Touch the on-screen button to
pause playback. Touch the on-
screen button while playback is paused to
cancel the pause.
6-62
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page326
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (327,1)
Fast-forward/Reverse
Operations using audio panel
Press and hold the fast-forward button
() to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button ( )to
reverse through a track at high speed.
Operations on screen
Touch and hold the on-screen
button to advance through a track at high
speed.
Touch and hold the on-screen
button to reverse through a track at high
speed.
Track search
Operations using audio panel
Press the track up button ( ) or turn the
file dial clockwise once to skip forward to
the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) or turn
the file dial counterclockwise within a few
seconds (depends on iPod software
version) after playback begins to track
down to the beginning of the previous
track.
Press the track down button ( ) or turn
the file dial counterclockwise after a few
seconds (depends on iPod software
version) have elapsed to start playback
from the beginning of the current track.
Operations on screen
Touch the on-screen button once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Touch the on-screen button within
a few seconds (depends on iPod software
version) after playback begins to track
down to the beginning of the previous
track.
Touch the on-screen button after a
few seconds (depends on iPod software
version) have elapsed to start playback
from the beginning of the current track.
Displaying song list
The song list in the iPod can be viewed.
NOTE
The song list may not display depending on the
conditions.
(Displaying optional list)
1. Touch the on-screen button during
playback.
2. Touch the category which you want to
select. The record list or song list is
displayed.
(Displaying a list being played)
Touch the on-screen button.
NOTE
Press the on-screen button to display the
upper list.
Selecting from list
Select the desired song to play.
1. Press the on-screen button to select
the song list.
2. Touch the song you want to listen to.
NOTE
The selected song list becomes the play list.
Repeat playback
Touch the on-screen button during
playback. “”is displayed during
playback.
Touch the on-screen button two
times while “”is displayed to cancel.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-63
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page327
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (328,1)
Shuffle playback
(Shuffling songs in list being played)
Touch the on-screen button during
playback. “”is displayed during
playback.
Touch the on-screen button two
times while “”is displayed to cancel.
(Shuffling album in list being played)
Touch the on-screen button two
times during playback. “”is displayed
during playback.
Touch the on-screen button while
“”is displayed to cancel.
NOTE
The track number being shuffle played is in the
order of the iPod shuffle table.
Text scroll
If a whole title cannot be displayed at one
time, touch the on-screen button on
the right side of the title to display the
whole title. When the last character is
displayed, touch the on-screen button
to display the first character of the title.
NOTE
lThe on-screen button is displayed only
when no titles are displayed.
lThe information (artist name, music name)
is displayed only when the iPod has
information which can be displayed on the
screen.
lThis unit cannot display some characters.
Characters which cannot be displayed are
indicated by an asterisk ( ).
lThe number of characters which can be
displayed is restricted.
Error Messages
If the message “iPod Error”is displayed,
it indicates that there are no playable files
in the iPod or there is a malfunction.
Verify that the content recorded in the
iPod has playable files and re-connect
correctly. If the message reappears, have
the unit checked by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the
display, find the cause in the chart. If you
cannot clear the error indication, take the
vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication Cause Solution
USB Error
USB
memory
malfunction
Verify that the content
recorded in the USB
memory has
MP3/WMA/AAC files
and re-connect correctly.
If the error indication
continues to display,
consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
iPod Error iPod
malfunction
Verify that the content
recorded in the iPod has
playable files and
re-connect correctly.
If the error indication
continues to display,
consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
6-64
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page328
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (329,1)
Safety Certification
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services.
CAUTION
ØThis CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified
service personnel.
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
ØUse of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD
player with the top case of the unit removed.
ØChanges or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
NOTE
For CD player section:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation.
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-65
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page329
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (330,1)
Rear Entertainment System
í
Disc slot
Monitor screen release knob
DISC IN indicator light Eject button
Wireless headphone signal transmitter/Remote
control signal receiver Monitor screen
qRear Entertainment System Outline
The Rear Entertainment System has a 9.0-inch wide LCD, as well as DVD video, DVD
audio, video CD, audio CD, and MP3/WMA CD playback functions. Moreover, the system
is equipped with input terminals for video picture and audio sound, and AV equipment such
as a video game player or a video camera can be connected and displayed on the monitor
screen.
6-66
Interior Comfort
í
Some models.
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page330
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (331,1)
qProper Operation of Rear Entertainment System
For safe driving, read the following warnings and cautions before starting operation, and
use the system properly.
WARNING
ØDo not disassemble or modify this unit.
It may cause an accident, fire, or electrical shock.
ØDo not use if there is a malfunction condition such as no screen image or sound.
It may cause an accident, fire, or electrical shock. Follow the procedures in
“Symptoms and Actions”(page 6-116) and if the problem is not resolved, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
ØDo not use if some problem has occurred.
If any problem occurs, such as a foreign material penetration, spilled liquid,
smoking from internal burning, or other abnormal smells, stop operation
immediately and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. If operation is continued, it
may cause an accident, fire, or electrical shock.
ØLower the volume to minimum before turning off the power.
If the volume is set high, loud sound will be produced when turning on the power,
causing auditory problems or an accident.
ØAdjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard.
If the volume is too high and ambient sound cannot be heard while driving,
driving operation could be obstructed causing an accident.
ØDo not leave the remote controller and the headphones unstowed.
If the remote controller and the headphone are not stowed, they could fall under
the brake pedal during a sudden stop or while turning, which could obstruct
driving operation and cause an accident.
CAUTION
ØDo not put foreign material into the disc slot.
It may cause a fire or malfunction.
ØDo not clean plastic finished parts with solvent such as benzene or thinner.
The parts may deform causing a fire or malfunction.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-67
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page331
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (332,1)
qOperating Tips for Disc
Playable discs
DVD video, DVD audio
*1
, video CD, audio CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R and DVD-RW
can be played.
NOTE
It may not be possible to play DVD video, DVD audio, video CD, audio CD, and MP3/WMA CD
according to the procedures indicated in these instructions if the playback conditions have been
restricted by the producer.
Read the instruction manual accompanying the DVD video, video CD, DVD audio, audio CD.
6-68
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page332
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (333,1)
Playable DVD Recording method and disc
size Applicable digital sound
DVD video
lRegion code must include
“1”or “ALL”.
lNTSC
(National Television Sys-
tem Committee) recorded
type.
l8 cm (3 in) or 12 cm
(5 in) size
lDolby digital
lLinear PCM
DVD videos bearing the following logo can be
played.
DVD audio
8 cm (3 in) or 12 cm (5 in)
size
lLinear PCM
lPacked PCM
DVD audio bearing the following logo can be
played.
DVD-R and DVD-RW
8 cm (3 in) or 12 cm (5 in)
size
―
DVD-Rs and DVD-RWs bearing each of the
following logos can be played.
Video CD, audio CD, CD-R, and CD-RW
lPlayback control function
supported.
l8 cm (3 in) or 12 cm
(5 in) size
lMP3 recorded type.
―
Video CDs, audio CDs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs
bearing each of the following logos can be played.
*1: Stereo playback is produced.
Regarding digital sound
Dolby digital
Digital sound compression technology developed by Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
*
Sound recorded using the dts method cannot be played.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-69
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page333
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (334,1)
Unplayable discs
lDiscs not bearing the logo mark indicated in the above table.
lDiscs not including “1”or “ALL”in region code.
lDiscs recorded in other than NTSC (e.g. PAL or SECAM).
lDVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, DVD RW, CD-ROM, CDV, CD-G, CVD, VSD, SVCD,
SACD, photo CDs, non-conventional discs (e.g. heart-shaped), and partially transparent
discs.
lDiscs recorded in CD-TEXT format.
lHD DVD and Blu-ray discs
Handling of discs
lDo not use non-conventional discs such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs, or discs with a
memory portion that is transparent or translucent. The unit could be damaged.
Transparent
lWhen driving over uneven surfaces, the sound may jump.
lBe sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the discs. Pick up the discs by
grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
lDo not write on or attach labels, stickers or similar to discs.
lDefective (cracked or badly bent) discs should never be used.
6-70
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page334
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (335,1)
lA new disc may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc with rough
edges is used, proper setting will not be possible and the unit will not play the disc.
Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball-point pen or pencil as shown below.
To remove the rough edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer
perimeter of the discs.
Disc cleaning
Do not use record sprays, antistatic agents, or household spray cleaners. Volatile chemicals
such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the disc and must not be used.
Anything that can damage, warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean discs.
Condensation
Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold, the disc or optical
components (prism and lens) in the unit may become clouded with condensation. At this
time, the disc will eject immediately when placed in the unit. A clouded disc can be
corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth. Clouded optical components will clear
naturally in about an hour. Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the
unit.
Operating tips for DVD video
Region code
The playback restriction area is set in a DVD video. The playback restriction area is
indicated by a region code, and a DVD video can be played only in its indicated area.
The region code for U.S.A. and Canada are “1”. DVD videos bearing region code
including “1”or “ALL”on the package or the instruction manual can be played by this
unit. The region code setting for this unit has been set to “1”.
DVD videos bearing any of the following logos on the package or instruction manual can
be played.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-71
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page335
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (336,1)
Playable DISC specification
CD-R and CD-RW including MP3/WMA files can be played with this unit. Discs which
conform to the following formats can be played.
Name Standard Explanation
CD-R, CD-RW format
ISO9660 Level 1
Level 2
ISO9660 extension Joliet
Romeo
Multi-session Supported
Maximum hierarchy
number 8 hierarchies (Including root)
Maximum folder
number 256 folders
Maximum file number 512 files (Total capacity included in a disc.) Files other than MP3 or WMA are not
included.)
Operating tips for MP3
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a license for private, non-commercial use and does not convey a
license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real time
broadcasting (terrestrial, satellite, cable and/or any other media), broadcasting/streaming via the
Internet, intranets and/or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems, such as
pay-audio or audio-on-demand applications. An independent license for such use is required. For
details, please visit http://www.mp3licensing.com.
Playable MP3 file specification
Playable MP3 files are as follows:
Item Content
Specification
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYER3
MPEG2.5 AUDIO LAYER3
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYER3
Sampling frequency MPEG1 32, 44.1, 48kHz
MPEG2 16, 22.05, 24kHz
Bit rate MPEG1 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320
kbps
MPEG2, 2.5 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160 kbps
VBR (Variable Bit Rate) Supported
Channel mode Stereo, Joint stereo, Dual channel, Monaural
ID3 tag Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1 title, artist name, album name
lThis unit corresponds to MP3 files in which both header and data comply with the MP3
format.
6-72
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page336
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (337,1)
lThis unit corresponds to multi-session recorded disc playback at a maximum of 49
sessions.
lSome data on multi-session recorded discs cannot be played.
lPlayback of discs with added sessions is possible.
lPacket Write recorded discs cannot be played.
lThis unit does not correspond to MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3 PRO, and RIFF-style
MP3 formats.
lThe maximum number of characters available for a file name is as follows, however, the
displayable number of characters on this unit is limited.
Maximum number of characters in a file name
(including a separator “.”and the three letters of the file exten-
sion)
ISO9660 level 1 12
*
ISO9660 level 2 31
*
Joliet extended format 64
Romeo extended format 128
* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and underbar “_”are available.
MP3
CAUTION
This unit plays files with the (.mp3) file extension as a MP3 file. Do not use the MP3
file extension for files other than MP3 files. It may cause noise or a malfunction.
lIn a MP3 file, the track name, artist name, album name and category name are recorded
with data called “ID3-Tag”, and the information can be displayed on the monitor.
lMP3 files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly
or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly.
lThe file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system,
version, software, or settings. In this case, add the file extension “.mp3”to the end of the
file name, and then write the disc.
Playlist
This unit can play playlist files. Playlist is a function that allows free setting of the
playback order of MP3 files. The file extension of a playlist file in which the order of
playback is recorded is “. m3u”or “. pls”.
Operating tips for WMA
WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used by
Microsoft.
Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3.
*
Microsoft and Window Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U.S. in
the United States and other countries.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-73
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page337
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (338,1)
Playable WMA file specification
CD-R and CD-RW including WMA files can be played with this unit. Discs which
conform to the following formats can be played.
Playable WMA files are as follows:
Item Content
Specification Windows Media Audio Version7.0
Sampling frequency Bit rate
22.05kHz ....32kbps
32kHz. ......48,64kbps
44.1kHz .....48,64,80,96,128, 160, 192, 256, 320 kbps
48kHz. ......64,96,128, 160, 192 kbps
VBR (Variable Bit Rate) Supported
Channel mode Stereo/Monaural
WMA tag Title, artist name, album name
WMA
CAUTION
This unit plays files with the (.wma) file extension as a WMA file. Do not use the
WMA file extension for files other than WMA files. It may cause noise or a
malfunction.
lIn a WMA file, the track name, artist name, album name and category name are
recorded with data called “WMA-Tag”, and the information can be displayed on the
monitor.
lWMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly
or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly.
lThe file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system,
version, software, or settings. In this case, add the file extension “.wma”to the end of
the file name, and then write the disc.
Operating tips for Dolby
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
“Dolby”,“MLP Lossless”, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
6-74
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page338
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (339,1)
qOperation Tips for Headphones
To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the Rear Entertainment System, it is
necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included.
Specification
Item Content
Transmission system Infrared light
Modulation system Frequency modulation
Carrier frequency Right channel 2.8 MHz, left channel 2.3 MHz
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-75
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page339
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (340,1)
Part Names
qRear Entertainment System Main Unit
Disc slot
Monitor screen release knob
DISC IN indicator light Eject button
Wireless headphone signal transmitter/Remote
control signal receiver Monitor screen
6-76
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page340
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (341,1)
qRemote Controller
No. Name No. Name
RETURN button PLAY button
MENU button Slow playback button
ENTER/Select button POWER button
STOP button SOURCE button
PAUSE button Picture adjust mode button
Fast-forward button Picture adjust button
Rewind button SET UP button
PREVIOUS (Track down) button Number keys
NEXT (Track up) button DISPLAY MODE button
DISPLAY button
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-77
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page341
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (342,1)
qHeadphone
Arm
Volume dial
Infrared receiverR (right) side
Power button
Power indicator L (left) side
6-78
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page342
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (343,1)
Before Operation
qDisplay Opening/Closing
CAUTION
ØClose the display while the Rear
Entertainment System is not in
use. If the display is left open, a
passenger could be injured by
hitting the display, or the display
could be damaged.
ØDo not press the monitor screen
while opening the display. It may
cause a malfunction.
Opening the display
Press the monitor screen release knob and
open the display until it is in the lock
position.
Monitor screen
release Knob
Closing the display
Close and press the display until a
clicking sound can be heard.
NOTE
lIf the display is closed while the power is
on, it automatically turns off.
lThe display locks in two positions when
opened to 100 or 120-degrees.
qDisc Insertion/Ejection
CAUTION
If the signal surface of a disc is
touched, it could cause the sound to
skip. Pick up a disc by grasping the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
NOTE
When no disc is inserted, “No Disc”is
displayed on the monitor.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-79
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page343
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (344,1)
Inserting the disc
Insert the disc into the disc slot with the
label-side up.
Disc slot
CAUTION
Insert the disc with its label-side
(decorated side) facing upward. If the
disc is inserted upside-down, it may
cause a malfunction.
NOTE
If a disc is inserted while the Rear
Entertainment System is turned off but the
display is open, and when the ignition is
switched to ACC or ON, the system
automatically turns on and starts playback.
Ejecting the disc
Press the eject button to eject the disc.
Eject button
NOTE
lWhen the eject button is pressed, the disc is
ejected halfway.
lA disc can be ejected with the Rear
Entertainment System turned off.
qPicture Adjustment
The brightness (BRIGHT), color
adjustment (TINT), color density
(COLOR), and contrast (CONTRAST) of
the screen can be adjusted.
Press the picture adjust button
(PICTURE) on the remote controller to
change to the picture adjustment mode.
The picture mode changes in the order of
BRIGHT →TINT →COLOR
→CONTRAST →OFF each time the
button is pressed in this mode.
Press the picture adjust button ( )or( ),
positioned to top/bottom of the picture
adjustment mode button (PICTURE), to
adjust each picture mode.
NOTE
lIf the picture adjustment mode is on and no
operation has been done for about 5
seconds, the mode is canceled
automatically.
lIf the picture is no longer adjustable by
pressing the picture adjust button ( )or
(), it indicates that the adjustment value
has reached the maximum/minimum value.
Adjusting the brightness
1. Press the picture adjustment mode
button (PICTURE) and select the
BRIGHT mode.
2. Press the picture adjust button ( )or
() to adjust.
lPicture adjust button ( ): Brighten
6-80
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page344
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (345,1)
lPicture adjust button ( ): Darken
Adjusting the color adjustment
1. Press the picture adjustment mode
button (PICTURE) and select the TINT
mode.
2. Press the picture adjust button ( )or
() to adjust.
lPicture adjust button ( ): Green
lPicture adjust button ( ): Red
Adjusting the color density
1. Press the picture adjustment mode
button (PICTURE) and select the
COLOR mode.
2. Press the picture adjust button ( )or
() to adjust.
lPicture adjust button ( ): Darken
lPicture adjust button ( ): Lighten
Adjusting the contrast (definition)
1. Press the picture adjustment mode
button (PICTURE) and select the
CONTRAST mode.
2. Press the picture adjust button ( )or
() to adjust.
lPicture adjust button ( ): Higher
lPicture adjust button ( ): Lower
qScreen Size Setting
The size of the screen can be changed.
Press the DISPLAY MODE button to set
the desired screen size.
The screen size changes in the order of
Full →Normal →Wide →Cinema each
time the button is pressed.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-81
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page345
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (346,1)
Full screen
Image is displayed on the full screen.
* A 16:9 screen ratio image is shown in
the above figure.
Normal screen
A 4:3 screen ratio image is the standard
display, and black bands appear on each
side of the screen.
* A 16:9 screen ratio image is scaled to a
4:3 screen ratio.
Wide screen
The center part of the image is
compressed toward the center, and the
surrounding area is enlarged toward the
edge.
* A 16:9 screen ratio image is shown in
the above figure.
Cinema screen
The image is enlarged upward and
downward. A 4:3 and 16:9 screen ratio
image are displayed with the upper/lower
part of the image cut off.
NOTE
Because images are enlarged lengthwise for
display, a horizontal streak may be seen,
however, it does not indicate a malfunction.
* A 16:9 screen ratio image is shown in
the above figure.
NOTE
The display varies depending on the style of
the image recorded on the disc.
Refer to the following table and set the screen
size.
Image style Recommendation
4:3 Normal or wide screen
16:9 Full screen
Letter box Full or cinema screen
qDisplay Off
Only sound, without image, can be
played.
Press and hold the DISPLAY button
() on the remote controller.
“DISPLAY OFF”is displayed, and then
image turns off.
Press any button on the remote controller
to display the image.
6-82
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page346
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (347,1)
qRemote Controller
Operate the Rear Entertainment System
with the remote controller except for disc
insertion/ejection.
CAUTION
Do not apply excessive force to the
remote controller or get it wet. Also,
do not leave the remote controller in
a place exposed to direct sunlight or
high temperature. It could cause a
malfunction.
NOTE
Operate the remote controller with it pointed
to the disc slot of the unit. Signals may not be
received depending of the angle.
Maintenance
Stow the remote controller in its case and
put it in the seatback pocket of a front
seat.
Place the remote controller into its case
properly in the direction shown in the
figure and stow it in the front seatback
pocket.
NOTE
If the remote controller is placed in the
incorrect direction, abnormal noise or an
operation error could result.
Using the remote controller
A battery has already been installed in the
remote controller.
Remove the electrical leak-protection
insulation sheet before using the remote
controller.
Insulation
sheet
Replacing the battery
If the buttons on the remote controller are
inoperable, or the operation range
becomes narrow or unsteady, the battery
may be dead.
Replace the battery using the following
procedure.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-83
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page347
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (348,1)
Battery: CR2025 LITHIUM or
equivalent (1)
1. Press the battery case tab in the
direction indicated by the arrow using
your thumbnail, and pull out the
battery case.
Tab
Battery
case
2. Remove the old battery and install a
new one with the plus pole pointed up.
Battery (CR2025 LITHIUM or equivalent)
3. Press the battery case tab in the
direction of the arrow until a click
sound is heard.
NOTE
If the remote controller is inoperable even
after the batteries are replaced, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
ØInstall the battery with the correct
pole pointing in the correct
direction. Battery leakage could
occur if they are not installed
correctly.
ØWhen replacing the batteries, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also,
be careful not to get dirt in the
remote controller as it could be
damaged.
6-84
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page348
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (349,1)
Sound Output
qSound Output from Vehicle Speakers
Press the audio button ( ) and on-screen tab. “AUX”is displayed on the audio
display and it changes to the Rear Entertainment System sound.
Sound/Music being played by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the
vehicle speakers.
Adjust the volume with the dial on the audio unit.
qUsing the Headphone Speakers
CAUTION
ØFor safety reasons, the driver should never wear the headphones while driving.
Not being able to hear sound outside of the vehicle could result in a serious
accident.
ØUse the headphones with the volume set at moderate level. Listening at an
excessive volume level for extended periods of time will have an adverse effect on
your hearing ability.
ØIf the headphone arms are spread excessively is could result in damage.
ØDo not apply excessive force to the headphones or get them wet. Also, do not
leave the headphones in a place exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature. It
could cause a malfunction.
NOTE
lTo listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system, it is necessary to
use the wireless headphones that are included. For headphone specification, refer to
“Operation Tips for Headphones”(page 6-75).
lWhen the headphones are not in use, turn them off.
lIf there is no sound produced from a signal for 3 minutes or longer after the headphone power is
turned on, or there is no signal reception, the headphone power turns off automatically.
lIf the headphones are continuously used for 4 hours or more after the sound signal is received, the
headphone power turns off automatically.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-85
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page349
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (350,1)
The acceptable range for signals (infrared rays) from the Rear Entertainment System is as
follows:
Rear Entertainment System
Wireless headphone signal
(infrared rays) transmitter
The signals (infrared rays) can be received in
any location on the rear seats. However, the
rear of the transmitter is out of the acceptable
range.
A wireless headphone can be used in any position on the rear seats, however, the sound
may skip under the following conditions because the acceptable range varies or the signals
are blocked.
lWhen affected by intense light such as direct sunshine.
lWhen the wireless headphone receiver does not point to the Rear Entertainment System
transmitter.
lWhen the signal is blocked by an obstruction such as the seat.
6-86
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page350
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:37 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (351,1)
Replacing the battery
1. Remove the screw using a coin or equivalent, and remove the cover. Remove the
batteries.
Cover
Screw
2. Insert two AAA-size batteries. Match the polarity of the batteries with the and
marks in the battery case.
3. Install the cover.
4. Install the screw.
NOTE
Battery life (reference)
Manganese batteries: About 20 hours
Alkaline batteries: About 40 hours
The battery life is indicated as a reference and does not provide any guarantees. The battery life
varies depending on usage conditions (volume, surrounding environment).
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-87
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page351
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (352,1)
CAUTION
ØIf the battery power is depleted the headphones will not operate properly. If any of
the following occurs, replace the batteries.
ØThe power indicator does not illuminate even when the power is turned on.
ØNoise is mixed with the sound.
ØThe reception range narrows.
ØPeriodically inspect the batteries for leakage.
ØIf the headphones are not to be used for an extended period, remove the batteries.
ØBe careful not to allow the battery case screw to become loose.
ØInstall the batteries with the ( )/( ) poles correctly positioned. Battery leakage
could occur if they are not installed correctly.
ØWhen replacing the batteries, be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get
oil on them.
ØBe careful not to allow dirt to get into the headphones as it could damage them.
The following points regarding the battery must be observed.
If the batteries are not handled properly, it could result in a headphone malfunction.
ØDo not use rechargeable batteries.
ØWhen replacing the batteries, replace both batteries at the same time. Do not use
a new battery and an old battery, or the different types of battery.
6-88
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page352
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (353,1)
Rear Entertainment System Functions
qMode
The Rear Entertainment System has Disc and AUX modes.
Mode Function Page
Disc mode DVD video, video CD, DVD audio, and audio CD can be
played. 6-90
AUX (Auxiliary) mode
*
AV equipment with output terminals for image and sound,
such as a video game player and a video camera, can be
used.
6-104
* Auxiliary terminals in which AV equipment can be connected are equipped.
Refer to Auxiliary Terminals and Power Outlet on page 6-104.
Mode change
Press the SOURCE button. The mode changes between Disc and AUX.
Disc mode AUX mode
("AUX" is displayed.)("DISC" is displayed.)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-89
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page353
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (354,1)
DVD video, DVD audio,
Video CD, Audio CD and
MP3/WMA CD Playback
(Disc Mode)
DVD video, DVD audio, Video CD,
Audio CD, and MP3/WMA CD can be
played in the Disc mode.
CAUTION
For safe driving, adjust the volume
while driving so that ambient sound
can be heard.
NOTE
lDo not use the Rear Entertainment System
for a long period with the engine off. The
vehicle battery could run down.
lTo listen to the Rear Entertainment System
sound from the vehicle speakers, change the
audio sound to the Rear Entertainment
System sound.
Refer to Sound Output from Vehicle
Speakers on page 6-85.
lTo listen to audio other than from the
speakers of the rear entertainment system, it
is necessary to use the wireless headphones
that are included. For headphone
specification, refer to
“Operation Tips for Headphones”(page
6-75).
lThe cooling fan of this unit may activate if
the temperature of the unit is high, however,
this does not indicate a malfunction.
qBasic Operation
Power ON/OFF
Turning on the power
The Rear Entertainment System
automatically turns on when any of the
following operations are done with the
ignition switched to ACC or ON.
lThe display is open and a disc is
inserted.
lThe POWER button on the remote
controller is pressed.
Turning off
The Rear Entertainment System turns off
when any of the following operations are
done.
lThe POWER button on the remote
controller is pressed.
lThe ignition is switched off.
lThe display is closed.
Playback
The top menu or disc menu may be
displayed on the monitor screen when a
disc is played. From these menus, the disc
functions can be performed.
Refer to Assist Functions (DVD video,
DVD audio, video CD and audio CD) on
page 6-93.
NOTE
lFor some discs, the top menu or disc menu
may be displayed automatically after
playback.
lRefer to the instruction manual attached to
the disc for the top menu or disc menu.
When no disc is inserted
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Insert the disc into the disc slot.
After the disc is inserted, the playback
starts.
6-90
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page354
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (355,1)
CAUTION
Insert the disc with its label-side
(decorated side) facing upward. If the
disc is inserted upside-down, it may
cause a malfunction.
When a disc has been inserted
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Turn on the Rear Entertainment
System.
3. Press the PLAY button to start
playback.
NOTE
If the Rear Entertainment System has been
turned off during a previous playback,
playback automatically resumes when the
system is turned on.
Stopping the playback
Press the STOP button to stop the
playback.
To resume the playback, press the PLAY
button.
Resume playback function
The Rear Entertainment System stores the
position where the playback has been
stopped using the resume playback
function.
Press the PLAY button to resume the
playback from the position previously
stopped.
NOTE
If the RETURN button is pressed after the
playback has been stopped, the resume
playback function is canceled. Once the
resume playback function is canceled, the
playback starts from the first chapter (DVD
video)/track (video CD, audio CD, DVD
audio, or MP3/WMA CD) when the PLAY
button is pressed.
Pausing the playback
Press the PAUSE button to pause the
playback.
Press the PAUSE or PLAY button to
resume the playback.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Fast-forward
Image and sound is fast-forwarded while
the FWD button ( ) is pressed.
Reverse
Image and sound is reversed while the
REW button ( ) is pressed.
Slow playback (DVD video and video
CD)
Press the SLOW button to slow the
playback.
Press the SLOW or PLAY button to return
to normal playback speed.
NOTE
lSlow playback is not available for audio
CD, DVD audio and MP3/WMA CD.
lThe unit is muted while in slow playback.
Skipping the chapter/track
Chapter (DVD video) or track (video CD,
DVD audio, audio CD, and MP3/WMA
CD) can be skipped (changed).
Fast-forward skip
Press the NEXT button ( ) to skip to
the next chapter/track.
Reverse skip
Press the PREV button ( ) to return to
the beginning of the current chapter/track.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-91
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page355
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (356,1)
NOTE
To return to the beginning of the previous
chapter/track, press the PREV button ( )
again within 2 seconds after the button is
pressed.
Skipping to desired chapter/track
The playback can be started from the
desired chapter (DVD video)/track (video
CD, DVD audio and audio CD) by
entering the chapter/track number.
1. Enter the chapter/track number using
the number keys (0 to 9) while the disc
is being played.
2. Press the ENTER button to start the
playback from the selected chapter/
track.
Example: when selecting chapter/track
number “10”
1.Press the number key (1).
2.Press the number key (0).
3.Press the ENTER button.
NOTE
lIf a chapter/track number not in the disc is
input, the last chapter/track is played.
lRefer to the instruction manual attached to
the disc for chapter/track numbers.
Skipping to desired title/group
The playback can be started from the
desired title/group by entering the title/
group number.
1. Enter the title/group number using the
number keys (0 to 9) while the
playback is stopped.
2. Press the ENTER button to start the
playback from the selected title.
Example: When selecting title number
“2”
1.Press the number key (2).
2.Press the ENTER button.
NOTE
lIf a title/group number not in the disc is
input, the last title/group is played.
lRefer to the instruction manual attached to
the disc for the title/group numbers.
Bonus group playback
1. Press the number button (0) while a
disc is not being played.
If the disc has a bonus group
*
, the
display shows as follows.
2. Press the ENTER button to change the
display to the password input screen,
then enter the password.
For the password, see the instruction
manual attached to the disc.
* Bonus group means the 'Bonus tracks'
originally recorded in the disc.
6-92
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page356
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (357,1)
q
Assist Functions (DVD video, DVD
audio, video CD and audio CD)
Top menu and disc menu
NOTE
Operation may vary or cannot be performed
depending on the disc. Refer to the instruction
manual attached to the disc.
Top menu
Multiple titles may have been recorded on
some discs.
For these DVD discs, the desired title can
be selected in the top menu.
Disc menu
The unique functions of each DVD disc
are recorded as the menu. This is referred
to as the disc menu.
Various menu related images and sound
are recorded in the disc menu.
Displaying/selecting top menu/disc
menu
1. To display the top menu on the screen,
press the MENU button while the disc
is not being played. To display the disc
menu on the screen, press the MENU
button during playback.
2. Move the cursor to the desired menu
by operating the select button up/down
or left/right.
3. Press the ENTER button to operate the
selected menu.
4. To return to playback, press the MENU
button or the STOP button, then the
PLAY button.
Function menu
In the function menu, the following items
can be selected/operated while in
playback.
Language (sound and subtitle)
selection (DVD video and DVD audio)
Subtitle ON/OFF (DVD video)
Display angle change (DVD video and
DVD audio)
Sound output balance adjustment
(Video CD)
Repeat/random playback (Video CD,
DVD audio and audio CD)
DVD video function menu
DVD audio function menu
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-93
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page357
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (358,1)
Video CD/audio CD function menu
NOTE
lIn the function menu, the title/group
number, chapter/track number, and
playback elapsed time cannot be selected/
changed.
lSettings set in the function menu are
available only for the current disc. Settings
set in the initial setting function menu are
available for the Rear Entertainment
System unit itself so that the settings remain
after the disc is changed. Refer to Initial
Setting Function on page 6-99.
Displaying the function menu
Press the DISPLAY button while in
playback to display the function menu on
the monitor screen.
Press the DISPLAY button again to
cancel.
NOTE
For audio CD, the function menu is
automatically displayed when playback is
started.
Language (sound and subtitles)
selection (DVD video and DVD audio)
Sound and subtitles can be changed to the
desired language.
NOTE
Available languages varies depending on the
DVD disc.
1. Press the DISPLAY button to display
the function menu.
2. Move the cursor and select the sound
select mode or subtitle select mode by
operating the select button to the left or
right.
3. Move the cursor and select the desired
language by operating the select button
up or down.
4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish the
function menu.
Subtitle ON/OFF (DVD video)
Subtitle on/off can be set.
1. Press the DISPLAY button to display
the function menu.
6-94
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page358
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (359,1)
2. Move the cursor to the subtitle ON/
OFF mode by operating the select
button to the left or right.
3. Select ON to display the subtitles, or
OFF to hide them by operating the
select button up or down.
4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish the
function menu.
Display angle change (DVD video and
DVD audio)
The image can be displayed at the desired
angle.
NOTE
lDisplay angle change is not available for
discs other than multi-angle recorded DVD
discs. Refer to the instruction manual
attached to the disc for details.
lThe available angles vary depending on the
disc.
1. Press the DISPLAY button to display
the function menu.
2. Move the cursor to the display angle
change mode by operating the select
button to the left or right.
3. Move the cursor and select the desired
angle by operating the select button up
or down.
4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish the
function menu.
Sound output balance adjustment
(Video CD)
1. Press the DISPLAY button during the
video CD playback to display the
function menu.
2. Move the cursor to the sound output
balance adjustment mode by operating
the select button to the left or right.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-95
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page359
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (360,1)
3. Set the sound output to the desired
balance by operating the select button
up or down.
Press the button and the settings
changes in the order of L+R →L→R.
The sound balance changes according
to the setting.
L: Audio recorded in the audio output
channel from the left is output.
R: Audio recorded in the audio output
channel from the right is output.
LR: Audio recorded in the audio
output channel from the left/right is
output.
4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish the
function menu.
Repeat/random playback (Video CD,
DVD audio and audio CD)
Tracks can be played repeatedly or
randomly.
1. Press the DISPLAY button while in the
playback to display the function menu
on the monitor screen.
2. Move the cursor to the repeat/random
playback mode by operating the select
button to the left or right.
3. Select the desired mode by operating
the select button up or down.
(1) During DVD audio:
Each time the button is pressed, the
mode changes in the order of 1 ―
NON ―RPF ―NOF ―RND ―
RNF ―ALL ―1.
ALL: Repeats all tracks.
1: Repeats the current track.
RPF: Repeats all tracks in the current
group
NOF: Stops playback after all tracks in
the current group are played.
RND: Randomly selects and plays a
track from all tracks.
RNF: Randomly selects and plays a
track from the current group.
(2) During video CD and audio CD
Each time the button is pressed, the
mode changes in the order of 1 ―
NON ―RND ―ALL ―1.
ALL: Repeats all tracks. (Returns to
the beginning of the disc after all tracks
are played.)
1: Repeats the current track.
NON: Stops playback after all tracks in
the disc are played.
RND: Randomly plays a track.
4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish the
function menu.
NOTE
The function menu is displayed during audio
CD playback and it cannot be canceled by
pressing the DISPLAY button during playback.
q
Assist Functions (MP3/WMA CD)
Folders and files
The order of MP3/WMA file playback is
as follows:
lA folder number is assigned to each
folder on a disc.
6-96
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page360
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (361,1)
lFor example, the folder numbers for
folders (1), (3), and (5) in the figure are
not displayed because they do not
contain MP3/WMA files.
lFolders and files in a hierarchy are
played in the order that they are
recorded on the disc by the writing
software.
lUp to 255 files in 8 hierarchies can be
played.
lThe loading time may be longer
depending on the disc.
: Folder
: Order of playback
: MP3 file
: WMA file
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4
Function menu
If MP3/WMA files are to be played,
operate the select button and move the
cursor to select the playback file,
playback mode, and display mode.
Folder number/Playback list number
File number
Playback elapsed time
Playback mode
Playback status
Folder/File information display
window
Display mode
Changing the display mode
1. Move the cursor to the display mode
by operating the select button to the left
or right.
2. Change the display mode by operating
the select button up or down.
Display Displayed information
FOLDER All folders and files display
TAG INFO
File tag display
(FOLDER name, FILE name,
TITLE name, ARTIST name,
and ALBUM name) display
TREE IDX Folder tree display
PLST IDX
Playlist display
(If there is a playlist on the
disc.)
PLAYLIST
Files on playlist display
(If the files on the playlist are
being played.)
CD TRACK
CD track display
(If CD tracks on a disc which
has both MP3/WMA and CD
audio files are being played.)
Changing the playback mode
1. Move the cursor to the playback mode
by operating the select button to the left
or right.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-97
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page361
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (362,1)
2. Change the display mode by operating
the select button up or down.
Display Playback mode
ALL All files are played repeatedly.
1The current file is played
repeatedly.
NON All files are played once and the
playback stops.
RPF All files in the current folder are
played repeatedly.
NOF
Files in the current folder are
played once and the playback
stops.
RND All files are played randomly.
RNF Files in the current folder are
played randomly.
NOTE
If RND or RNF is selected during a playlist
playback, files on the playlist are played
randomly. Refer to Playlist File Playback on
page 6-98.
Selection file
While in FOLDER display mode
1. Move the cursor to the folder/file
information display window by
operating the select button to the left or
right.
2. Move the cursor to the desired folder/
file by operating the select button up or
down.
3. Press the ENTER button to play the
selected file or to move to the selected
folder.
NOTE
To return to an upper hierarchy, move the
cursor to the “PARENT FOLDER”and press
the ENTER button.
While in TREEIDX display mode
1. Move the cursor to the folder/file
information display window by
operating the select button to the left or
right.
2. Move the cursor to the folder where the
desired file is located by operating the
select button up or down.
3. Press the ENTER button. Playback
starts from the first track in the selected
folder.
NOTE
l“ ” mark is attached to a folder if the
folder has a playable MP3/WMA file.
lIf a disc including a playlist is being
played, the playlist file can be selected.
Playlist file playback
Playlist files can be played using the
following procedure:
1. Set the display mode to the TREEIDX
mode. Refer to Assist Functions (MP3/
WMA CD) on page 6-96.
2. Move the cursor to the PLAYLIST by
operating the select button.
3. Press the ENTER button to change the
display from TREEIDX to PLSTIDX.
4. Move the cursor to the desired playlist
file by operating the select button up or
down.
5. Press the ENTER button. Playback
starts in the order programmed in the
playlist file.
NOTE
The loading time after pressing the ENTER
button may be longer depending on the disc.
6-98
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page362
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (363,1)
qInitial Setting Function
The settings set in the initial setting
function remain after the unit is turned off
or the disc is changed.
The following items can be set in the
initial setting.
Lang: Sound and subtitle setting
Rating: Parental lock setting
Mark: On-Screen Mark, Angle Mark and
Mode Priority settings
Audio: Audio DRC setting
Aspect: Not available
Displaying/selecting the initial setting
function menu
1. Press the SET UP button while the disc
is not being played to display the initial
setting function menu on the monitor
screen.
NOTE
lThe initial setting can be performed with no
disc inserted.
lAfter setting the initial setting, the playback
starts from the first chapter/track.
2. Move the cursor to the desired menu
by operating the select button up/down
or left/right.
3. Press the ENTER button. The selected
menu is highlighted to indicate that the
menu is selected.
4. Select the item to be set by operating
the select button up or down.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-99
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page363
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (364,1)
5. Press the ENTER button. The
highlighted color returns to the
previous color to indicate that the
selected item is set.
6. To finish the function menu on the
monitor display, press the SET UP,
MENU, or STOP button.
Lang (Language)
Sound and subtitles can be changed to the
desired language.
Menu language: Language used for top
menu/disc menu
Sound language: Language used for
movie sound (voice)
Subtitle language: Language used for
subtitles
Changing to a language other than
English and Japanese
NOTE
lLanguages other than English and
Japanese can be set by entering the
language code in the language code list.
Refer to Language Code List on page
6-108.
lIf the selected language is not recorded in
the disc, the language is not available.
1. Move the cursor to “Other”by
operating the select button up or down.
2. Press the ENTER button, and then
operate the select button to the right.
3. Enter the desired language code by
pressing the number keys (0 to 9) or
operating the select button up or down.
4. Press the ENTER button to set the
language of the entered language code.
NOTE
If “English”or “Japanese”is selected
afterward, the previously entered language
code is cleared.
Rating
If the disc has a parental lock code,
viewing can be restricted. Also, the setting
can be protected by a password to prevent
someone changing the setting.
6-100
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page364
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (365,1)
Viewing can be restricted by setting the
parent lock level.
For example, if the level is set to 6, level 7
or higher viewing is locked and cannot be
played.
NOTE
lParent lock is not available depending on
the disc.
lThe initial password setting (when
purchased) is “0000”.
Rating change: Parent lock level setting
Country change: Setting for the country
where the disc is being played.
Password change: Registered password
changes
Changing the Rating setting
1. Enter the password by pressing the
number keys (0 to 9) or operating the
select button up or down.
2. Press the ENTER button.
If the password is confirmed, the
Rating change mode is displayed.
NOTE
The setting cannot be changed without the
correct password. Note down the password so
you don't forget it.
3. Select the desired parent lock level and
press the ENTER button to set.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-101
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page365
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (366,1)
Country change
NOTE
It is necessary to set the country code because
the parent lock level is different depending on
the country. When using the unit in U.S.A., set
the country code to “3018”. The parent lock
function is disabled without the country code
setting (page 6-110).
1. Enter the password by pressing the
number keys (0 to 9) or operating the
select button up or down.
2. Press the ENTER button.
If the password is confirmed, the
password change mode is displayed.
NOTE
The setting cannot be changed without the
correct password. Note down the password so
you don't forget it.
3. Enter the country code by pressing the
number keys (0 to 9) or operating the
select button up or down.
4. Press the ENTER button to set the
country of the entered country code.
Changing the password
1. Enter the password by pressing the
number keys (0 to 9) or operating the
select button up or down.
2. Press the ENTER button.
If the password is confirmed, the
password change mode is displayed.
NOTE
The setting cannot be changed without the
correct password. Note down the password so
you don't forget it.
6-102
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page366
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (367,1)
3. Enter the new password by pressing the
number keys (0 to 9) or operating the
select button up or down.
4. Press the ENTER button to set the new
password.
Mark
The DVD video playback status and angle
display on/off, and priority of the inserted
discs can be set.
On-Screen Mark
Select ON to display, OFF not to display
the DVD video playback status on the
upper right corner of the screen.
When the screen display is on, the
following marks are displayed on the
upper right corner of the screen (in Disc
mode).
Mark Condition
Playback
Stop (Resume standby)
Pause
Fast-forward
Reverse
Angle display
The camera mark display when multi-
angle can be performed.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-103
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page367
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (368,1)
NOTE
lThe display angle change is not available
for discs other than multi-angle recorded
DVD discs. Refer to the instruction manual
accompanying the disc for details.
lThe screen size and angle can be changed
when On-Screen Mark and Angle Mark is
off.
Mode Priority
The priority of the inserted discs (CD-R/
CD-RW) can be selected.
Audio
Digital Output
Not used with this unit.
Audio DRC
The audio dynamic range can be adjusted
to reduce the difference between the
maximum and minimum audio output.
Audio compression of the DVD video
playback can be selected or deselected
during playback using the following
modes:
Mode Function
NONE Playback with normal volume
LINE Lower volume is increased to
reduce difference in volume range.
RF
Use when it is still difficult to hear
sound while using LINE.
Sound quality is reduced while
using RF.
NOTE
Only sound output from the headphones is
available.
Auxiliary Input (AUX mode)
In AUX mode, AV equipment such as a
video game player or a video camera can
be used by connecting the image and
sound cables to the auxiliary terminals.
NOTE
lBefore operating, read the instruction
manual accompanying the AV equipment to
be used.
lTo listen to the Rear Entertainment System
sound from the vehicle speakers, change the
audio sound to the Rear Entertainment
System sound.
Refer to Sound Output from Vehicle
Speakers on page 6-85.
To listen to audio other than from the
speakers of the rear entertainment system, it
is necessary to use the wireless headphones
that are included. For headphone
specification, refer to
“Operation Tips for Headphones”(page
6-75).
lThe cooling fan for this unit may activate if
the temperature of the unit is high, however,
this does not indicate a malfunction.
qAuxiliary Terminals and Power
Outlet
The auxiliary terminals and power outlet
are positioned as shown in the figure.
Power outlet
(AC115V)
Auxiliary
terminals
6-104
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page368
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (369,1)
Auxiliary terminals
The auxiliary terminals consist of one
image input terminal and two sound input
terminals (for left and right).
Image input terminal: Yellow
Sound input (Right) terminal: Red
Sound input (Left) terminal: White
To use, open the cover.
CAUTION
Close the cover when the terminals
are not in use. If foreign material
penetrates, or liquid is spilled on it, it
may cause a malfunction.
NOTE
lFor monaural equipment (with one sound
output terminal), connect the terminal to
the sound input terminal (White). The
sound is output from the speaker to which
the terminal has been connected.
lNoise may occur depending on the
connected equipment.
Power Outlet
The power outlet can be used as a power
supply for electrical devices when the
ignition is switched to ACC or ON.
Only use AC 115 V electrical appliances
requiring no greater than 100 W
Open the cover to use the power outlet.
WARNING
ØNever use medical instruments
with the power outlet.
ØFollow the cautions below to
prevent electrical shock.
ØDo not plug accessories into the
power outlet or unplug them
with wet hands.
ØDo not put anything other than
plugs into the outlet.
ØDo not disassemble the outlet.
CAUTION
ØAlways close the cover when not in
use. If foreign objects or liquid
penetrate the outlet, it may cause
a malfunction.
ØDo not use electrical appliances
that exceed the prescribed power
capacity. It may cause a
malfunction.
NOTE
To prevent discharging of the battery, do not
use the auxiliary input for long periods with
the engine off or idling.
Plug-in
1. Open the cover.
2. Lightly insert the plug and turn the
outlet 90 degrees, then insert it fully.
POWER OUTLET
Unplug
1. Pull the plug out.
2. Close the cover.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-105
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page369
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (370,1)
NOTE
The following electrical appliances may not
operate even if their electrical capacity is 100
W or less.
lAppliances requiring large amounts of
power for activation (such as cathode-ray
tube televisions, refrigerators with a
compressor, electrical pumps, and electrical
tools)
lAppliances with a power supply frequency
switch function (such as clocks and audio)
lAppliances for precise data processing
(such as measurement equipment)
Some electrical appliances other than the
above may not operate.
The protection circuit may operate and the
power supply may be stopped to prevent
battery depletion.
When using an electrical appliance for data
processing such as a personal computer, back
up the data frequently.
The power outlet (AC115V) cannot be used in
the following cases:
lBattery power is weak
lAppliances with a capacity of 100 W or
more are used
lCabin temperature is extremely hot
Noise may occur during radio or television
operation depending on the electrical
appliance being used.
qUsing AV Equipment
CAUTION
For safe driving, adjust the volume
while driving so that ambient sound
can be heard.
NOTE
Before operating, read the instruction manual
accompanying the AV equipment to be used.
1. Switch the ignition off.
2. If a power supply is necessary, connect
the outlet to the power outlet.
Refer to Auxiliary Terminals and
Power Outlet on page 6-104.
3. Connect the image cable and sound
cables to the input terminals.
Auxiliary
terminals
Accessory socket
(DC12 V, 10 A) Plug
Red
White
Yellow
Sound cable (Right)
Sound cable (Left)
Image cable
AV
equipment
NOTE
lFor monaural equipment (with one sound
output terminal), connect the terminal to
either of the sound input terminals (Red)
and (White). The sound is output from the
speaker to which the terminal has been
connected.
lNoise may occur depending on the
connected equipment.
4. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
6-106
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page370
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (371,1)
5. Press the SOURCE button and select
the AUX mode.
Refer to Mode on page 6-89.
6. Operate the equipment following the
instruction manual accompanying the
equipment.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-107
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page371
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (372,1)
Language Code List
Language Code
Abkhazian ab 1001
Afar aa 1000
Afrekaans af 1005
Albanian sq 2816
Amharic am 1012
Arabic ar 1017
Armenian hy 1724
Assamase as 1018
Aymara ay 1024
Azerbaijani az 1025
Bashkir ba 1100
Basque eu 1420
Bengali bn 1113
Bhutani dz 1325
Bihari bh 1107
Bislama bi 1108
Breton br 1117
Bulgarian bg 1106
Burmese my 2224
Byelorussian be 1104
Cambodian km 2012
Catalan ca 1200
Chinese zh 3507
Corsican co 1214
Croatian hr 1717
Czech cs 1218
Danish da 1300
Dutch nl 2311
English en 1413
Esperanto eo 1414
Estonian et 1419
Faroese fo 1514
Fiji fj 1509
Finnish fi 1508
French fr 1517
Friesian fy 1524
Galician gl 1611
German de 1304
Gorgian ka 2000
Language Code
Greek el 1411
Greenlandic kl 2011
Guarani gn 1613
Gujarati gu 1620
Hausa ha 1700
Hebrew iw 1822
Hindi hi 1708
Hungarian hu 1720
Icelandic is 1818
Indonesian in 1813
Interlingua ia 1800
Interlingue ie 1804
Inupiak ik 1810
Irish ga 1600
Italian it 1819
Japanese ja 1900
Javanese jw 1922
Kannada kn 2013
Kashmiri ks 2018
Kazakh kk 2010
Kinyarwanda rw 2722
Kirghiz ky 2024
Kirundi rn 2713
Korean ko 2014
Kurdish ku 2020
Laothian lo 2114
Latin la 2100
Latvian lv 2121
Lingala ln 2113
Lithuanian lt 2119
Macedonian mk 2210
Malagasy mg 2206
Malay ms 2218
Malayalam ml 2211
Maltese mt 2219
Maori mi 2208
Marathi mr 2217
Moldavian mo 2214
Mongolian mn 2213
6-108
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page372
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (373,1)
Language Code
Nauru na 2300
Nepali ne 2304
Norwegian no 2314
Occtian oc 2402
Oriya or 2417
Oromo om 2412
Panjabi pa 2500
Pashto, Pushto ps 2518
Persian fa 1500
Polish pl 2511
Portuguese pt 2519
Quechua qu 2620
Rhaeto-Romance rm 2712
Romanian ro 2714
Russian ru 2720
Samoan sm 2812
Sangho sg 2806
SanSkrit sa 2800
Scots-Gaelic gd 1603
Serbian sr 2817
Serbo-Croatian sh 2807
Sesotho st 2819
Setswana tn 2913
Shona sn 2813
Sindhi sd 2803
Singhalese si 2808
Siswaiti ss 2818
Slovak sk 2810
Slovenian sl 2811
Somali so 2814
Spanish es 1418
Sundanese su 2820
Swahili sw 2822
Swedish sv 2821
Tagalog tl 2911
Tajik tg 2906
Tamil ta 2900
Tatar tt 2919
Telugu te 2904
Thai th 2907
Tibetan bo 1114
Language Code
Tigrinya ti 2908
Tonga to 2914
Tsonga ts 2918
Tukmen tk 2910
Turkish tr 2917
Twi tw 2922
Ukrainian uk 3010
Urdu ur 3017
Uzbek uz 3025
Vietnamese vi 3108
Volapuk vo 3114
Welsh cy 1224
Wolof wo 3214
Xhosa xh 3307
Yiddish ji 1908
Yoruba yo 3414
Zulu zu 3520
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-109
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page373
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (374,1)
Country Code List
Country Code
Afghanistan AF 1005
Albania AL 1011
Algeria DZ 1325
American Samoa AS 1018
Andorra AD 1003
Angola AO 1014
Anguilla AI 1008
Antarctica AQ 1016
Antigua and Barbuda AG 1006
Argentina AR 1017
Armenia AM 1012
Aruba AW 1022
Australia AU 1020
Austria AT 1019
Azerbaijan AZ 1025
Bahamas BS 1118
Bahrain BH 1107
Bangladesh BD 1103
Barbados BB 1101
Belarus BY 1124
Belgium BE 1104
Belize BZ 1125
Benin BJ 1109
Bermuda BM 1112
Bhutan BT 1119
Bolivia BO 1114
Bosnia and Herzegovina BA 1100
Botswana BW 1122
Bouvet Island BV 1121
Brazil BR 1117
British Indian Ocean
Territory IO 1814
Brunei BN 1113
Bulgaria BG 1106
Burkina Faso BF 1105
Burundi BI 1108
Cambodia KH 2007
Cameroon CM 1212
Canada CA 1200
Country Code
Cape Verde CV 1221
Cayman Islands KY 2024
Central African Republic CF 1205
Chad TD 2903
Chile CL 1211
China CN 1213
Christmas Island CX 1223
Cocos (Keeling) Islands CC 1202
Colombia CO 1214
Comoros KM 2012
Congo CG 1206
Congo, The Democratic
Republic of the CD 1203
Cook Islands CK 1210
Costa Rica CR 1217
Cote D'Ivoire CI 1208
Croatia (Hrvatska) HR 1717
Cuba CU 1220
Cyprus CY 1224
Czech Republic CZ 1225
Denmark DK 1310
Djibouti DJ 1309
Dominica DM 1312
Dominican Republic DO 1314
East Timor TP 2915
Ecuador EC 1402
Egypt EG 1406
El Salvador SV 2821
Equatorial Guinea GQ 1616
Eritrea ER 1417
Estonia EE 1404
Ethiopia ET 1419
Falkland Islands (Malvinas) FK 1510
Faroe Islands FO 1514
Fiji FJ 1509
Finland FI 1508
France FR 1517
French Guiana GF 1605
French PF 2505
6-110
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page374
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (375,1)
Country Code
French Southern Territories TF 2905
Gabon GA 1600
Gambia GM 1612
Georgia GE 1604
Germany DE 1304
Ghana GH 1607
Gibraltar GI 1608
Greece GR 1617
Greenland GL 1611
Grenada GD 1603
Guadeloupe GP 1615
Guam GU 1620
Guatemala GT 1619
Guinea GN 1613
Guinea-Bissau GW 1622
Guyana GY 1624
Haiti HT 1719
Heard and McDonald Islands HM 1712
Holy See (Vatican City State) VA 3100
Honduras HN 1713
Hong Kong HK 1710
Hungary HU 1720
Iceland IS 1818
India IN 1813
Indonesia ID 1803
Iran, Islamic Republic of IR 1817
Iraq IQ 1816
Ireland IE 1804
Israel IL 1811
Italy IT 1819
Jamaica JM 1912
Japan JP 1915
Jordan JO 1914
Kazakstan KZ 2025
Kenya KE 2004
Kiribati KI 2008
Korea (North), Democratic
People's Republic KP 2015
Korea (South), Republic of KR 2017
Kuwait KW 2022
Kyrgyzstan KG 2006
Country Code
Lao People's Democratic LA 2100
Latvia LV 2121
Lebanon LB 2101
Lesotho LS 2118
Liberia LR 2117
Libyan Arab Jamahiriya LY 2124
Liechtenstein LI 2108
Lithuania LT 2119
Luxembourg LU 2120
Macau MO 2214
Macedonia, the Former
Yugoslav Republic of MK 2210
Madagascar MG 2206
Malawi MW 2222
Malaysia MY 2224
Maldives MV 2221
Mali ML 2211
Malta MT 2219
Marshall Islands MH 2207
Martinique MQ 2216
Mauritania MR 2217
Mauritius MU 2220
Mayotte YT 3419
Mexico MX 2223
Micronesia, Federated States FM 1512
Moldova, Republic MD 2203
Monaco MC 2202
Mongolia MN 2213
Montserrat MS 2218
Morocco MA 2200
Mozambique MZ 2225
Myanmar (Burma) MM 2212
Namibia NA 2300
Nauru NR 2317
Nepal NP 2315
Netherlands NL 2311
Netherlands Antilles AN 1013
New Caledonia NC 2302
New Zealand NZ 2325
Nicaragua NI 2308
Niger NE 2304
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-111
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page375
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (376,1)
Country Code
Nigeria NG 2306
Niue NU 2320
Norfolk Island NF 2305
Northern Mariana Islands MP 2215
Norway NO 2314
Oman OM 2412
Pakistan PK 2510
Palau PW 2522
Palestinian Territory,
Occupied PS 2518
Panama PA 2500
Papua New Guinea PG 2506
Paraguay PY 2524
Peru PE 2504
Philippines PH 2507
Pitcairn PN 2513
Poland PL 2511
Portugal PT 2519
Puerto Rico PR 2517
Qatar QA 2600
Reunion RE 2704
Romania RO 2714
Russian Federation RU 2720
Rwanda RW 2722
Saint Helena SH 2807
Saint Kitts and KN 2013
Saint Lucia LC 2102
Saint Pierre and Miquelon PM 2512
Saint Vincent and the
Grenadines VC 3102
Samoa WS 3218
San Marino SM 2812
Sao Tome and Principe ST 2819
Saudi Arabia SA 2800
Senegal SN 2813
Seychelles SC 2802
Sierra Leone SL 2811
Singapore SG 2806
Slovakia (Slovak Republic) SK 2810
Slovenia SI 2808
Solomon Islands SB 2801
Somalia SO 2814
Country Code
South Africa ZA 3500
South Georgia and the South
Sandwich Islands GS 1618
Spain ES 1418
Sri Lanka LK 2110
Sudan SD 2803
Suriname SR 2817
Svalbard and Jan Mayen
Islands SJ 2809
Swaziland SZ 2825
Sweden SE 2804
Switzerland CH 1207
Syrian Arab Republic SY 2824
Taiwan, Province of China TW 2922
Tajikistan TJ 2909
Tanzania, United Republic TZ 2925
Thailand TH 2907
Togo TG 2906
Tokelau TK 2910
Tonga TO 2914
Trinidad and Tobago TT 2919
Tunisia TN 2913
Turkey TR 2917
Turkmenistan TM 2912
Turks and Caicos Islands TC 2902
Tuvalu TV 2921
Uganda UG 3006
Ukraine UA 3000
United Arab Emirates AE 1004
United Kingdom GB 1601
United States US 3018
United States Minor Outlying
Islands UM 3012
Uruguay UY 3024
Uzbekistan UZ 3025
Vanuatu VU 3120
Vatican City State See Holy
See VA 3100
Venezuela VE 3104
Viet Nam VN 3113
Virgin Islands, British VG 3106
Virgin Islands, U.S. VI 3108
6-112
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page376
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (377,1)
Country Code
Wallis and Futuna Islands WF 3205
Western Sahara EH 1407
Yemen YE 3404
Yugoslavia YU 3420
Zaire See Congo, The
Democratic Republic of the ZR 3517
Zambia ZM 3512
Zimbabwe ZW 3522
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-113
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page377
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (378,1)
Error Message
qMessage
Disc mode error message
Use of Non-supported Disc
An error message is displayed if a non-
supported DVD-ROM disc, a non-
supported disc format or a disc (PAL,
other) with a different image signal
encoding is read.
If the disc content cannot be read:
An error message is displayed if the disc
cannot be read due to scratches or the
content cannot be read.
Incorrect region code
An error message is displayed if a disc
other than one with region code 1 or
including region 1 is inserted.
High temperature malfunction
If the temperature surrounding the DVD
player area exceeds 88°C (190°F), the
DVD player operation is stopped to
protect the unit. When the temperature
decreases to 70°C (158°F) or less, the
protective circuit function is cleared and
the operation is restored.
6-114
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page378
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (379,1)
System errors (Common to each mode)
Power malfunction
An error message is displayed if the
power supply to the rear entertainment
system drops (About 9.5 V or less), and
the power is turned off.
The power is restored when the power
supply to the rear entertainment system is
10 V or more.
High temperature malfunction
If the temperature around the LCD area
exceeds 95°C (203°F), the power supply
is turned off to protect the LCD.
When the temperature around the LCD
area is 85°C (185°F) or less, the
protective circuit function is cleared and
the operation is restored.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-115
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page379
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (380,1)
Symptoms and Actions
If any malfunction is suspected, verify the following before requesting a repair.
If the problem cannot be solved after performing the procedure, have the system inspected
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Some functions are not available depending on the disc. Read the instruction manual
attached to the disc before operating.
Symptom Cause Action
System
cannot be
turned on
The ignition is switched off. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
The remote controller batteries are
weak.
Replace the batteries with new ones.
Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-83.
Remote controller batteries poles are
pointed in the wrong direction.
Install the batteries in the correct direction.
Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-83.
The vehicle battery is weak. Recharge or replace the vehicle battery.
The cabin temperature
(Rear Entertainment System unit tem-
perature) is high.
Retry after the temperature has lowered.
Image
cannot be
displayed
The ignition is switched off. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
No disc is inserted. Insert a disc.
An invalid disc is inserted. Insert a disc which can be played by this unit.
Refer to Operating Tips for Disc on page 6-68.
The wrong mode has been selected. Select the correct mode by pressing the SOURCE button.
Refer to Mode on page 6-89.
Disc cannot
be played
No disc is inserted. Insert a disc.
Disc is inserted upside down. Insert the disc with the label-side up.
Parent lock level is set. Clear or change the parent lock level.
Sound
cannot be
output
The ignition is switched off. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
Volume is too low. Adjust the volume.
The audio unit is not set in the Rear
Entertainment System mode.
Set the audio unit in the Rear Entertainment System mode.
Refer to Sound Output on page 6-85.
An invalid disc has been inserted. Insert a disc which can be played by this unit.
Refer to Operating Tips for Disc on page 6-68.
No disc is inserted. Insert a disc.
Disc is inserted upside down. Insert the disc with the label-side up.
Playback has been paused. Cancel the pause.
The playback is in slow, fast-forward, or
reverse mode.
Select normal playback.
Refer to Basic Operation on page 6-90.
Audio is not
output from
vehicle's
speakers or
headphones
DTS format language is selected and
played back.
(The vehicle speakers and wireless
headphones cannot playback DTS for-
mat language)
Select audio other than DTS format.
Image
and/or sound
is distorted.
The disc is dirty. Clean the signal surface of the disc.
The disc has a scratch. Replace the disc with another one.
Dew condensation on the disc Clear the dew condensation.
6-116
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page380
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (381,1)
Symptom Cause Action
There are
subtle spots
or
luminescent
spots on the
screen.
The LCD is high tech equipment with a
99.99% effective sensor resolution.
However, please be aware that 0.01%
pixel failure or pixel continuous
illuminated pixels may exist.
―
Subtitles
cannot be
changed
Other languages are not recorded on the
disc.
Check the available language in the instruction manual
accompanying the disc.
Display
angle cannot
be changed
Multiple angles are not recorded on the
disc.
Check the available angle in the instruction manual
accompanying the disc.
Remote
controller is
inoperable
The remote controller is not pointed
toward the receiver on the unit.
Point the remote controller toward the receiver on the unit.
The receiver is near the disc slot.
There is an obstruction between the
remote controller and the unit.
Operate the remote controller avoiding the obstruction so
that the signal reaches the receiver on the unit. The
receiver is near the disc slot.
The remote controller batteries are
weak.
Replace the batteries with new ones.
Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-83.
Remote controller batteries poles are
pointed in the wrong direction.
Install the batteries in the correct direction.
Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-83.
No audio
output from
the
headphones.
No power to the headphones. Turn on the power to the headphones.
The headphones' optical receiver is not
pointed towards the main unit's
transmitter.
Point the headphones' optical receiver towards the main
unit's transmitter. The main unit's transmitter is located
near the disc insertion area.
There is an obstruction between the
headphones and the main unit. Avoid the obstruction.
The headphones' batteries are depleted. Replace the batteries with new ones.
The headphones' batteries have not been
correctly inserted in the /
directions.
Insert the batteries correctly.
The headphones are exposed to direct
sunlight. Use the headphones while avoiding direct sunlight.
Power turns off automatically.
If there is no sound for 3 minutes or longer, or if the
headphones are continuously used for 4 hours, there is a
function which automatically turns the power off. Turn the
power to headphones back on.
The
headphones'
optical
reception
range is too
narrow.
The headphones' batteries are weak. Replace the batteries with new ones.
There is
excessive
noise in the
headphone
audio
The headphones' batteries are weak. Replace the batteries with new ones.
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
6-117
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page381
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (382,1)
Bluetooth®
í
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free outline
When a Bluetooth
®
device (mobile phone) is connected to the vehicle's Hands-Free unit
via radio wave transmission, a call can be made or received by pressing the talk button,
pick-up button, hang-up button, or voice command on the steering wheel, or by operating
the panel. For example, even if a device (mobile phone) is in your coat pocket, a call can
be made without taking the device (mobile phone) out and operating it directly.
Bluetooth
®
audio outline
When a portable audio unit equipped with the Bluetooth
®
communication function is
programmed to the Bluetooth
®
unit, you can listen to music recorded on the programmed
portable audio device from the vehicle's speakers. It is not necessary to connect the
portable audio device to the vehicle's external input terminal. After programming, operate
the vehicle audio control panel to play/stop the audio.
Applicable Bluetooth
®
specification
Ver. 2.0 or higher
Response profile
lHFP (Hands-Free Profile) Ver. 1.5
lDUN (Dial-up Networking Profile) Ver. 1.1
lPBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) Ver. 1.0
lOPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1
lMAP (Message Access Profile) Ver. 1.0
6-118
Interior Comfort
í
Some models.
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page382
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (383,1)
qComponent Parts
Talk button, Pick-up button and Hang-up button
Microphone
Talk button
Hang-up button
Pick-up button
Audio unit
Microphone
Audio unit
The audio unit is used for volume adjustment and touch panel operation. Bluetooth
®
information is displayed in the display. The screen is switched by touching the tab for each
function to be used.
Do not press the panel strongly or press it with a sharp-pointed object.
Microphone (Hands-Free)
The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or exchanging conversation.
Talk button, Pick-Up button and Hang-Up button (Hands-Free)
The basic functions of Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free can be used for such things as making calls
or hanging up using the talk button, pick-up button and hang-up button on the steering
wheel.
Volume adjustment
The power/volume dial of the audio unit is used to adjust the volume. Turn the dial to the
right to increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-119
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page383
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (384,1)
Conversation volume and the volume of the voice guidance and ringtone can each be set in
advance.
1. Touch the on-screen tab to display the Bluetooth
®
setting screen.
2. Touch the on-screen button to display the volume adjustment screen.
3. (Volume up) Touch the on-screen button.
(Volume down) Touch the on-screen button.
4. Prompt: “Phone call will be at this volume.”or
“Voice guidance will be at this volume.”
NOTE
The volume of the audio unit cannot be adjusted while Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free is being used.
qBluetooth® Preparation
Device programming (Pairing)
To use Bluetooth
®
audio and Hands-Free,
the device equipped with Bluetooth
®
has
to be programmed to the unit using the
following procedure. A maximum of
seven devices including Bluetooth
®
audio
devices and Hands-Free mobile phones
can be programmed.
NOTE
lFor your safety, a device can be
programmed only when the vehicle is
parked. If the vehicle starts to move, the
pairing procedure will end. Park the car in
a safe place before programming.
lThe communication range of a Bluetooth
®
equipped device is about 10 meters (32 ft)
or less.
CAUTION
Some Bluetooth
®
mobile devices are
not compatible with the vehicle.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer,
Mazda's call center or Web support
center for information regarding
Bluetooth
®
mobile device
compatibility:
ØU.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
ØCanada
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
ØMexico
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA
Web: www.mazdamexico.com.mx
Pairing Procedure
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen
button. The list of pairing devices is
displayed.
3. Touch the on-screen button to
display the message and switch to the
device operation.
6-120
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page384
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (385,1)
4. Using your device, perform a search
for the Bluetooth
®
device (Peripheral
device).
5. Select “Mazda”from the device list
searched by the device.
6. (Device with Bluetooth
®
version 2.0)
Input the displayed 4-digit pairing code
into the device.
(Device with Bluetooth
®
version 2.1
or higher)
lJust Works is detected
The pairing is performed
automatically.
lNumeric Comparison is detected
Verify the displayed 6-digit code on
the audio unit, which is also
displayed on the device, and touch
the on-screen button.
7. (Device with PBAP profile)
Call history (incoming/outgoing
history) for the device is downloaded
automatically.
After a device is registered, the system
automatically identifies the device. By
activating Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free again,
or by activating Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free
first after switching the ignition from OFF
to ACC, the device connection condition
is indicated in the display.
Device selection
If several devices have been programmed,
the Bluetooth
®
unit links the device last
programmed. If you would like to link a
different programmed device, it is
necessary to change the link. The order of
device priority after the link has been
changed is maintained even when the
ignition is switched off.
NOTE
If the device name cannot be displayed, “...”is
added at the end of the title which is displayed.
Connecting other devices
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen
button.
3. Touch the device name which you
want to connect to display the device
information screen.
4. Touch the on-screen button to
connect as a Hands-Free device. Touch
the on-screen button to connect
as a Bluetooth
®
audio device.
5. Touch the on-screen button.
6. (Device with PBAP profile)
Call history (incoming/outgoing
history) for the device is downloaded
automatically.
If the connection is completed, the device
name is displayed. Touch the on-
screen button to display the device list
screen and display the or icon in the
new device name which is connected.
Disconnecting a device
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen
button.
3. Touch the device name which is
currently connected to display the
device information screen.
4. Touch the on-screen button to
disconnect the Hands-Free device.
Touch the on-screen button to
disconnect the audio device.
5. Touch the on-screen button.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-121
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page385
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (386,1)
Registered device deletion
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen
button.
3. Touch the device name which you
want to delete.
4. Touch the on-screen button.
5. Touch the on-screen button.
NOTE
If you want to delete all of the pairing devices,
perform the restore default.
Changing PIN code
PIN code (4 digits) can be changed.
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen button.
3. Delete the PIN code which is currently
set.
4. Input the new PIN code to be set.
5. Touch the on-screen button.
Restore Defaults
All the pairing device information and
phonebook data can be deleted.
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen
button.
3. Touch the on-screen button.
4. Touch the on-screen button.
qAvailable Language
The Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free System
applies to the following languages:
lEnglish
lSpanish
lFrench
Refer to Setup on page 6-52.
qVoice Recognition
The Mazda Bluetooth
®
Hands-free system
can be used to make calls or operate the
audio unit using voice recognition which
includes numerous convenient commands.
In this section, the basic operation of the
voice recognition is explained.
Activating Voice Recognition
To Activate the Main Menu: Press the
talk-button.
To Activate the Phone Menu: Press the
pick-up button. After activating the main
menu, say “Phone”.
To Activate the Navi Menu: After
activating the main menu, say
“Navigation”.
NOTE
lWhen activating the Phone Menu from the
Main Menu, the user is informed of the
available options (Call, Dial, Redial, Call
back, Setup or Emergency) via voice
navigation.
lFor voice recognition details with the
navigation system, refer to the separate
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's
Manual”.
Ending Voice Recognition
Use one of the following methods:
lPress and hold the talk-button.
lPress the hang-up button.
6-122
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page386
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (387,1)
Skipping Voice Guidance (for faster
operation)
Press and release the talk-button.
NOTE
lThe Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free system is
operable several seconds after the ignition
is switched to ACC or ON (requires less
than 15 seconds).
lWhen operating the audio unit or the A/C
while using Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free, the
beep sounds or voice guidance (audio unit)/
cannot be heard.
Tutorial
The tutorial explains how to use
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free.
The available tutorial items are General,
Phone, and Audio.
To activate the tutorial, do the following:
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Tutorial”
4. Prompt: “Tutorial”
5. Say: [Beep]
“XXXXX... (Tutorial item)”
6. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.
Commands useable anytime during
voice recognition
“Help”,“Go Back”,“Cancel”,
“Display OFF/Display ON”are
commands which can be used at anytime
during voice recognition.
Help function use
The help function informs the user of all
the available voice commands under the
current conditions.
1. Say: [Beep] “Help”
2. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.
Returning to previous operation
This command is for returning to the
previous operation while in the voice
recognition mode.
Say: [Beep] “Go Back”
Cancel
The Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free system
transitions to standby status if the
following operation is performed while
the system is activating.
Say: [Beep] “Cancel”
Display OFF/Display ON
The audio unit display can be switched
off/on by voice recognition operation.
Say: [Beep] “Display OFF”(or
“Display ON”)
To prevent a deterioration in the voice
recognition rate and voice quality, the
following points should be observed:
lThe Hands-free system cannot perform
voice recognition while voice guidance
or a beep sound is operating. Wait until
the voice guidance or the beep sound is
finished before saying your commands.
lDialects or different wording other than
Hands-Free prompts cannot be
recognized by voice recognition. Speak
in the wording specified by the voice
commands.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-123
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page387
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (388,1)
lIt is not necessary to face the
microphone or approach it. Speak the
voice commands while maintaining a
safe driving position.
lDo not speak too slow or too loud.
lSpeak clearly, without pausing between
words or numbers.
lClose the windows and/or the
moonroof to reduce loud noises from
outside the vehicle, or turn down the
airflow of the air-conditioning system
while Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free is being
used.
lMake sure the vents are not directing
air towards the microphone.
NOTE
If the voice recognition performance is not
satisfactory.
Refer to Troubleshooting on page 6-147.
Bluetooth® Hands-Free
qMaking a Call
Phonebook Usage
Make a call by saying the contact name in
the downloaded phonebook.
Telephone calls can be made by saying
the name of a person whose phone
number has been registered in Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free in advance. Refer to Import
contact (Download Phonebook).
1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Call”
4. Prompt: “Call. Name, please.”
5. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John”)”
(Say a name registered in the
phonebook.)
The name spoken will be searched for
in the phonebook.
If a contact is matched, go to Step 7.
If multiple contacts are matched, go to
Step 6.
6. Prompt:
“Would you like to call XXXXX...
(Choice 1)?”
(Person you would like to call)
Say: [Beep] “Yes.”Then go to Step 7.
(Person you do not want to call)
Say: [Beep] “No”Then go to Step 6
(Maximum 3 times)
7. Prompt:
“Would you like to call XXXXX... (Ex.
“John”) at home, at work, or mobile, or
other... or press the hang-up button to
exit Hands-Free mode.”
8. Say: [Beep]
“XXXXX... (Ex. “at home”)”
6-124
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page388
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (389,1)
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John”)
XXXX (Ex. “at home”). Press the pick-
up button to call, or say Go Back to
enter a different name.”
10. (Dialing) Press the pick-up button or
say “Call”. Then go to Step 11.
(Name correction) Say, “Go Back”.
Then go back to Step 4.
11. The call is made.
NOTE
The “Call”command, Name in the
phonebook, and Location can be combined.
Ex. In Step 3, say, “Call John's phone”, then,
Steps 4 and 5 can be skipped.
Panel operation
1. Touch the on-screen tab to
display the phonebook screen.
2. Touch the contact you would like to
call to display the screen indicating the
details for the contact.
3. Touch the desired phone number to
make the call.
Import contact (Download Phonebook)
Phonebook data from your device (Mobile
phone) can be sent and registered to your
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free phonebook using
Bluetooth
®
.
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen
button.
3. Touch the or
on-screen button to switch to the
device operation.
NOTE
lIf the phonebook has been already
registered to the Hands-Free unit during
“all phonebooks download”, the current
phonebook is overwritten.
lA maximum of 1000 contacts can be
registered to the phonebook.
lPhonebook, incoming/outgoing call record,
and speed dialing memory are exclusive to
each mobile phone to protect privacy.
4. Download will be started from the
mobile phone.
Phonebook data deletion
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the contact information which
you want to delete.
3. Touch the on-screen button.
Call History Usage
A call can be made using the call history
(incoming/outgoing history) downloaded
from the mobile phone (Redial/Call back).
The call history is downloaded
automatically when connecting or pairing
the Hands-Free and mobile phone.
NOTE
If an anonymous call is received, the phone
number displayed in the Incoming Call History
may be random numbers. This is because a
mobile phone sends random numbers to the
vehicle. In this case, please be aware that the
Redial and Call back functions below may not
operate.
Redial Function
This voice command makes a call to the
last person you called (either from your
mobile phone or from the vehicle).
1. Press the pick-up button.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-125
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page389
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (390,1)
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Redial”
4. A call is made to the most recent call in
the Call history (outgoing).
Call back Function
This voice command makes a call to the
last person who called you.
1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Call back”
4. A call is made to the most recent call in
the Call history (incoming).
Speed Dial Function
A maximum of eight telephone numbers
can be registered. It will take less time to
make a call after registering the telephone
number. In addition, you do not have to
look for the person you want to call in the
phonebook.
Speed Dial registration from
phonebook
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen button.
3. Touch the on-screen button.
4. Touch the contact you would like to
register to the speed dial.
5. Touch the telephone number you
would like to register.
6. Verify that the registered name and
telephone number are displayed in the
phonebook, and touch the on-
screen button.
Making calls using the Speed Dial
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the contact information you
would like to call.
Changing registered contacts to other
contacts
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen button.
3. Touch the on-screen button.
4. Touch the contact you would like to
register to the speed dial.
5. Touch the telephone number you
would like to register.
6. Verify that the registered name and
telephone number are displayed in the
phonebook, and touch the on-
screen button.
Speed Dial data deletion
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen button for
the contact you would like to delete.
3. Touch the on-screen button to
display the confirmation screen.
Telephone Number Input
NOTE
Practice this while parked until you are
confident you can do it while driving in a non-
taxing road situation. If you are not completely
comfortable, make all calls from a safe
parking position, and move out only when fully
under control and you can devote your eyes
and mind to driving.
1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
4. Prompt: “Dial. Number, please”
6-126
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page390
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (391,1)
5. Say: [Beep]
“XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “5551234”)
(Telephone number)”
6. Prompt:
“XXXXXXXXXXX. (Ex “5551234”)
(Telephone number (first choice))”
7. Prompt:
“Press the pick-up button to dial, or
continue to add numbers. You can also
say ‘Option A’or ‘Option B’to replace
the last block of digits with the
displayed alternate, or say ‘Go Back’to
delete the last block of digits.”
8. (Dialing)
Press the pick-up button or say, “Dial”,
then go to Step 9.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX”(desired telephone
number). Then go to Step 5.
(The last recognized telephone
number is replaced by Option A or
B)
Say, “Option A”or “Option B”. Then
go to Step 6.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“The last entered numbers have been
removed”. Then go back to Step 4 or
Step 7.
9. The call is made.
NOTE
For the faster operation, the “Dial”command
and a telephone number can be combined.
Ex. In Step 3, say, “Dial 1234567”, then, Steps
4 and 5 can be skipped.
Panel operation
1. Input the telephone number using the
numerical keypad.
2. Touch the on-screen button to
make the call.
Numeral or symbol entry
Use the numerical keypad.
Long-press the on-screen button to
input .
Touch the on-screen button to delete
the currently input value.
Emergency calls
A call can be made to the emergency
phone number (911: U.S.A/Canada, 066:
Mexico) using the voice input command.
It may not function properly in some areas
in Mexico.
1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”
4. Prompt:
“Emergency. Press the Pick-Up button
to dial the Emergency number.”
5. (Dialing) Press the pick-up button or
say “Call.”
6. Prompt:
“Dialing XXX (911: U.S.A/Canada,
066: Mexico).”
Automatic 911 (U.S.A./Canada only)
If the air bags are deployed, a call is made
automatically to 911 from the connected
device.
1. If the air bags are deployed,
notification of the call made to 911 is
made via audio and screen display. To
cancel the call, press the Hang-up
button within 10 seconds.
2. If the hang-up button is not pressed
within 10 seconds, the call is made to
911 automatically.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-127
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page391
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (392,1)
NOTE
If a Hands-free device is not connected, it is
connected automatically.
The 911 operator can verify the vehicle’s
position information.
(Switching automatic 911 on and off)
The system can be set to not call 911 if
the air bags deploy.
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen
button.
3. Touch the on-screen button or
on-screen button.
4. Touch the on screen button.
qReceiving an Incoming Call
1. Prompt:
“Incoming call, press the pick-up
button to answer”
2. To accept the call, press the pick-up
button or touch the on-screen
button.
To reject the call, press the hang-up
button or touch the on-screen
button.
NOTE
To stop receiving phone calls, turn the Don't
Disturb Me function on.
qHanging Up a Call
Press the hang-up button or touch the
on-screen button during the call.
qMute
The microphone can be muted during a
call.
Touch the on-screen button.
Touch the on-screen button during
mute to cancel the mute.
qTransferring a call from Hands-
Free to a mobile phone
Communication between the Hands-Free
unit and a device (Mobile phone) is
canceled, and the line can be switched to a
standard call using a device (Mobile
phone).
Touch the on-screen button.
NOTE
If the ignition is switched off during a Hands-
Free call, the line is transferred to the device
(Mobile phone) automatically.
qTransferring a call from a device
(mobile phone) to Hands-Free
Communication between devices (mobile
phone) can be switched to Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free.
Touch the on-screen button.
qCall interrupt
A call can be interrupted to receive an
incoming call from a third party.
To switch to a new incoming call.
Touch the on-screen button or press
the pick-up button on the steering wheel.
NOTE
lAfter receiving a new incoming call, the
previous call is placed on hold.
lTouch the on-screen button or press
the hang-up button on the steering wheel to
refuse a call.
6-128
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page392
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (393,1)
Switching calls
Switching back to the previous call can
also be done.
Touch the on-screen button or
press the pick-up button on the steering
wheel.
Three-way call function
Touch the on-screen button.
qDTMF (Dual Tone Multi-
Frequency Signal) Transmission
This function is used when transmitting
DTMF via the Numerical Keypad. The
receiver of a DTMF transmission is
generally a home telephone answering
machine or a company's automated
guidance call center.
1. Touch the on-screen button
after connecting to a home device or
service to display the tone transmission
screen.
2. Input the number using a numerical
keypad.
NOTE
If the DTMF code has two or more digits or
symbols, each one must be transmitted
individually.
qReceiving and Replying to
Messages (only MAP 1.0)
SMS (Short Message Service) messages,
MMS (Multimedia Messaging Service)
messages, and E-mail received by
connected devices can be downloaded,
displayed, and played.
Additionally, replies can also be made to
calls and messages in the received
messages.
Downloading messages
Up to 15 new messages can be
downloaded and displayed from a
connected device.
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen button.
NOTE
lMessages that have not been read are
downloaded first.
lAttached data is not downloaded.
lMessages up to 160-bytes can be
downloaded.
lA message list is created for each device.
lIf there are unread messages, the receive
icon is displayed.
lIf the connected device does not correspond
to MAP 1.0, the AT command is used to
download. The downloaded message
indicates that it is already read.
lDownloading using the AT command may
not function depending on the connected
device.
Receiving messages
When a device receives a message, a
message received notification is
displayed.
When the on-screen button
is touched, the message is downloaded.
NOTE
To not display the message received
notification, turn on the Don't Disturb Me
function.
Displaying messages
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the message you want to
display.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-129
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page393
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (394,1)
NOTE
lTouch the on-screen button to display
the next message, and press the
on-screen button to display the previous
message.
lWhen the on-screen button is
pressed, the message content is played.
Message playback
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the message you want to have
played back.
3. Touch the on-screen button.
NOTE
To stop the message playback, touch the
on-screen button.
Calling a person who sent a message
Calls can be made to persons sending
SMS and MMS messages.
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the message to which you want
to make a call.
3. Touch the on-screen button.
NOTE
Calls cannot be made to persons who have
sent e-mail.
Replying to messages
Replies to received messages can be sent
by selecting from the stored preset
messages.
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the message to which you want
to reply.
3. Touch the on-screen button.
4. Select the sentence to be sent from the
preset messages.
5. Press the on-screen button.
NOTE
The preset messages cannot be changed.
Erasing messages
Downloaded messages can be erased.
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the message you want to erase.
3. Touch the on-screen button.
4. Touch the on-screen button.
NOTE
The messages stored in a device cannot be
erased.
qDon't Disturb Me function
Setting can be made to not notify you of
received phone calls and messages.
1. Touch the on-screen tab.
2. Touch the on-screen
button.
3. To set, touch the on-screen button
or the on-screen button.
4. Touch the on screen button.
NOTE
The following operations are possible even
when the Don't Disturb Me function is on.
lReceiving phone calls
lDownloading messages
lDownloading phone books
lDownloading the incoming/outgoing call
record
lSending messages
6-130
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page394
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (395,1)
qAudio Operation Using Voice
Recognition
Audio on/off, audio mode switching, and
audio operations can be done using voice
recognition.
NOTE
(When playing a USB or iPod)
When a track is selected using voice
recognition, the track list is set to VR Playlist.
Starting the audio
The audio can be started using voice
recognition.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Turn on audio”
4. Power to the audio is turned on.
Turning off the audio
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Change mode”
4. Prompt: “Available audio modes are:
AM, FM, FM1, FM2, Sirius, Sirius1,
Sirius2, Sirius3, USB, iPod,
Bluetooth
®
audio, Pandora
®
, CD,
AUX, Turn off audio”
5. Say: [Beep] “Turn off audio”
6. Power to the audio is turned off.
Mode switching
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Change mode”
4. Prompt: “Available audio modes are:
AM, FM, FM1, FM2, Sirius, Sirius1,
Sirius2, Sirius3, USB, iPod,
Bluetooth
®
audio, Pandora
®
, CD,
AUX, Turn off audio”
5. Say: [Beep] “XXX (Ex. “AM”) (audio
source)”
6. The audio source is switched.
NOTE
CD, SIRIUS digital satellite radio, USB, iPod,
BT audio, and Pandora
®
modes cannot be
selected in the following cases:
lSIRIUS digital satellite radio unit, USB
memory, iPod, BT audio, or Pandora
®
unit
is not equipped on the audio system.
lCD has not been inserted.
The AUX mode is locked out unless you
connect a commercially available portable
audio unit (such as an MP3 player) to the
auxiliary jack. Connect a portable audio unit
or similar product on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over
the vehicle's speakers.
Playing selected track numbers
(When playing a CD)
A desired track number on a CD can be
played using voice recognition.
Refer to Operating the Compact Disc
(CD) Player on page 6-48.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Play track”
4. Prompt:
“What track number would you like to
play?”
5. Say: [Beep] “XXX (Ex. “15”) (Track
number)”
6. The selected track number is played.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-131
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page395
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (396,1)
Playing selected artist
(When playing a USB or iPod)
Tracks from a desired artist on a USB
memory or iPod can be played using
voice recognition.
Refer to How to use USB mode on page
6-58.Refer to How to use iPod mode on
page 6-62.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Play”
4. Prompt:
“Would you like to play by Artist,
Album, Playlist, or Genre?”
5. Say: [Beep] “Artist”
6. Prompt:
“What artist would you like to play?”
7. Say: [Beep]
“XXXXX... (Ex. “Michael”) (Artist
name)”
8. The name spoken will be searched for
in the USB memory or iPod.
If a contact is matched, go to Step 10.
If multiple contacts are matched, go to
Step 9.
9. Prompt:
“Would you like to play XXXXX...
(Choice 1)?”
(Artist you would like to play)
Say: [Beep] “Yes.”Then go to Step 10.
(Artist you do not want to play)
Say: [Beep] “No.”Then go to Step 9.
(Maximum 3 times)
10. The tracks for the selected artist are
played.
Playing selected album
(When playing a USB or iPod)
The tracks from a desired album on a
USB memory or iPod can be played using
voice recognition.
Refer to How to use USB mode on page
6-58.Refer to How to use iPod mode on
page 6-62.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Play”
4. Prompt:
“Would you like to play by Artist,
Album, Playlist, or Genre?”
5. Say: [Beep] “Album”
6. Prompt:
“What album would you like to play?”
7. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Iam”)
(Album name)”
8. The name spoken will be searched for
in the USB memory or iPod.
If a contact is matched, go to Step 10.
If multiple contacts are matched, go to
Step 9.
9. Prompt:
“Would you like to play XXXXX...
(Choice 1)?”
(Album you would like to play)
Say: [Beep] “Yes.”Then go to Step 10.
(Album you do not want to play)
Say: [Beep] “No.”Then go to Step 9.
(Maximum 3 times)
10. The tracks from the selected album
are played.
6-132
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page396
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (397,1)
Playing selected playlist
(When playing a USB or iPod)
The tracks from a desired playlist on a
USB memory or iPod can be played using
voice recognition.
Refer to How to use USB mode on page
6-58.Refer to How to use iPod mode on
page 6-62.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Play”.
4. Prompt:
“Would you like to play by Artist,
Album, Playlist, or Genre?”
5. Say: [Beep] “Playlist”
6. Prompt:
“What playlist would you like to
play?”
7. Say: [Beep]
“XXXXX... (Ex. “My favorite”)
(Playlist name)”
8. The name spoken will be searched for
in the USB memory or iPod.
If a contact is matched, go to Step 10.
If multiple contacts are matched, go to
Step 9.
9. Prompt:
“Would you like to play XXXXX...
(Choice 1)?”
(Playlist you would like to play)
Say: [Beep] “Yes.”Then go to Step 10.
(Playlist you do not want to play)
Say: [Beep] “No.”Then go to Step 9.
(Maximum 3 times)
10. The tracks from the selected playlist
are played.
Playing selected genre
(When playing a USB or iPod)
Tracks from a desired genre on a USB
memory or iPod can be played using
voice recognition.
Refer to How to use USB mode on page
6-58.Refer to How to use iPod mode on
page 6-62.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Play”
4. Prompt:
“Would you like to play by Artist,
Album, Playlist, or Genre?”
5. Say: [Beep] “Genre”
6. Prompt:
“What genre would you like to play?”
7. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Rock”)
(Genre name)”
8. The name spoken will be searched for
in the USB memory or iPod.
If a contact is matched, go to Step 10.
If multiple contacts are matched, go to
Step 9.
9. Prompt:
“Would you like to play XXXXX...
(Choice 1)?”
(Genre you would like to play)
Say: [Beep] “Yes.”Then go to Step 10.
(Genre you do not want to play)
Say: [Beep] “No.”Then go to Step 9.
(Maximum 3 times)
10. Tracks from the selected genre are
played.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-133
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page397
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (398,1)
Scan
(When playing a Radio, Sirius satellite
radio, CD, or BT audio (AVRCP1.4))
The scan function for the radio, Sirius
satellite radio, CD and BT audio can be
launched using voice recognition.
Refer to Operating the Radio on page
6-36.
Refer to Operating the Satellite Radio on
page 6-40.
Refer to Operating the Compact Disc
(CD) Player on page 6-48.
Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth®
Audio System on page 6-143.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Scan (or Scan Off)”
4. Start or stop scanning.
Mute
Muting of the audio can be done using
voice recognition.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Mute (or Mute Off)”
4. Start or stop mute.
Track search
(When playing a CD, USB, iPod, BT
audio (AVRCP1.0/1.3/1.4))
The track up/down function can be run
using voice recognition.
Refer to Operating the Compact Disc
(CD) Player on page 6-48.
Refer to How to use USB mode on page
6-58.
Refer to How to use iPod mode on page
6-62.
Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth®
Audio System on page 6-143.
Track up
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Next track”
4. The next track is played.
Track down
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Previous track”
4. The previous track is played.
Folder search
(When playing BT audio (AVRCP1.4))
The track up/down function can be run
using voice recognition.
Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth®
Audio System on page 6-143.
Folder up
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Next folder”
4. The next folder is played.
Folder down
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Previous folder”
4. The previous folder is played.
Pause/Resume
(When playing a CD, USB, iPod, BT
audio (AVRCP1.0/1.3/1.4), Pandora
®
)
Refer to Operating the Compact Disc
(CD) Player on page 6-48.
6-134
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page398
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (399,1)
Refer to How to use USB mode on page
6-58.
Refer to How to use iPod mode on page
6-62.
Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth®
Audio System on page 6-143.
Refer to How to Use Pandora® on page
6-145.
Pause
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Pause”
4. Playback is paused.
Resume playback
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. (When playing a CD, USB, iPod, BT
audio (AVRCP1.0/1.3/1.4))
Say: [Beep] “Resume”
(When playing Pandora
®
)
Say: [Beep] “Play”
4. Playback is resumed.
Repeat
(When playing a CD, BT audio
(AVRCP1.4))
The repeat function can be run using
voice recognition.
Refer to Operating the Compact Disc
(CD) Player on page 6-48.
Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth®
Audio System on page 6-143.
(When playing a CD)
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Repeat (or Repeat Off)”
4. Repeat is performed or stopped.
(When playing BT audio)
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Repeat”
4. Prompt:
“Available repeat options are Track ,
Folder, and Off”
5. Say: [Beep]
“XXXXX (Track, Folder or Off)”
6. If “Track”is spoken, track repeat is
performed.
If “Folder”is spoken, folder repeat is
performed.
If “Off”is spoken, repeat is stopped.
Shuffle
(When playing a CD, BT audio
(AVRCP1.4))
The repeat function can be run using
voice recognition.
Refer to Operating the Compact Disc
(CD) Player on page 6-48.
Refer to How to Use the Bluetooth®
Audio System on page 6-143.
(When playing a CD)
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Shuffle (or Shuffle Off)”
4. Shuffle is performed or stopped.
(When playing BT audio)
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Shuffle”
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-135
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page399
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (400,1)
4. Prompt:
“Available shuffle options are Folder ,
All, and Off”
5. Say: [Beep]
“XXXXX (Folder, All or Off)”
6. If “Folder”is spoken, folder shuffle is
performed.
If “All”is spoken, device shuffle is
performed.
If “Off”is spoken, shuffle is stopped.
Switching between display/non-display
of radio text information (U.S.A./
Canada only)
(When playing FM Radio)
Switching between display/non-display of
radio text information is possible using
voice recognition.
Refer to Operating the Radio on page
6-36.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep]
“Radio text (or Radio text OFF)”
4. Radio text information is displayed/not
displayed.
Selection by specifying frequency
(When playing the Radio)
Selection by specifying the frequency is
possible using voice recognition.
Refer to Operating the Radio on page
6-36.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Frequency”
4. Prompt:
“What frequency would you like?”
5. Say: [Beep]
“XXX (Ex. 610) (Frequency)”
6. The specified frequency is selected.
Seek tuning function
(When playing the Radio)
Seek tuning can be run using voice
recognition.
Refer to Operating the Radio on page
6-36.
Seek up
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Seek up”
4. Seek up is performed.
Seek down
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Seek down”
4. Seek down is performed.
Auto memory seek function
(When playing the Radio)
The auto memory seek function can be
run using voice recognition.
Refer to Operating the Radio on page
6-36.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Auto memory seek”
4. Auto memory seek is performed.
Auto memory preset function
(When playing the Radio)
Auto memory preset can be selected using
voice recognition.
6-136
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page400
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (401,1)
Refer to Operating the Radio on page
6-36.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Auto memory preset”
4. Prompt: “Number, please”
5. Say: [Beep]
“X (Ex. 3) (Preset number)”
6. The specified preset is selected.
Preset switching
(When playing the Radio, Sirius
satellite radio)
Radio stations programmed to the preset
can be selected using voice recognition.
Refer to Operating the Radio on page
6-36.
Refer to Operating the Satellite Radio on
page 6-40.
Specify the preset number and select
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Preset”
4. Prompt:
“Say a preset number between 1 and 6”
5. Say: [Beep]
“X (Ex. 3) (Preset number)”
6. The specified preset is selected.
Next preset selection
(When playing the Radio)
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Next preset”
4. The next preset is selected.
Previous preset selection
(When playing the radio)
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Previous preset”
4. The previous preset is selected.
Switching channels
(When playing a Sirius satellite radio)
Selection of the channel to be received is
possible using voice recognition.
Refer to Operating the Satellite Radio on
page 6-40.
Select by specifying the channel
number
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Channel”
4. Prompt:
“What channel number would you
like?”
5. Say: [Beep]
“XXX (Ex. 610) (Channel number)”
6. The specified channel is selected.
Selecting the next channel
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Next channel”
4. The next channel is selected.
Selecting the previous channel
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Previous channel”
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-137
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page401
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (402,1)
4. The previous channel is selected.
Skip track function
(When playing Pandora
®
)
The skip track function can be run using
voice recognition.
Refer to How to Use Pandora® on page
6-145.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Skip Track”
4. The next track is skipped.
Thumbs up function
(When playing Pandora
®
)
The thumbs up function can be run using
voice recognition.
Refer to How to Use Pandora® on page
6-145.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Thumbs Up”
4. This tells Pandora
®
that you like this
track and helps to bring in more tracks
like it to your station.
Thumbs down function
(When playing Pandora
®
)
The thumbs down function can be run
using voice recognition.
Refer to How to Use Pandora® on page
6-145.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Thumbs Down”
4. This tells Pandora
®
not to play this
track.
Pandora
®
radio station selection
(When playing Pandora
®
)
A Pandora
®
radio station can be selected
using voice recognition.
Refer to How to Use Pandora® on page
6-145.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Station”
4. Prompt: “Which Pandora
®
station you
would like?”
5. Say: [Beep]
“XXXXX... (Ex. “90’s classic”)
(Station name)”
6. The system searches for the announced
radio station.
If a contact is matched, go to Step 8.
If multiple contacts are matched, go to
Step 7.
7. Prompt:
“Would you like to play XXXXX...
(Choice 1)?”
(Station you would like to play)
Say: [Beep] “Yes.”Then go to Step 8.
(Station you do not want to play)
Say: [Beep] “No.”Then go to Step 7.
(Maximum 3 times)
8. The specified radio station is selected.
Bookmark function
(When playing Pandora
®
)
The bookmark function can be run using
voice recognition.
Refer to How to Use Pandora® on page
6-145.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Prompt: “Ready”
3. Say: [Beep] “Bookmark”
6-138
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page402
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (403,1)
4. Prompt:
“Would you like to bookmark Track, or
artist?”
5. Say: [Beep] “Track (or Artist)”
6. Track or artist is bookmarked.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-139
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page403
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (404,1)
qGracenote Database
The Gracenote media database is used to improve voice recognition of artist and album
names with the Mazda Hands Free system. To make best use of the voice recognition,
install the most recent database.
CAUTION
For information related to the most recent Gracenote database which can be used
and how to install it, go to the Mazda Hands Free Website:
http://www.mazdahandsfree.com
Introduction
Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote
®
. Gracenote is
the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery. For
more information visit www.gracenote.com.
CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote.
Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. One or more patents owned
by Gracenote apply to this product and service. See the Gracenote website for a non-
exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS,
the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the “Powered by Gracenote”logo are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in the United States and/or other
countries.
6-140
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page404
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (405,1)
Gracenote
®
End User License Agreement
This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California
(“Gracenote”). The software from Gracenote (the “Gracenote Software”) enables this
application to perform disc and/or file identification and obtain music-related information,
including name, artist, track, and title information (“Gracenote Data”) from online servers
or embedded databases (collectively, “Gracenote Servers”) and to perform other functions.
You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End-User functions of this
application or device.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy,
transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU
AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your
license terminates, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers, including all ownership rights. Under no
circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information
that you provide. You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its rights under this
Agreement against you directly in its own name.
The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to
count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the
web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
Gracenote makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the
accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves the
right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause
that Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or
Gracenote Servers are error-free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote
Servers will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new
enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future
and is free to discontinue its services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT
WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES.
© 2000 to present. Gracenote, Inc.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-141
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page405
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (406,1)
Updating the database
The Gracenote media database can be updated using USB memory.
1. Connect a USB memory containing the software for updating Gracenote.
2. Touch the on-screen button.
3. Touch the on-screen button.
4. Touch the on-screen button to scroll the display.
When the display is scrolled to the end of the explanation, the on-screen
button is displayed.
5. Touch the on-screen button. The update is initiated.
6. Touch the on-screen button.
NOTE
Do not switch the ignition off or disconnect the USB memory while updating the database.
Otherwise, data could be lost.
6-142
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page406
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (407,1)
Bluetooth® Audio
Applicable Bluetooth
®
specification
Ver. 2.0 or higher
Response profile
lA2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.2
lAVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3/1.4
A2DP is a profile which transmits only
audio to the Bluetooth
®
unit. If your
Bluetooth
®
audio device corresponds only
to A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannot
operate it using the control panel of the
vehicle's audio system. In this case, the
Bluetooth
®
audio device can be operated
by controlling the device itself, the same
as when a portable audio system without
the Bluetooth
®
communication function is
connected to the AUX terminal.
Function A2DP
A2DP·AVRCP
Ver.
1.0
Ver.
1.3
Ver.
1.4
Playback ―XXX
Pause ―XXX
File (Track)
up/down
―XXX
Reverse ―― XX
Fast-forward ―― XX
Text display ―― XX
Folder up/down ――― X
Repeat ――― X
Shuffle ――― X
Scan ――― X
X: Available
―: Not available
NOTE
lTo make sure that your Bluetooth
®
audio
device is Ver. 1.0, 1.3 or 1.4, refer to the
Owner's Manual for the Bluetooth
®
audio
device.
lThe battery consumption of Bluetooth
®
audio devices is higher while Bluetooth
®
is
connected.
lIf a general mobile phone device is USB
connected during music playback over the
Bluetooth
®
connection, the Bluetooth
®
connection is disconnected. For this reason,
you cannot have music playback over a
Bluetooth
®
connection and music playback
using a USB connection at the same time.
lThe system may not operate normally
depending on the Bluetooth
®
audio device.
qHow to Use the Bluetooth®
Audio System
Switching to Bluetooth
®
audio mode
To listen to music or voice audio recorded
to a Bluetooth
®
audio device, switch to
the Bluetooth
®
audio mode to operate the
audio device using the audio system
control panel. Any Bluetooth
®
audio
device must be programmed to the
vehicle's Bluetooth
®
unit before it can be
used.
Refer to Bluetooth® Preparation on page
6-120.
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Turn on the Bluetooth
®
audio device's
power.
Make sure that the “”symbol is
displayed in the audio unit's display.
NOTE
Some Bluetooth
®
audio devices need a certain
amount of time before the “”symbol is
displayed in the audio unit's display.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-143
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page407
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (408,1)
3. Press the audio button ( ) and
then touch the on-screen tab to
switch to the Bluetooth
®
audio mode
and start playback.
NOTE
lIf the Bluetooth
®
audio device does not
begin playback, press the on-screen
button.
lIf the mode is switched from Bluetooth
®
audio mode to another mode (radio mode),
audio playback from the Bluetooth
®
audio
device stops.
Playback
1. To listen to a Bluetooth
®
audio device
over the vehicle's speaker system,
switch the mode to Bluetooth
®
audio
mode. (Refer to “Switching to
Bluetooth
®
audio mode”)
2. To stop playback, press the on-
screen button.
3. Press the button again to resume
playback.
Selecting a file (track)
Selects the next file (track)
Short-press the track up button ( )or
touch the on-screen button.
Selects the beginning of the current file
(track)
Short-press the track down button ( )or
touch the on-screen button.
Fast-forward/Reverse (AVRCP Ver. 1.3
or higher)
Fast-forward
Press and hold the fast-forward button
() or touch and hold the on-
screen button.
Reverse
Press and hold the reverse down button
() or touch and hold the on-
screen button.
Folder search (only AVRCP Ver. 1.4)
To change to the previous folder, touch
the on-screen button, or touch the
on-screen button to advance to the
next folder.
Music scan (only AVRCP Ver. 1.4)
This function scans the titles in a folder
currently being played and plays 10
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
1. Touch the on-screen button
during playback to play 10 seconds of
each subsequent track starting from the
next song.
2. Touch the on-screen button again
during playback of the song which you
want to listen to continue the playback
from that point.
Repeat playback (only AVRCP Ver. 1.4)
Track repeat
Touch the on-screen button to play
the song during playback repeatedly. “”
is displayed during playback.
Touch the on-screen button two
times while “”is displayed to cancel.
Folder repeat
Touch the on-screen button two
times to play the songs in the folder
repeatedly. “”is displayed during
playback.
Touch the on-screen button while
“”is displayed to cancel.
6-144
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page408
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (409,1)
Shuffle playback (only AVRCP Ver. 1.4)
Folder shuffle
Touch the on-screen button during
playback to play the songs in the folder
shuffle. “”is displayed during
playback.
Touch the on-screen button two
times while “”is displayed to cancel.
Device shuffle
Touch the on-screen button two
times during playback to play the songs in
the device shuffle. “”is displayed
during playback.
Touch the on-screen button while
“”is displayed to cancel.
Display scroll
If a whole title cannot be displayed at one
time, touch the on-screen button on
the right side of the title. When the last
character is displayed, touch the on-
screen button to display the first character
of the title.
qBluetooth® audio device
information display
If a Bluetooth
®
audio device is connected,
the following information is displayed in
the display.
AVRCP
Ver. lower
than 1.3
AVRCP
Ver. 1.3
AVRCP
Ver. 1.4 or
higher
Device name X X X
Remaining
battery charge
of device
―XX
Title ―XX
Artist name ―XX
Album name ―XX
File number ―XX
Playback time ―XX
Folder number ―― X
NOTE
Some information may not display depending
on the device, and if the information cannot be
displayed, “-----”is indicated.
qHow to Use Pandora®
What is Pandora
®
?
Pandora
®
is free personalized internet
radio. Simply enter a favorite artist, track,
genre, and Pandora
®
will create a
personalized station that plays their music
and more like it. Rate songs by giving
thumbs-up and thumbs-down feedback to
further refine your station, discover new
music and help Pandora
®
play only music
you love.
* Pandora
®
, the Pandora
®
logo, and the
Pandora
®
trade dress are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Pandora
Media, Inc., used with permission.
NOTE
To operate Pandora
®
from Bluetooth unit, you
shall perform following things in advance:
lCreate Pandora
®
account on the web.
lCreate Pandora
®
station using Pandora
®
application.
lInstall Pandora
®
application on your
device.
Playback
1. To listen to Pandora
®
, touch the
on-screen tab.
2. To stop playback, press the on-
screen button.
3. Press the button again to resume
playback.
Skip song
Press the on-screen button.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-145
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page409
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (410,1)
NOTE
lThe skip function may not be available
depending on the device.
lThe number of skips is limited by
Pandora
®
.
Selection from station list
Selection can be made from a
programmed radio station list.
1. Press the on-screen button.
2. Select the desired radio station.
NOTE
When is selected, songs randomly
selected from the radio station list are played.
Thumbs up function
Press the on-screen button to tell
Pandora
®
“you like this track”and it helps
to bring in more tracks like it to your
station.
Press the on-screen button.
Thumbs down function
Press the on-screen button to tell
Pandora
®
not to play this track.
Press the on-screen button.
NOTE
If the on-screen button is touched when the
skip song function is running, the next song is
skipped.
Bookmarking
You can bookmark song or artist to check
out later on the Web.
Bookmark the song name
Press the on-screen button on the right
side of the song name.
Bookmark the artist name
Press the on-screen button on the right
side of the artist name.
Display scroll
If a whole title cannot be displayed at one
time, touch the on-screen button on
the right side of the title.
When the last character is displayed,
touch the on-screen button to display
the first character of the title.
6-146
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page410
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (411,1)
Troubleshooting
Bluetooth
®
does not operate under the following conditions. Check whether the following
conditions apply to your Bluetooth
®
device:
lThe device is not being operated correctly.
lThe device is not connected to the Bluetooth
®
unit equipped on the vehicle.
lThe device's battery is weak.
lA device which interferes with radio wave reception has been placed in the vehicle.
lThe ignition switch has been turned off.
If none of the above conditions apply, refer to the following to see if any of the problem
symptoms correspond to your device.
If the problem cannot be resolved, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer or Mazda
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer Service.
Mazda Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer Service
If you have any problems with Bluetooth
®
, contact with our toll-free customer service
center.
lU.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth
lCanada
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
lMexico
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdamexico.com.mx
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-147
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page411
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (412,1)
Device pairing, connection problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
Unable to perform pairing
―
First make sure the device is
compatible with the Bluetooth
®
unit,
and then check whether the
Bluetooth
®
function and the Find
Mode/Visible setting
*1
on the device
are turned on. If pairing is still not
possible after this, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or Mazda
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer
Service.
Unable to perform pairing The Bluetooth
®
function and the
Find Mode/Visible setting
*1
on the
device may turn off automatically
after a period of time has elapsed
depending on the device.
Check whether the Bluetooth
®
function and the Find Mode/Visible
setting
*1
on the device are turned on
and pairing or reconnect.
Does not connect automatically
when starting the engine
Automatically connects, but then
disconnects suddenly
Disconnects intermittently Is the device in a location in which
radio wave interference can occur
easily?
(Inside a bag in a rear seat, in the rear
pocket of a pair of pants)
Move the device to a location in
which radio wave interference is less
likely to occur.
*1 Setting which detects the existence of a device external to the Bluetooth
®
unit
6-148
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page412
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (413,1)
Voice recognition related problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
Poor voice recognition lExcessive, slow speech.
lExcessive, forceful speech
(shouting).
lSpeaking before the beep sound
has ended.
lLoud noise
(speaking or noise from outside/
inside vehicle).
lAirflow from A/C is blowing
against the microphone.
lSpeaking in off-standard
expressions (dialect).
Regarding the causes indicated on
the left, be careful with how you
speak. In addition, when numbers are
spoken in a sequence, recognition
ability will improve if no stop is
placed between the numbers.
False recognition of numbers
Names in the phonebook are not
easily recognized
The Bluetooth
®
system is under a
condition in which recognition is
difficult.
By carrying out the following
measures, the rate of recognition will
improve.
lClear memory from the
phonebook which is not used
very often.
lAvoid shortened names, use full
names.
(Recognition improves the longer
the name is. By not using names
such as “Mom”,“Dad”, recogni-
tion will improve.)
You want to skip guidance
―
Guidance can be skipped by quickly
pressing and releasing the Talk
button.
When the Talk button is pressed,
voice recognition ends
Is the Talk button being held pressed
for too long?
Operate the Talk button as follows:
lPress the button and release it
within 0.7 seconds to start voice
recognition and skip the
guidance.
lPress the button for longer than
0.7 seconds to turn off voice
recognition or end a
conversation.
Regarding problems with calls
Symptom Cause Solution method
When starting a call, vehicle noise
from the other party can be heard
For about three seconds after starting
a call, the Bluetooth
®
unit's Noise
Suppression function requires time to
adapt to the call environment.
This does not indicate a problem
with the device.
The other party cannot be heard or
the speaker's voice is quiet
Is the volume set at zero or low? Increase the volume.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-149
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page413
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (414,1)
Other problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
The indication for the remaining
battery is different between the
vehicle and the device
The indication method is different
between the vehicle and the device. ―
When a call is made from the
vehicle, the telephone number is
updated in the incoming/outgoing
call record but the name does not
appear
Has the number been registered into
the phonebook?
If the number has been registered
into the phonebook, the
incoming/outgoing call record is
updated by the name in the
phonebook when the engine is
restarted.
The cell phone does not synchronize
with the vehicle regarding the
incoming/outgoing call record
Some types of cell phones do not
synchronize automatically.
Operate the cell phone for
synchronization.
It takes a long time to complete the
function for changing the language
A maximum of 60 seconds is
required.
―
6-150
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page414
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (415,1)
Safety Certification
FCC
FCC: CB2MAZGEN6HFT
NOTE
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications made to this equipment not expressly approved by the
manufacturer may void the FCC authorization to operate this equipment.
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off
and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
lReorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
lIncrease the separation between the equipment and receiver.
lConnect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
lConsult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
IC
IC:279B-MAZGEN6HFT
Licence exempt
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
6-151
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page415
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (416,1)
The term “IC: ”before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met. The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-
located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and
installers must be provided with installation instructions and transmitter operating
conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance.
6-152
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth®
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page416
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (417,1)
Rear View Monitor
í
The rear view monitor is a visual assist system when reversing the vehicle that provides
images from the rear of the vehicle.
WARNING
The rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when reversing the vehicle. The
images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions. Always drive
carefully confirming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking
directly with your eyes. Reversing the vehicle by only looking at the screen may cause
an accident or a collision with an object.
CAUTION
ØDo not use the rear view monitor under the following conditions: Using the rear
view monitor under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in
injury or vehicle damage or both.
ØIcy or snow-covered roads.
ØTire chains or a temporary spare tire is installed.
ØThe liftgate is not fully closed.
ØThe vehicle is on a road incline.
ØWhen the display is cold, images may course across the monitor or the screen and
may be dimmer than usual, which could cause difficulty in confirming the
surrounding conditions of the vehicle. Always drive carefully confirming the safety
of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes.
ØDo not apply excessive force to the camera. The camera position and angle may
deviate.
ØDo not disassemble, modify, or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof.
ØThe camera cover is made of plastic. Do not apply degreasing agents, organic
solvents, wax, or glass coating agents to the camera cover. If any are spilled on
the cover, wipe off with a soft cloth immediately.
ØDo not rub the cover excessively, or polish it using an abrasive compound or a
hard brush. The cover may be damaged affecting the image.
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
6-153
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page417
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (418,1)
NOTE
lIf water, snow, or mud is stuck on the camera lens, wipe it off using a soft cloth. If it cannot be
wiped off, use a mild detergent.
lIf the camera temperature changes rapidly, such as by pouring hot water on it under cold
temperature conditions, the rear view monitor may not operate correctly.
lWhen replacing the tires, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Replacing the tires could result in
deviation of the guide lines which appear on the display.
lIf the vehicle's front, side, or rear has been involved in a collision, the alignment of the rear view
parking camera (location, installation angle) may have deviated. Always consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
l(With navigation system)
The screen may not change to the camera image while the navigation system is being activated
immediately after the vehicle battery has been connected. If this occurs, activate the rear-view
monitor camera again soon after the navigation system.
qRear View Parking Camera Location
Rear View Parking Camera
qSwitching to the Rear View Monitor Display
Shift the shift lever to R with the ignition switched ON to switch the display to the rear
view monitor display.
NOTE
When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position, the screen returns to the previous
display.
6-154
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page418
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (419,1)
qDisplayable Range on the Screen
The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions.
(Screen display)
(Actual view)
Object
Garnish
Bumper
NOTE
lThe displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions.
lThe displayable range is limited. Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends cannot be
displayed.
lThe distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance because the
rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens.
lSome optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera. Do not install any
optional parts that can interfere with the camera view, such as illuminating parts or parts made of
reflective material.
lIt may be difficult to see the display under the following conditions, however, it does not indicate a
malfunction.
lIn darkened areas.
lWhen the temperature around the lens is high/low.
lWhen the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity.
lWhen foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera.
lWhen the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams.
lImage display may be delayed if the temperature around the camera is low.
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
6-155
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page419
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (420,1)
qViewing the Display
Guide lines which indicate the width of
the vehicle (yellow) are displayed on the
screen as a reference to the approximate
width of the vehicle in comparison to the
width of the parking space you are about
to back into.
Use this display view for parking your
vehicle in a parking space or garage.
b
a
a) Vehicle width guide lines (yellow)
Guide lines serve as a reference to the
approximate width of the vehicle.
b) Distance guide lines
These guide lines indicate the
approximate distance to a point
measured from the vehicle's rear (from
the end of the bumper).
The red and yellow lines indicate the
points about 50 cm (20 in) (red) and 1
m (3 ft) (yellow) from the rear bumper
(at the center point of each of the
lines).
CAUTION
The guide lines on the screen are
fixed lines. They are not synced to the
driver's turning of the steering wheel.
Always be careful and check the area
to the vehicle's rear and the
surrounding area directly with your
eyes while backing up.
6-156
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page420
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (421,1)
qRear View Monitor Operation
The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on the
traffic, road, and vehicle conditions. The amount of steering and the timing also varies
depending on conditions, so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyes
and steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions.
Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor.
NOTE
Images displayed on the monitor from the rear view parking camera are reversed images (mirror
images).
1. Shift the shift lever to R to switch the display to the rear view monitor display.
2. Confirming the surrounding conditions, reverse the vehicle.
(Display condition) (Vehicle condition)
3. After your vehicle begins entering the parking space, continue backing up slowly so that
the distance between the vehicle width lines and the sides of the parking space on the
left and right are roughly equal.
4. Continue to adjust the steering wheel until the vehicle width guide lines are parallel to
the left and right sides of the parking space.
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
6-157
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page421
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (422,1)
5. Once they are parallel, straighten the wheels and back your vehicle slowly into the
parking space. Continue checking the vehicle's surroundings and then stop the vehicle in
the best possible position. (If the parking space has division lines, check whether the
vehicle width guide lines are parallel to them.)
(Display condition) (Vehicle condition)
6. When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position, the screen returns
to the previous display.
6-158
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page422
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (423,1)
NOTE
Because there may be a difference between the displayed image, such as indicated below, and the
actual conditions when parking, always verify the safety at the rear of the vehicle and the
surrounding area directly with your eyes.
lIn the image of the parking space (or garage) displayed below, even though the back end and
distance guide lines appear parallel in the monitor, they may not actually be parallel on the
ground.
lWhen parking in a space with a division line on only one side of the parking space, the division
line and the vehicle width guide line may appear parallel on the monitor, but they may not
actually be parallel on the ground.
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
6-159
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page423
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (424,1)
qVariance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image
Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road. Such variance in
distance perspective could lead to an accident. Note the following conditions that may
cause a variance in distance perspective.
When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load
When the vehicle rear is lowered, the object displayed on the screen appears farther than
the actual distance.
Variance
Object
6-160
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page424
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (425,1)
When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle
When there is a steep upgrade (downgrade) behind the vehicle, the object displayed on the
screen appears farther (downgrade: closer) than the actual distance.
Appears
farther than
actual
distance
Appears
closer than
actual
distance
Object at actual
position
Object at actual position
Object on screen
A: Distance between the vehicle and object displayed on the screen.
B: Actual distance between the vehicle and object.
Object on screen
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
6-161
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page425
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (426,1)
Three-dimensional object on vehicle rear
Because the distance guide lines are displayed based on a flat surface, the distance to the
three-dimensional object displayed on the screen is different from the actual distance.
A
CB
(Actual distance) B>C=A
(Actual condition)
A
C
B
Sensed distance on screen A>B>C
(Screen display)
qImage Quality Adjustment
WARNING
Always adjust the picture quality of the rear view monitor while the vehicle is
stopped:
Do not adjust the picture quality of the rear view monitor while driving the vehicle.
Adjusting the picture quality of the rear view monitor such as brightness, contrast,
color, and tint while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your
attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to an accident.
Picture quality adjustment can be done while the shift lever is in reverse (R).
There are four settings which can be adjusted including, brightness, contrast, color, and
tint. When adjusting, pay sufficient attention to the vehicle surroundings.
1. Press the setup button ( ) to display the picture quality adjustment screen.
2. Touch the and on-screen buttons to change the set value.
Touch the on-screen button to return to the camera image display.
6-162
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page426
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:38 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (427,1)
Reset
All of the screen setting values can be reset to their initial settings.
1. Press the setup button ( ) to display the picture quality adjustment screen.
2. Touch the on-screen button.
3. Touch the on-screen button.
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
6-163
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page427
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (428,1)
Sunvisors
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for
use in front or swing it to the side.
Sunvisor
qSide Extension Sunvisors
The visor extender extends the sunvisor's
range of sun shading.
To use, pull it out.
CAUTION
When moving the sunvisor, retract
the visor extender to its original
position. Otherwise, the visor
extender could hit the rearview
mirror.
qVanity Mirrors
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
The vanity mirror light will illuminate
when you open the cover.
6-164
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page428
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (429,1)
Interior Lights
qIlluminated Entry System
When the illuminated entry system
operates, the overhead light (switch is in
the DOOR position)and the courtesy
lights turn on for:
lAbout 30 seconds after the driver's
door is unlocked and the ignition is
switched off (with the ignition key
removed).
lAbout 15 seconds after all doors are
closed.
(With Advanced key)
About 5 seconds after all doors are
closed when the advanced key is
outside of the vehicle.
lAbout 15 seconds after the ignition is
switched off (with the ignition key
removed) with all doors closed.
The light also turns off when:
lThe ignition is switched ON and all
doors are closed.
lThe driver's door is locked.
NOTE
Battery saver
If any door is left opened, the light turns off
after about 30 minutes to save the battery.
The light turns on again when the ignition is
switched ON, or when any door is opened after
all doors have been closed.
qOverhead Lights
When the center/rear overhead light
switch is in the DOOR position, the
center/rear overhead light can be turned
on or off using the front overhead light
switch.
Front
Switch
Position Overhead Lights
lLight off
lAll overhead lights are off when
the center/rear overhead light
switch is in the DOOR position
lLight is on when any door is open
lLight is on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
lLight on
lAll overhead lights are on when
the center/rear overhead light
switch is in the DOOR position
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
6-165
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page429
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (430,1)
Center/Rear
Switch
Position Overhead Lights
Light off
Light on or off in accordance with the
operation of front overhead light
switch
Light on
qMap Lights
The map lights are switched on or off by
pressing the switches.
qLuggage Compartment Light
Switch
Position Luggage Compartment Light
Light off
Light on when the liftgate is open
qCourtesy Lights
Turns on when any door is open or the
illuminated entry system is on.
Courtesy Light
6-166
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page430
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (431,1)
Information Display
Climate control display (Front passenger)/ Ambient temperature display
Climate control display (Driver)
Clock Trip computer
Clock adjustment
buttons
qInformation Display Functions
The information display has the following functions:
lClock
lAmbient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display)
lClimate Control Display
lTrip Computer
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
6-167
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page431
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (432,1)
qClock
When the ignition is switched to ACC or
ON, the time is displayed.
Time setting
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Adjust the time using the time setting
buttons ( , ).
The hours advance while the time
setting button ( ) is pressed.
The minutes advance while the time
setting button ( ) is pressed.
Time resetting
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the :00 button.
3. When the button is released, the time
will be reset as follows:
(Example)
12:01―12:29→12:00
12:30―12:59→1:00
NOTE
When the button is released, the seconds will
start at “00”.
qAmbient Temperature Display
When the ignition is switched ON, press
the OUTSIDE switch (page 6-6) to
display the ambient temperature.
NOTE
lUnder the following conditions, the ambient
temperature display may differ from the
actual ambient temperature depending on
the surroundings and vehicle conditions:
lSignificantly cold or hot temperatures.
lSudden changes in ambient temperature.
lThe vehicle is parked.
lThe vehicle is driven at low speeds.
lPress the OUTSIDE switch for a few
seconds or more to switch the display from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa.
lPress the OUTSIDE switch again to switch
the display from ambient temperature to the
temperature set for the air conditioner.
qClimate Control Display
The climate control system status is
displayed. To operate the climate control
system, refer to “Climate Control System”
(page 6-2).
6-168
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page432
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (433,1)
qTrip Computer
The trip computer can display the
following:
lThe current fuel economy.
lThe average fuel economy.
lThe approximate distance you can
travel on the available fuel.
lThe average vehicle speed.
Switch the ignition ON.
Press the INFO switch to change the
display mode.
If you have any problems with your trip
computer, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Current fuel economy mode
This mode displays the current fuel
economy by calculating the amount of
fuel consumption and the distance
traveled.
Current fuel economy will be calculated
and displayed every 2 seconds.
When this mode is selected, CONSUM
CUR will be displayed.
U.S.A.
CANADA
When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3
mph), - - - L/100 km (- - -mpg) will be
displayed.
Average fuel economy mode
This mode displays the average fuel
economy by calculating the total fuel
consumption and the total traveled
distance since purchasing the vehicle, re-
connecting the battery after disconnection,
or resetting the data. The average fuel
economy is calculated and displayed
every minute.
When this mode is selected, CONSUM
AV will be displayed.
U.S.A.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
6-169
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page433
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (434,1)
CANADA
To clear the data being displayed, press
the INFO switch for more than 1.5
second.
After pressing the INFO switch, - - - L/
100 km (- - - mpg) will be displayed for
about 1 minute before the fuel economy is
recalculated and displayed.
Distance-to-empty mode
This mode displays the approximate
distance you can travel on the remaining
fuel based on the fuel economy.
The distance-to-empty will be calculated
and displayed every second.
When this mode is selected, REMNG will
be displayed.
U.S.A.
CANADA
NOTE
lEven though the distance-to-empty display
may indicate a sufficient amount of
remaining mileage before refueling is
required, refuel as soon as possible if the
fuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuel
warning light illuminates.
lThe display won't change unless you add
more than approximately 20 L (5.3 US gal,
4.5 Imp gal) of fuel.
Average vehicle speed mode
This mode displays the average vehicle
speed by calculating the distance and the
time traveled since connecting the battery
or resetting the data.
Average vehicle speed will be calculated
and displayed every 10 seconds.
When this mode is selected, AV will be
displayed.
6-170
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page434
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (435,1)
U.S.A.
CANADA
To clear the data being displayed, press
the INFO switch for more than 1.5
second. After pressing the INFO switch, -
- - km/h (- - - mile/h) will be displayed for
about 1 minute before the vehicle speed is
recalculated and displayed.
Cup Holder
WARNING
Never use a cup holder to hold hot
liquids while the vehicle is moving:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded.
Do not put anything other than cups or
drink cans in cup holders:
Putting objects other than cups or
drink cans in a cup holder is
dangerous.
During sudden braking or
maneuvering, occupants could be hit
and injured, or objects could be
thrown around the vehicle, causing
interference with the driver and the
possibility of an accident. Only use a
cup holder for cups or drink cans.
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of injury in
an accident or a sudden stop, keep
cup holders closed when not in use.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
6-171
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page435
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (436,1)
qFront
To use the cup holder, push the release
button.
To fit small items in the cup holder,
remove the flexible divider.
Flexible divider
qRear
Second-row seat
Cup holders are located in the armrest.
Third-row seat
Cup holders are located in the third-row
seat side trims.
Right-side
6-172
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page436
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (437,1)
Left-side
í
Bottle Holder
Bottle holders are on the inside of the
doors.
Bottle holder
CAUTION
Do not use the bottle holders for
containers without caps. The
contents may spill when the door is
opened or closed.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
6-173
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page437
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (438,1)
Storage Compartments
WARNING
Keep storage boxes closed when
driving:
Driving with the storage boxes open
is dangerous. To reduce the
possibility of injury in an accident or
a sudden stop, keep the storage
boxes closed when driving.
CAUTION
Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in
the storage boxes while parked under
the sun. A lighter could explode or
the plastic material in eyeglasses
could deform and crack from high
temperature.
qOverhead Console
This console box is designed to store
accessories.
Push and release to open.
qGlove Compartment
To open the glove compartment, pull the
latch toward you.
To close the glove compartment, firmly
press in the center of the glove
compartment lid.
qCenter Console
To open, push the button.
6-174
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page438
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (439,1)
qArmrest Box
í
To open, pull the release catch.
qCargo Securing Loops
WARNING
Make sure luggage and cargo are
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Use the loops in the luggage compartment
to secure cargo with a rope or net. The
tensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20
kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive force
to the loops as it will damage them.
qCargo Sub-Compartment
Center cargo sub-compartment
1. Lift the trunk board.
2. Secure the trunk board using the straps
on the third-row seatbacks.
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
6-175
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page439
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (440,1)
Side cargo sub-compartment
Open the cover.
Some models.
qShopping Bag Hook
The shopping bag hook can be used for
hanging shopping bags.
CAUTION
Do not hang excessive weight on the
shopping bag hook as it could be
damaged.
Shopping bag hook
(tensile strength:3 kg
(6.6 lb))
qRear Coat Hooks
WARNING
Never hang heavy or sharp objects on
the assist grips and coat hooks:
Hanging heavy or sharp-ended
objects such as a coat hanger from
the assist grips or coat hooks is
dangerous as they can fly off and hit
an occupant in the cabin if a curtain
air bag was to deploy, which could
result in serious injury or death.
Always hang clothes on the coat hooks
and the assist grips without hangers.
Coat hook
6-176
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page440
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (441,1)
qLuggage Compartment
Golf bags can be carried in the luggage
compartment.
To carry two golf bags, use the following
procedure:
1. Put one golf bag in the luggage
compartment with its top pointing to
the left.
2. Put the other golf bag on top of the first
bag with its top pointing to the right.
NOTE
lSome golf bags cannot fit depending on
their size.
lGolf bags up to nine inches in diameter can
be carried.
Accessory Sockets
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
Front
The ignition must be switched to ACC or
ON.
Center/Rear
The accessory sockets can be used
regardless of whether the ignition is on or
off.
Center
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
6-177
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page441
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (442,1)
Rear CAUTION
ØTo prevent accessory socket
damage or electrical failure, pay
attention to the following:
ØDo not use accessories that
require more than 120 W (DC 12
V, 10 A).
ØDo not use accessories that are
not genuine Mazda accessories
or the equivalent.
ØClose the cover when the
accessory socket is not in use to
prevent foreign objects and
liquids from getting into the
accessory socket.
ØCorrectly insert the plug into
the accessory socket.
ØNoise may occur on the audio
playback depending on the device
connected to the accessory socket.
ØDepending on the device
connected to the accessory socket,
the vehicle's electrical system may
be affected, which could cause the
warning light to illuminate.
Disconnect the connected device
and make sure that the problem is
resolved. If the problem is
resolved, disconnect the device
from the socket and switch the
ignition off. If the problem is not
resolved, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
To prevent discharging of the battery, do not
use the socket for long periods with the engine
off or idling.
6-178
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page442
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (443,1)
Power Outlet
í
The power outlet is positioned as shown
in the figure.
For more details, refer to
“Auxiliary terminals and power outlet”
(page 6-104).
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
6-179
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page443
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (444,1)
6-180
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page444
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (445,1)
7In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2
Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2
Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3
Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-8
Overheating ................................................................................. 7-16
Overheating ............................................................................. 7-16
Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-18
Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-18
Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-20
Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-21
Towing Description ................................................................. 7-21
Tiedown Hooks ....................................................................... 7-22
Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-24
7-1
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page445
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (446,1)
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
lThe turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
lCheck local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
7-2
In Case of an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page446
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (447,1)
Spare Tire and Tool Storage
Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.
Jack
Jack lever
Lug wrench
Tiedown eyelet
Flat tire belt
Spare tire carrier bolt socket
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
7-3
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page447
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (448,1)
qJack
To remove the jack
1. Open the cargo sub-compartment.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Turn the wing bolt and jack screw
counterclockwise.
Jack screw
Wing bolt
To secure the jack
1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack with
the jack screw pointing right and turn
the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily
tighten it.
2. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure.
Jack screw
Wing bolt
3. Turn the wing bolt completely to
secure the jack.
NOTE
If the jack is not completely secured, it could
rattle while driving. Make sure the jack screw
is sufficiently tightened.
Maintenance
lAlways keep the jack clean.
lMake sure the moving parts are kept
free from dirt or rust.
lMake sure the screw thread is
adequately lubricated.
7-4
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page448
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (449,1)
qSpare Tire
Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.
The temporary spare tire is lighter and
smaller than a conventional tire, and is
designed only for emergency use and
should be used only for VERY short
periods. Temporary spare tires should
NEVER be used for long drives or
extended periods.
WARNING
Do not install the temporary spare tire
in place of the front wheels (driving
wheels):
Driving with the temporary spare tire
on one of the front driving wheels is
dangerous. Especially on ice or snow.
Handling will be affected. You could
lose control of the vehicle and have
an accident. Move a regular tire to
the front wheel and install the
temporary spare tire to the rear.
CAUTION
ØWhen using the temporary spare
tire, driving stability may decrease
compared to when using only the
conventional tire. Drive carefully.
ØTo avoid damage to the temporary
spare tire or to the vehicle, observe
the following precautions:
ØDo not exceed 80 km/h (50
mph).
ØAvoid driving over obstacles.
Also, do not drive through an
automatic car wash. This tire's
diameter is smaller than a
conventional tire, so the ground
clearance is reduced about
25 mm (1 in).
ØDo not use a tire chain on this
tire because it will not fit
properly.
ØDo not use your temporary
spare tire on any other vehicle;
it has been designed only for
your Mazda.
ØUse only one temporary spare
tire on your vehicle at the same
time.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-30).
To remove the spare tire
1. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
2. Open the cargo sub-compartment.
Refer to Cargo Sub-Compartment on
page 6-175.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
7-5
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page449
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (450,1)
3. Remove the cover.
Cover
4. Attach the socket to the spare tire
carrier bolt, the jack lever to the socket,
and the lug wrench to the opposite end
of the jack lever.
Bolt
Socket
Lug wrench
Jack lever
5. Slowly turn the lug wrench
counterclockwise until the spare tire
reaches the ground and the cable
becomes loose.
Spare tire
CAUTION
Do not loosen the cable too much as
this may cause damage to the spare
tire carrier.
6. Rotate the small lever on top of the
retaining plate and pull the retaining
plate out from the center hole of the
tire.
7-6
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page450
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (451,1)
NOTE
A flat tire which has been removed from the
vehicle for repair cannot be carried in the
spare tire carrier. Secure the flat tire with the
flat tire belt in the cargo sub-compartment
(page 7-12).
7. If the temporary spare tire is not
reinstalled in the spare tire carrier,
tighten the spare tire carrier bolt
completely to wind up the spare tire
carrier cable.
WARNING
Always tighten the spare tire carrier
bolt completely tight and make sure
the spare tire is locked in the highest
position:
A loose spare tire carrier bolt is
dangerous. The cable could be cut
causing the spare tire to fall off. This
could result in someone being
seriously injured or even killed. Use a
lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt
and make sure to tighten it until a
click sound is heard.
To secure the spare tire
1. Place the tire with the outer side facing
upward, rotate the small lever on top of
the retaining plate and slide the
retaining plate through the center hole
of the tire.
Rotate the small lever into place.
Lever
NOTE
Secure the spare tire as shown below.
Spare tire
2. Raise the spare tire slowly in reverse
order of removal.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
7-7
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page451
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (452,1)
WARNING
Place the specialized temporary spare
tire in the spare tire carrier correctly:
Placing the specialized temporary
spare tire in the spare tire carrier
wrong side up or using any tire other
than the small temporary spare tire
designed for use with this vehicle is
dangerous. It will result in poor
attachment and insufficient ground
clearance in the spare tire carrier and
the danger of the tire falling off. This
could result in someone being badly
injured or even killed.
Always tighten the spare tire carrier
bolt completely tight and make sure
the spare tire is locked in the highest
position:
A loose spare tire carrier bolt is
dangerous. The cable could be cut
causing the spare tire to fall off. This
could result in someone being
seriously injured or even killed. Use a
lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt
and make sure to tighten it until a
click sound is heard.
CAUTION
If you hear rattling from the spare
tire carrier while the vehicle is
moving, the spare tire carrier cable
may be cut.
Have it repaired at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Changing a Flat Tire
NOTE
If the following occurs while driving, it could
indicate a flat tire.
lSteering becomes difficult.
lThe vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.
lThe vehicle pulls in one direction.
If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a
level spot that is well off the road and out
of the way of traffic to change the tire.
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a
busy road is dangerous.
WARNING
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not
done properly. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and seriously injure
someone. No person should place
any portion of their body under a
vehicle that is supported by a jack.
Never allow anyone inside a vehicle
supported by a jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a
vehicle supported by a jack is
dangerous. The occupant could cause
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious
injury.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
The wheels equipped on your Mazda
are specially designed for installation
of the tire pressure sensors. Do not
use non-genuine wheels, otherwise it
may not be possible to install the tire
pressure sensors.
7-8
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page452
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (453,1)
NOTE
lMake sure the jack is well lubricated before
using it.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
lBe sure to register the tire pressure sensor
ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are
changed (page 5-32).
1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-
way and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Shift into Park (P) and turn off the
engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire
(page 7-3).
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. When blocking a wheel,
place a tire block both in front and
behind the tire.
NOTE
When blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocks
of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in
place.
qRemoving a Flat Tire
1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
2. Place the jack on the ground.
3. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure and adjust the jack
head so that it is close to the jack-up
position.
Jack head
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
7-9
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page453
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (454,1)
4. Place the jack under the jack-up
position closest to the tire being
changed with the jack head squarely
under the jack-up point.
Jacking position Jacking position
5. Continue raising the jack head
gradually by rotating the screw with
your hand until the jack head is
inserted into the jack-up position.
Tire blocks
Jacking position
WARNING
Use only the front and rear jacking
positions recommended in this manual:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off
the jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone. Use only the front and
rear jacking positions recommended
in this manual.
Do not jack up the vehicle in a position
other than the designated jack-up
position or place any objects on or
under the jack:
Jacking up the vehicle in a position
other than the designated jack-up
position or placing objects on or
under the jack is dangerous as it
could deform the vehicle body or the
vehicle could fall off the jack
resulting in an accident.
Use only the jack provided with your
Mazda:
Using a jack that is not designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip off the jack and seriously
injure someone.
Never place objects under the jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle.
7-10
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page454
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (455,1)
6. Insert the jack lever and attach the lug
wrench to tire jack.
7. Turn the lug wrench clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the spare tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
WARNING
Do not jack up the vehicle higher than
is necessary:
Jacking up the vehicle higher than is
necessary is dangerous as it could
destabilize the vehicle resulting in an
accident.
Do not start the engine or shake the
vehicle while it is jacked up:
Starting the engine or shaking the
vehicle while it is jacked up is
dangerous as it could cause the
vehicle to fall off the jack resulting in
an accident.
Never go under the vehicle while it is
jacked up:
Going under the vehicle while it is
jacked up is dangerous as it could
result in death or serious injury if the
vehicle were to fall off the jack.
8. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise; then remove the
wheel and center cap.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
7-11
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page455
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (456,1)
qLocking Lug Nuts
í
If your vehicle has optional antitheft
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will
lock the tires and you must use a special
key to unlock them. This key is attached
to the lug wrench and is stored with the
spare tire. Register them with the lock
manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove compartment and
mailing it in the accompanying envelope.
If you lose this key, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer or use the lock
manufacturer's order form, which is with
the registration card.
Special keyAntitheft lug nut
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.
2. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Do not use a
power impact wrench.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
To install the nut
1. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Do not use a
power impact wrench.
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.
qMounting the Spare Tire
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
WARNING
Make sure the mounting surfaces of
the wheel, hub and lug nuts are clean
before changing or replacing tires:
When changing or replacing a tire,
not removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come off, resulting in
an accident.
2. Mount the spare tire.
7-12
In Case of an Emergency
í
Some models.
Flat Tire
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page456
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (457,1)
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
WARNING
Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts
and bolts and do not tighten the lug
nuts beyond the recommended
tightening torque:
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts
could loosen while driving and cause
the tire to come off, resulting in an
accident. In addition, lug nuts and
bolts could be damaged if tightened
more than necessary.
4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
shown.
If you are unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Nut tightening torque
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 108―147
(12―14, 80―108)
WARNING
Always securely and correctly tighten
the lug nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come off. This could result
in loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident.
Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you
removed or replace them with metric
nuts of the same configuration:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the
stud, which could cause the wheel to
slip off and cause an accident.
5. Open the cargo sub-compartment.
Refer to Cargo Sub-Compartment on
page 6-175.
6. Remove the cover.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
7-13
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page457
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (458,1)
7. Remove the belt for securing the flat
tire.
8. Return the third-row seatback to its
original position.
Refer to Split-Folding the Third-Row
Seat on page 2-14.
9. Remove the tire blocks and store the
tools and jack.
10. Place the flat tire in the cargo sub-
compartment.
11. Thread the belt through the wheel as
shown in the figure, then attach the
belt clips to the attachment loop.
NOTE
Attach location *1 of the belt to the attachment
loop on the right.
Buckle
Belt clips
1
12. Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire.
13. Check the tire inflation pressure.
Refer to Tires on page 10-6.
7-14
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page458
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (459,1)
14. Have the flat tire repaired or replaced
as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air
pressure is dangerous. Tires with
incorrect pressure could affect
handling and result in an accident.
When you check the regular tires' air
pressure, check the spare tire, too.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-30).
NOTE
To prevent the jack and tool from rattling, store
them properly.
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
7-15
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page459
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (460,1)
Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating, the vehicle loses power, or
you hear a loud knocking or pinging
noise, the engine is probably too hot.
WARNING
Switch the ignition to off and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.
Do not remove either cooling
system caps when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
Open the hood ONLY after steam is no
longer escaping from the engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you.
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
2. Shift into park (P).
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Turn off the air conditioner.
5. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from under the hood or from
the engine compartment.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Do not go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine until
it cools.
CAUTION
If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the
engine temperature will increase.
Stop the engine and call an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
7. When cool, check the coolant reservoir
level.
If it's low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
7-16
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page460
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (461,1)
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
8-23).
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the
cooling system inspected. The engine
could be seriously damaged unless
repairs are made. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
7-17
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page461
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (462,1)
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you
feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.
WARNING
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15
minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object that
could cause sparks:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near a
battery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )
terminal of the battery.
7-18
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page462
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (463,1)
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may
rupture or explode, causing serious injury.
Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:
Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the
discharged battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.
The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and
other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in
series or a 24 V motor generator set).
Connect cables in
numerical order and
disconnect in reverse
order Jumper cables
Discharged
battery
Booster battery
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
7-19
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page463
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (464,1)
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, don't allow both vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
3. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
lConnect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
lAttach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
lConnect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
lConnect the other end to the ground
point indicated in the illustration
away from the discharged battery
(4).
4. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
5. When finished, carefully disconnect the
cables in the reverse order described in
the illustration.
Push-Starting
Do not push-start your Mazda.
NOTE
You can't start a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle by pushing it.
7-20
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page464
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (465,1)
Towing Description
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle,
where all the wheels are connected to the
drive train, proper transporting of the
vehicle is absolutely essential to avoid
damaging the drive system. Government
and local laws must be followed.
Wheel dollies
A towed 2WD vehicle should have its
drive wheels (front wheels) off the
ground. If excessive damage or other
conditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.
When towing a 2WD vehicle with the
rear wheels on the ground, release the
parking brake.
A towed AWD vehicle must have all its
wheels off the ground.
CAUTION
Do not tow the vehicle pointed
backward with driving wheels on the
ground. This may cause internal
damage to the transaxle.
CAUTION
Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. This could damage your
vehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbed
equipment.
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
7-21
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page465
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (466,1)
WARNING
Always tow a AWD vehicle with all four
wheels off the ground:
Towing a AWD vehicle with either the
front or rear wheels on the ground is
dangerous as the drive train could be
damaged, or the vehicle could trail
away from the tow truck and cause
an accident. If the drive train has
been damaged, transport the vehicle
on a flat bed truck.
Tiedown Hooks
CAUTION
Do not use the front and rear
tiedown eyelets for towing the
vehicle.
They have been designed only for
securing the vehicle to a transport
vessel during shipping.
Using the eyelets for any other
purpose could result in the vehicle
being damaged.
qTiedown Hooks
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug
wrench from the luggage compartment
(page 7-3).
2. (Front)
Press the marking on the cap as shown
in the figure to remove the cap.
(Rear)
Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar
tool with a soft cloth to prevent
damage to a painted bumper, and open
the cap located on the bumper.
Front
7-22
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page466
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (467,1)
Rear
CAUTION
Do not use excessive force as it may
damage the cap or scratch the
painted bumper surface.
NOTE
Remove the cap completely and store it so as
not to lose it.
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet
using the lug wrench.
Front
Lug wrench
Rear
Lug wrench
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown
eyelet.
Front
Tiedown eyelet
Rear
Tiedown eyelet
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
7-23
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page467
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (468,1)
CAUTION
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely
tightened, it may loosen or disengage
from the bumper when tying down
the vehicle. Make sure that the
tiedown eyelet is securely tightened
to the bumper.
Recreational Towing
An example of “recreational towing”is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transaxle is not designed for towing
this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
“Towing Description”(page 7-21) and
“Tiedown Hooks”(page 7-22) and
carefully follow the instructions.
7-24
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page468
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (469,1)
8Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2
Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2
Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-4
Scheduled Maintenance (U.S.A., Canada, and Puerto Rico) .... 8-4
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ........................................... 8-10
Owner Maintenance ................................................................... 8-17
Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................ 8-17
Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 8-18
Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-20
Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-21
Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-23
Brake Fluid ............................................................................. 8-25
Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-26
Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-26
Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-27
Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-28
Battery ..................................................................................... 8-32
Tires ........................................................................................ 8-34
Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-40
Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-49
Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-56
How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-56
Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-58
Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-62
8-1
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page469
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (470,1)
Introduction
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you are unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
To continue warranty eligibility and to protect your investment, it is your responsibility to
properly maintain your vehicle according to factory recommended schedules outlined in
this manual. As part of this you must keep your maintenance records, receipts, repair orders
and any other documents as evidence this maintenance was performed. You must present
these documents, should any warranty coverage disagreement occur. Failure to do so can
result in your warranty being voided either in whole or in part.
This evidence may consist of the following:
lThe Mazda Scheduled Maintenance Record, refer to the Warranty Booklet, must be
completely filled out showing mileage, repair order number, date for each service, and
signed by a qualified automotive service technician who service vehicles.
lOriginal copies of repair orders or other receipts that include the mileage and date the
vehicle was serviced. Each receipt should be signed by a qualified automotive service
technician.
lFor self maintenance, a statement that you completed the maintenance yourself,
displaying mileage and the date the work was performed. Also, receipts for the
replacement parts (fluid, filters, etc.) indicating the date and mileage must accompany
this statement.
NOTE
If you elect to perform maintenance yourself or have your vehicle serviced at a location other than an
Authorized Mazda Dealer, Mazda requires that all fluids, parts and materials must meet Mazda
standards for durability and performance as described in this manual.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
8-2
Maintenance and Care
Introduction
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page470
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (471,1)
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
Maintenance and Care
Introduction
8-3
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page471
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (472,1)
Scheduled Maintenance (U.S.A., Canada, and Puerto Rico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
lRepeated short-distance driving
lDriving in dusty conditions
lDriving with extended use of brakes
lDriving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
lDriving on rough or muddy roads
lExtended periods of idling or low-speed operation
lDriving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
lDriving in extremely hot conditions
lDriving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
intervals.
8-4
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page472
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (473,1)
qSchedule 1
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60
ENGINE
Drive belts Inspect every 168,000 km (105,000 miles)
Replace every 240,000 km (150,000 miles)
Engine oil RRRRRRRR
Engine oil filter RRRRRRRR
COOLING SYSTEM
Engine coolant
FL22 type
*1
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Others Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter C R C
Fuel lines and hoses
*2
II
Hoses and tubes for emission
*2
I
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I
Disc brakes IIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Steering operation and linkages I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play II
Rear differential oil (AWD)
*3*4
Driveshaft dust boots I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T
Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
All locks and hinges LLLLLLLL
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
8-5
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page473
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (474,1)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter R R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22”on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 48,000 km (30,000 miles).
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)
*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
8-6
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page474
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (475,1)
qSchedule 2
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
ENGINE
Drive belts Inspect every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
Replace every 240,000 km (150,000 miles)
Engine oil Puerto Rico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
Others RRRRRRRRRRRR
Engine oil filter RRRRRRRRRRRR
COOLING SYSTEM
Engine coolant
FL22 type
*1
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Others Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
Engine coolant level IIIIIIIIIIII
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter Puerto Rico CRCR
Others C R C
Fuel lines and hoses
*2
II
Hoses and tubes for emission
*2
I
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs USA Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
Others
*3
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights IIIIIIIIIIII
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
8-7
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page475
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (476,1)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I
Brake fluid level IIIIIIIIIIII
Disc brakes IIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIIIIIIIII
Steering operation and linkages I I
Power steering fluid level IIIIIIIIIIII
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play II
Rear differential oil (AWD)
*4*5
Driveshaft dust boots I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T
Body condition
*6
(for rust, corrosion and perforation) IIII
Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
All locks and hinges LLLLLLLLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIIIIIIIII
8-8
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page476
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (477,1)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22”on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs at every
96,000 km (60,000 miles) or shorter.
a) Repeated short-distance driving
b) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
c) Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
*4 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 48,000 km (30,000 miles).
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)
*5 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
*6 Canada only
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
8-9
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page477
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (478,1)
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
lRepeated short-distance driving
lDriving in dusty conditions
lDriving with extended use of brakes
lDriving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
lDriving on rough or muddy roads
lExtended periods of idling or low-speed operation
lDriving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
lDriving in extremely hot conditions
lDriving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2.
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
intervals.
8-10
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page478
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (479,1)
qSchedule 1
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
ENGINE
Drive belts Inspect every 40,000 km or 2 years
Replace every 240,000 km
Engine oil RRRRRRRRRRRR
Engine oil filter RRRRRRRRRRRR
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system I I I
Engine coolant FL22 type
*1
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
Others R R R
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter RRRRRR
Fuel lines and hoses I
*2
I
*2
I
Hoses and tubes for emission I
*2
I
*2
I
Fuel filter R R R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs Replace every 60,000 km
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections IIIIII
Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I
Brake fluid R R R
Disc brakes IIIIIIIIIIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIIIIIIIII
Steering operation and linkages IIIIIIIIIIII
Power steering fluid level IIIIIIIIIIII
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play IIIIII
Rear differential oil (AWD)
*3*4
Driveshaft dust boots IIIIII
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body TTTTTT
Exhaust system and heat shields IIIIII
All locks and hinges LLLLLLLLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIIIIIIIII
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
8-11
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page479
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (480,1)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter R R R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
T: Tighten
L: Lubricate
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22”on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 40,000 km.
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km
*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
8-12
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page480
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (481,1)
qSchedule 2
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
ENGINE
Drive belts Inspect every 40,000 km or 2 years
Replace every 240,000 km
Engine oil RRRRRRRRRRRR
Engine oil filter RRRRRRRRRRRR
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system I
Engine coolant FL22 type
*1
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
Others R
Engine coolant level IIIIIIIIIIII
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter CRCRCR
Fuel lines and hoses I
*2
Hoses and tubes for emission I
*2
Fuel filter R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs Replace every 60,000 km
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights IIIIIIIIIIII
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I
Brake fluid level I I I I I
Brake fluid R
Disc brakes IIIIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIII
Steering operation and linkages IIIIII
Power steering fluid level IIIIII
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play III
Rear differential oil (AWD)
*3*4
Driveshaft dust boots I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields I I I
All locks and hinges LLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIII
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
8-13
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page481
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (482,1)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter R R R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
T: Tighten
L: Lubricate
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22”on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 40,000 km.
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km
*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
8-14
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page482
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (483,1)
(Cont.)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
ENGINE
Drive belts Inspect every 40,000 km or 2 years
Replace every 240,000 km
Engine oil RRRRRRRRRRRR
Engine oil filter RRRRRRRRRRRR
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system I I
Engine coolant FL22 type
*1
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
Others R R
Engine coolant level IIIIIIIIIIII
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter CRCRCR
Fuel lines and hoses I
*2
I
Hoses and tubes for emission I
*2
I
Fuel filter R R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs Replace every 60,000 km
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights IIIIIIIIIIII
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I
Brake fluid level I I I I
Brake fluid R R
Disc brakes IIIIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIII
Steering operation and linkages IIIIII
Power steering fluid level IIIIII
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play III
Rear differential oil (AWD)
*3*4
Driveshaft dust boots I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields I I I
All locks and hinges LLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIII
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
8-15
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page483
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (484,1)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter R R R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
T: Tighten
L: Lubricate
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22”on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 40,000 km.
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km
*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
8-16
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page484
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (485,1)
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
qWhen Refueling
lBrake fluid level (page 8-25)
lEngine coolant level (page 8-23)
lEngine oil level (page 8-22)
lWasher fluid level (page 8-26)
qAt Least Monthly
Tire inflation pressures (page 8-34)
qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
lPower steering fluid level (page 8-26)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
lEngine coolant (page 8-23)
lEngine oil (page 8-21)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-17
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page485
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (486,1)
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
Refer to Introduction (page 8-2) for owner's responsibility in protecting your investment.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If you
are unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
8-18
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page486
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (487,1)
WARNING
Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by a
qualified technician:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You
can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.
If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all
neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling
fan which may turn on unexpectedly:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even
more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to
work near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could
continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine
compartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.
Do not leave items in the engine compartment:
After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, do
not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a
fire leading to an unexpected accident.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-19
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page487
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (488,1)
Engine Compartment Overview
Engine coolant reservoir Brake fluid reservoir
Battery Fuse block
Windscreen washer
fluid reservoir
Engine oil-filler cap
Engine oil dipstick
Relay box
Power steering
fluid reservoir
8-20
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page488
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (489,1)
Engine Oil
NOTE
Changing the engine oil should be performed
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Refer to Introduction (page 8-2) for owner's
responsibility in protecting your investment.
qRecommended Oil
U.S.A. and CANADA
5W-20 recommended:
Mazda Genuine Oil is used in your Mazda
vehicle and is the recommended 5W-20
lubricant. Mazda Genuine 5W-20 Oil is
required to achieve optimum fuel
economy.
Recommended viscosity: SAE 5W-20
For maintenance service, Mazda
recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and
Castrol
®
(U.S.A. only).
(ILSAC)
Only use SAE 5W-20 oil with the
American Petroleum Institute (API)
symbol and ILSAC GF-4/GF-5.
Oil with this trademark symbol conforms
to the current engine and emission system
protection standards and fuel economy
requirements of the International
Lubricant Standardization and Approval
Committee (ILSAC), comprised of U.S.
and Japanese automobile manufacturers.
80
60
40
20
0
–40 –20
30
120
100
5040
20
10
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
Except U.S.A. and CANADA
Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.
Oil container labels provide important
information.
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
For maintenance service, Mazda
recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and
Castrol
®
(Mexico only).
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-21
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page489
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (490,1)
(ILSAC)
The quality designation SM, or ILSAC
must be on the label.
80
60
40
20
0
–40 –20
30
120
100
5040
20
10
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
qInspecting Engine Oil Level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
Max
Min
5. Pull it out again and examine the level.
The level is normal if it is between
MIN and MAX. If it is below MIN,
add oil to raise the level within the
hatching zone.
CAUTION
Do not add engine oil over MAX. This
may cause engine damage.
6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is
positioned properly before reinserting
the dipstick.
8-22
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page490
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (491,1)
Engine Coolant
qInspecting Coolant Level
WARNING
Do not use a match or live flame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts of the
engine compartment can become
very hot. You could be burned.
Carefully inspect the engine coolant
in the coolant reservoir, but do not
open it.
Switch the ignition to off and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.
Do not remove either cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
NOTE
Changing the coolant should be done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling
where temperatures may drop below
freezing.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the F and L marks
on the coolant reservoir when the engine
is cool.
If it is at or near L, add enough coolant to
the coolant reservoir to provide freezing
and corrosion protection and to bring the
level to F.
Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tank
cap after adding coolant.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-23
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page491
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (492,1)
CAUTION
ØRadiator coolant will damage
paint.
Rinse it off quickly if spilled.
ØUse only soft (demineralized)
water in the coolant mixture.
Water that contains minerals will
cut down on the coolant's
effectiveness.
ØDo not add only water. Always
add a proper coolant mixture.
ØThe engine has aluminum parts
and must be protected by an
ethylene-glycol-based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
ØDO NOT USE coolants Containing
Alcohol, methanol, Borate or
Silicate.
These coolants could damage the
cooling system.
ØDO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol
with the coolant. This could
damage the cooling system.
ØDo not use a solution that
contains more than 60%
antifreeze.
This would reduce effectiveness.
NOTE
If the “FL22”mark is shown on or near the
cooling system cap, it is recommended to use
Mazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant (page
8-4).
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new
coolant is required frequently, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-24
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page492
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (493,1)
Brake Fluid
qInspecting Brake Fluid Level
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake linings. If it
is excessively low, have the brake system
inspected by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
qAdding Brake Fluid
WARNING
Be careful not to spill brake fluid on
yourself or on the engine:
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it
gets in your eyes, they could be
seriously injured. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with
water and get medical attention.
Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine
could cause a fire.
If the brake fluid level is low, have the
brakes inspected:
Low brake fluid levels are dangerous.
Low levels could signal brake lining
wear or a brake system leak. Your
brakes could fail and cause an
accident.
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it
reaches MAX.
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the
area around the cap.
CAUTION
ØBrake fluid will damage painted
surfaces. If brake fluid does get on
a painted surface, wash it off with
water immediately.
ØUsing nonspecified brake fluids
(page 10-4) will damage the
system. Mixing different fluids will
also damage it.
If the brake system frequently
requires new fluid, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-25
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page493
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (494,1)
Power Steering Fluid
qInspecting Power Steering Fluid
Level
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the power
steering pump, don't operate the
vehicle for long periods when the
power steering fluid level is low.
NOTE
Use specified power steering fluid (page 10-4).
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at
each engine oil change with the engine off
and cold. Add fluid if necessary; it does
not require periodic changing.
The level must be kept between MAX and
MIN.
Visually examine the lines and hoses for
leaks and damage.
If new fluid is required frequently, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Washer Fluid
qInspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freeze
Protection in Cold Weather:
Operating your vehicle in
temperatures below 4 degrees C (40
degrees F) using washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection is dangerous
as it could cause impaired windshield
vision and result in an accident. In
cold weather, always use washer
fluid with anti-freeze protection.
NOTE
State or local regulations may restrict the use
of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), which
are commonly used as anti-freeze agents in
washer fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOC
content should be used only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all regions and
climates in which the vehicle will be operated.
8-26
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page494
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (495,1)
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.
NOTE
Front and rear washer fluid is supplied from
the same reservoir.
Body Lubrication
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should
be lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-27
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page495
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (496,1)
Wiper Blades
CAUTION
ØHot waxes applied by automatic
car washers have been known to
affect the wiper's ability to clean
windows.
ØTo prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
ØWhen the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition is
switched ON, the wipers may
move automatically in the
following cases:
ØIf the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched.
ØIf the windshield above the rain
sensor is wiped with a cloth.
ØIf the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object.
ØIf the rain sensor is struck with
a hand or other object from
inside the vehicle.
Be careful not to pinch hands or
fingers as it may cause injury, or
damage the wipers. When
washing or servicing your Mazda,
make sure the wiper lever is in the
OFF position.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
If the blades are not wiping properly,
clean the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
q
Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
NOTE
To prevent damage to the wiper arm blades
when raising both the driver and passenger
side wiper arms, raise the driver side wiper
arm first. Conversely, when setting down the
wiper arms, set the passenger side wiper arm
down first.
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Open the clip and slide the blade
assembly in the direction of the arrow.
3. Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar
tool with a soft cloth to prevent
damage to the clip.
NOTE
Using a soft cloth-wrapped flathead
screwdriver.
8-28
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page496
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (497,1)
4. Tilt the blade assembly and remove it
from the arm.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield
let the wiper arm down easily, don't
let it slap down on the windshield.
5. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of blade holder.
6. Remove the metal stiffeners from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
ØDon't bend or discard the
stiffeners. You need to use them
again.
ØIf the metal stiffeners are
switched, the blade's wiping
efficiency could be reduced.
So don't use the driver's side metal
stiffeners on the passenger's side,
or vice versa.
ØBe sure to reinstall the metal
stiffeners in the new blade rubber
so that the curve is the same as it
was in the old blade rubber.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-29
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page497
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (498,1)
7. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
qReplacing Rear Window Wiper
Blade
When the wiper no longer cleans well, the
blade is probably worn or cracked.
Replace it.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arm
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
1. Remove the cover and raise the wiper
arm.
2. Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the
right until it unlocks, then remove the
blade.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the rear
window let the wiper arm down
easily, don't let it slap down on the
rear window.
3. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of the blade holder.
8-30
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page498
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (499,1)
4. Remove the metal stiffeners from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.
You need to use them again.
5. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-31
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page499
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (500,1)
Battery
WARNING
Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting
to ensure safe and correct handling:
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with
water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal
tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when
working near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle
body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.
8-32
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page500
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (501,1)
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
qBattery Maintenance
To get the best service from a battery:
lKeep it securely mounted.
lKeep the top clean and dry.
lKeep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly
or terminal grease.
lRinse off spilled electrolyte
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
lIf the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables.
When replacing the battery, refer to the
specification charts (page 10-4).
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-33
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page501
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (502,1)
Tires
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
WARNING
Using Different Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with different
types of tires is dangerous. It could
cause poor handling and poor
braking; leading to loss of control.
Except for the limited use of the
temporary spare tire, use only the
same type tires (radial, bias-belted,
bias-type) on all four wheels.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specified for your Mazda (page 10-6)
is dangerous. It could seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire
clearance, and speedometer
calibration. This could cause you to
have an accident. Use only tires that
are the correct size specified for your
Mazda.
qTire Inflation Pressure
WARNING
Always inflate the tires to the correct
pressure:
Overinflation or underinflation of
tires is dangerous. Adverse handling
or unexpected tire failure could result
in a serious accident.
Refer to Tires on page 10-6.
Use only a Mazda-genuine tire valve
cap:
Use of a non-genuine part is
dangerous as the correct tire air
pressure cannot be maintained if the
tire valve becomes damaged. If the
vehicle is driven under this condition,
the tire air pressure will decrease
which could result in a serious
accident. Do not use any part for the
tire valve cap that is not a Mazda-
genuine part.
8-34
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page502
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (503,1)
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System
í
does not alleviate the need to check the
tire condition every day, including
whether the tires all look inflated properly.
Inspect all tire pressure monthly
(including the spare) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures
for the best ride, handling, and minimum
tire wear.
When checking the tire pressures, use of a
digital tire pressure gauge is
recommended.
Refer to the specification charts (page
10-6).
NOTE
lAlways check tire pressure when tires are
cold.
lWarm tires normally exceed recommended
pressures. Don't release air from warm tires
to adjust the pressure.
lUnderinflation can cause reduced fuel
economy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,
and poor sealing of the tire bead, which
will deform the wheel and cause separation
of tire from rim.
lOverinflation can produce a harsh ride,
uneven and accelerated tire wear, and a
greater possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs inflating,
have it inspected.
qTire Rotation
WARNING
Rotate tires periodically:
Irregular tire wear is dangerous. To
equalize tread wear for maintaining
good performance in handling and
braking, rotate the tires according to
the scheduled maintenance charts.
Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on
page 8-4.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-35
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page503
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (504,1)
During rotation, inspect them for correct
balance.
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Forward
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
lIncorrect tire pressure
lImproper wheel alignment
lOut-of-balance wheel
lSevere braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 10-6) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial
tires that have an asymmetrical tread
pattern or studs only from front to
rear, not from side to side. Tire
performance will be reduced if
rotated from side to side.
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good
condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and
traction could result in an accident.
Replace all four tires at the same time:
Replacing just one tire is dangerous.
It could cause poor handling and
poor braking resulting in loss of
vehicle control. Mazda strongly
recommends that you replace all four
tires at the same time.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
lWhen tires with steel wire reinforcement in
the sidewalls are used, the system may not
function correctly even with a genuine
wheel.
Refer to System Error Activation on page
5-32.
lBe sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-32.
8-36
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page504
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (505,1)
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator
will appear as a solid band across the
tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
New tread
Tread wear indicator
Worn tread
You should replace the tire before the
band crosses the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. The period in which the tire was
manufactured (both week and year) is
indicated by a 4-digit number.
Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9-25.
qTemporary Spare Tire
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it's properly inflated
and stored.
NOTE
The temporary spare tire condition gradually
deteriorates even if it has not been used.
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction which
is lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire. This tire should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
Use the temporary spare tire only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
(Except Mexico)
Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2
kgf/cm
2
or bar, 60 psi).
(Mexico)
Maintain its pressure at 250 kPa (2.5
kgf/cm
2
or bar, 36 psi).
CAUTION
ØDo not use your temporary spare
tire rim with a snow tire or a
conventional tire. Neither will
properly fit and could damage
both tire and rim.
ØThe temporary spare tire has a
tread life of less than 5,000 km.
The tread life may be shorter
depending on driving conditions.
ØThe temporary spare tire is for
limited use, however, if the tread
wear solid-band indicator
appears, replace the tire with the
same type of temporary spare
(page 8-36).
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-37
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page505
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (506,1)
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. The period in which the tire was
manufactured (both week and year) is
indicated by a 4-digit number.
Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9-25.
qReplacing a Wheel
WARNING
Always use wheels of the correct size
on your vehicle:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is
dangerous. Braking and handling
could be affected, leading to loss of
control and an accident.
CAUTION
ØA wrong-sized wheel may
adversely affect:
ØTire fit
ØWheel and bearing life
ØGround clearance
ØSnow-chain clearance
ØSpeedometer calibration
ØHeadlight aim
ØBumper height
ØTire Pressure Monitoring
System
Ø(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
ØWhen replacing/repairing the
tires or wheels or both, have the
work done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be
damaged.
ØThe wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed
for installation of the tire
pressure sensors. Do not use
non-genuine wheels, otherwise
it may not be possible to install
the tire pressure sensors.
NOTE
Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer to
Tires and Wheels on page 5-32.
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original factory
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset
(inset/outset).
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
8-38
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page506
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (507,1)
MEMO
8-39
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page507
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:39 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (508,1)
Light Bulbs
High-mount brake light
Fog lights
Side turn
signal lights
Some models.
License plate lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Taillights (Liftgate side)
Vanity mirror
lights
Overhead light (Front)/Map lights
Overhead light (Center)
Overhead light (Rear)
Headlights
(Low beam)
Front turn
signal lights
Front side-
marker lights
Rear side marker lights
Rear turn signal lights
Reverse lights
Luggage
compartment light
Headlights (High
beam)/Running lights
Parking lights
Fog lights
Side turn
signal lights
Vanity mirror
lights
Overhead light (Front)/Map lights
Overhead light (Center)
Overhead light (Rear)
Headlights
(Low/High beam)
Front turn
signal lights
Front side-
marker lights
Parking lights/
Running lights
With xenon fusion headlights With halogen headlights
Courtesy lights
8-40
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page508
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (509,1)
WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement
is necessary.
Never touch the glass portion of a
halogen bulb with your bare hands and
always wear eye protection when
handling or working around the bulbs:
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it
will explode and serious injuries
could be caused by the flying glass.
If the glass portion is touched with
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when
lit.
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the
reach of children:
Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be
caused by dropping a halogen bulb
or breaking it some other way.
qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs
Headlights (With xenon fusion
headlights)
Low/High beam bulbs
You cannot replace the low/high beam
bulbs by yourself. The bulbs must be
replaced at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Headlights (With halogen headlights)
High-beam bulbs
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
3. Turn the cover counterclockwise and
remove it.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pulling the tab on the
connector with your finger and pulling
the connector downward.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-41
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page509
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (510,1)
5. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
NOTE
lTo replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer
lIf the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
lUse the protective cover and carton of the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly out of the reach of children.
Low-beam bulbs
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
3. (Right side)
Remove the attachment bolts and the
coolant reservoir before replacing the
light bulb.
4. Turn the cover counterclockwise and
remove it.
8-42
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page510
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (511,1)
5. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pulling the tab on the
connector with your finger and pulling
the connector downward.
6. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.
7. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
8. Install the coolant reservoir. If you are
unsure of how tight the bolts should be,
have them inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Bolt tightening torque
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 6.9―11.8
(0.7―1.2, 5.1―8.7)
NOTE
lTo replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer
lIf the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
lUse the protective cover and carton of the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly out of the reach of children.
Running lights/Parking lights (With
xenon fusion headlights)
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the LED bulbs must be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
LED bulb replacement is not possible because
it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.
Parking lights (With halogen
headlights)
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
3. Turn the cover counterclockwise and
remove it.
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-43
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page511
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (512,1)
5. Remove the bulb by pushing it in
slightly and turning it
counterclockwise.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
Front side-marker lights, Front turn
signal lights
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
3. (Right side)
Remove the attachment bolts and the
coolant reservoir before replacing the
light bulb.
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
5. Remove the bulb by pushing it in
slightly and turning it
counterclockwise.
Front side-marker lights
Front turn signal lights
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
7. Install the coolant reservoir. If you are
unsure of how tight the bolts should be,
have them inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Bolt tightening torque
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 6.9―11.8
(0.7―1.2, 5.1―8.7)
8-44
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page512
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (513,1)
Fog lights
í
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Turn the screws counterclockwise and
remove them.
3. Turn the screws and the center section
of the plastic retainers
counterclockwise and remove them,
then remove the mudguard.
Removal
Installation
4. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pressing the tab on
the connector with your finger and
pulling the connector downward.
5. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
Carefully remove the bulb from its
socket in the reflector by gently pulling
it straight backward out of the socket.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
NOTE
lTo replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer
lIf the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
lUse the protective cover and carton of the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly out of the reach of children.
Side turn signal lights
í
, High-mount
brake light
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the LED bulbs must be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
LED bulb replacement is not possible because
it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.
Brake lights/Taillights, Rear turn signal
lights, Rear side-marker light
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-45
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page513
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (514,1)
2. Turn the bolts counterclockwise and
remove them.
3. Pull the unit rearward to remove it.
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
Brake lights/Taillights
Rear turn signal lights
Rear side-marker light
5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
Taillights (Liftgate side), Reverse lights
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
8-46
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page514
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (515,1)
2. Remove the cover.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Taillights (Liftgate side)
Reverse lights
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
NOTE
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
License plate lights
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the lens,
and then remove the lens by carefully
prying on the edge of the lens with a
flathead screwdriver.
3. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-47
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page515
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (516,1)
qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs
Overhead light (Front)/Map lights,
Overhead light (Center, Rear), Luggage
compartment light, Courtesy lights,
Vanity mirror lights
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens, and then remove the lens by
carefully prying on the edge of the lens
with the flathead screwdriver.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Overhead light (Front)/Map lights
Overhead light (Center, Rear)
Luggage compartment light
Courtesy lights
Vanity mirror lights
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
8-48
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page516
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (517,1)
Fuses
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls don't
work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qFuse Replacement
Replacing fuses located behind the
glove compartment
If an electrical system is inoperative,
inspect the fuses located behind the glove
compartment.
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and other switches are off.
2. Open the glove compartment.
3. Remove the cover.
Fuse
4. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the fuse block
located in the engine compartment.
5. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it's
blown.
Normal Blown
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-49
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page517
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (518,1)
6. Insert a new fuse of the same amperage
rating, and make sure it fits tightly. If it
does not fit tightly, have an expert
install it. We recommend an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the ROOM circuit.
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same rating. Otherwise you may
damage the electric system.
7. Reinstall the cover and make sure that
it is securely installed.
Replacing the fuses under the hood
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses in
the cabin are normal, inspect the fuse
block under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it
must be replaced. Follow these steps:
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and other switches are off.
2. Remove the fuse block cover or the
relay box cover.
Fuse block
Relay box
3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is
blown, replace it with a new one of the
same amperage rating.
Normal Blown
WARNING
Do not replace the main fuse by
yourself. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform the replacement:
Replacing the fuse by yourself is
dangerous because the MAIN fuse is
a high current fuse. Incorrect
replacement could cause an electrical
shock or a short circuit resulting in a
fire.
4. Reinstall the cover and make sure that
it is securely installed.
8-50
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page518
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (519,1)
qFuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
DESCRIPTION FUSE
RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT
1 MAIN 150 A For protection of all circuits
2―― ―
3 ENGINE 20 A Engine control system
4H/L R
*1
15 A Headlight (RH)
H/L HI RY
*2
15 A For protection of various circuits
í
5 R HEATER 40 A Heater
6 P.SEAT R 30 A Power seat (RH)
í
7 HEATER 50 A Heater
8 IGKEY 2 40 A For protection of various circuits
9 FAN 1 30 A
í
Cooling fan
40 A
í
10 P.SEAT L 40 A Power seat (LH)
í
11 DEFOG 30 A Rear window defroster
12 BTN 50 A For protection of various circuits
13 FUEL PUMP 30 A Fuel pump
14 IGKEY 1 30 A For protection of various circuits
15 FOG 15 A Fog lights
í
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-51
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page519
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (520,1)
DESCRIPTION FUSE
RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT
16 ABS (SOL) 30 A ABS
17 D/L 25 A Power door locks
18 ROOM 15 A Overhead light
19 OUTLET CTR 15 A Accessory socket (Center)
20 OUTLET RR 15 A Accessory socket (Rear)
21 AC PWR 15 A Moonroof
í
, DC/AC inverter
í
22 S.WARM 15 A Seat warmer
í
23 A/C MAG 10 A Air conditioner
24 BOSE 25 A Audio system (Bose
®
Sound System-equipped model)
í
25 FAN 2 30 A
í
Cooling fan
40 A
í
26 ABS 50 A ABS
27 IG COIL 25 A Engine control system
28 H/L L
*1
15 A Headlight (LH)
H/L LOW L
*2
15 A Headlight low beam (LH)
29
―
*1
――
H/L LOW R
*2
15 A Headlight low beam (RH)
30
―
*1
――
H/L HIGH
*2
20 A Headlight high beam
31 HAZARD 15 A Hazard warning flashers, Turn signal lights
32 10 A Engine control system
33 HORN 15 A Horn
34 STOP 7.5 A Brake lights
35 EGI INJ 10 A Engine control system
36 ENG BAR 20 A Engine control system
37 ENG BAR 2 7.5 A Engine control system
*1 With xenon fusion headlights
*2 With halogen headlights
8-52
Maintenance and Care
í
Some models.
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page520
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (521,1)
Relay box (Engine compartment)
í
DESCRIPTION FUSE
RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT
1 INJ 7.5 A Engine control system
2―― ―
3―― ―
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-53
í
Some models.
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page521
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (522,1)
Fuse block (Glove box)
DESCRIPTION FUSE
RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT
1 OUTLET FR 15 A Accessory socket (Front)
2 MIRROR 7.5 A Power control mirror
3 C/U-IG1 15 A For protection of various circuits
4 METER 10 A Instrument cluster
5 SAS 7.5 A ABS, Air bag
6 ENG. IGA 7.5 A Engine control system
7 STA 7.5 A Engine control system
8―― ―
9 A/C 7.5 A Air conditioner
10 R.WIPER 15 A Rear window wiper
11 ―― ―
12 P.LIFT GATE 20 A Power lift gate
í
13 SUNROOF 15 A Moonroof
í
14 AUDIO 10 A Audio system
15 M.DEF 10 A Mirror defroster
í
16 P/W 25 A Power windows (Passenger-side)
17 TAIL 10 A Taillights, Parking lights, License plate lights, Side-marker
lights
18 ILLUMI 10 A Instrument panel illumination
8-54
Maintenance and Care
í
Some models.
Owner Maintenance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page522
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (523,1)
DESCRIPTION FUSE
RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT
19 INJ 7.5 A Engine control system
20 ―― ―
21 OUTLET CTR ――
22 OUTLET RR ――
23 WIPER 30 A Windshield wiper and washer
24 P.WIND 30 A Power windows (Driver-side)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
8-55
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page523
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (524,1)
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint Damage
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent
them.
qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Occurrence
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you suspect that acid rain has settled on
your vehicle's finish.
qDamage Caused by Bird
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren't removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
When insects stick to the paint surface
and decompose, corrosive compounds
form. These can erode the clear and color
base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if
they are not removed.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
Prevention
It is necessary to have your Mazda
washed and waxed to preserve its finish
according to the instructions in this
section. This should be done as soon as
possible.
Bird droppings can be removed with a
soft sponge and water. If you are traveling
and these are not available, a moistened
tissue may also take care of the problem.
The cleaned area should be waxed
according to the instructions in this
section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
8-56
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page524
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (525,1)
qWater Marks
Occurrence
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these
minerals settles on the vehicle and
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate
and harden to form white rings. The rings
can damage your vehicle's finish.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you find water marks on your vehicle's
finish.
qPaint Chipping
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
NOTE
lThe paint chipping zone varies with the
speed of the vehicle. For example, when
traveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paint
chipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).
lIn low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of paint
chipping.
lChipped paint can lead to rust forming on
your Mazda. Before this happens, repair the
damage by using Mazda touch-up paint
according to the instructions in this section.
Failure to repair the affected area could
lead to serious rusting and expensive
repairs.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
8-57
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page525
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (526,1)
Exterior Care
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
qMaintaining the Finish
Washing
CAUTION
ØWhen the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition is
switched ON, the wipers may
move automatically in the
following cases:
ØIf the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched or wiped with
a cloth.
ØIf the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object from
either outside or inside the
vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of
the windshield when the wiper
lever is in the AUTO position and
the ignition is switched ON as
fingers could be pinched or the
wipers and wiper blades damaged
when the wipers activate
automatically.
If you are going to clean the
windshield, be sure the wipers are
turned off completely―this is
particularly important when
clearing ice and snow―when it is
most likely that the engine is left
running.
ØDo not spray water in the engine
compartment. Otherwise, it could
result in engine-starting problems
or damage to electrical parts.
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
Scratches occur on the paint surface
when:
lThe vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign
matter.
lThe vehicle is washed with a rough,
dry, or dirty cloth.
lThe vehicle is washed at a car wash
that uses brushes that are dirty or too
stiff.
lCleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
NOTE
lMazda is not responsible for scratches
caused by automatic car washes or
improper washing.
lScratches are more noticeable on vehicles
with darker paint finishes.
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
lRinse off any dirt or other foreign
matter using lukewarm or cold water
before washing.
lUse plenty of lukewarm or cold water
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
lRub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
lTake your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
lDo not use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
8-58
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page526
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (527,1)
CAUTION
ØDo not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated
or anodized aluminum parts. This
may damage the protective
coating; also, cleaners and
detergents may discolor or
deteriorate the paint.
ØTo prevent damaging the antenna,
remove it before entering a car
wash facility or passing beneath a
low overhead clearance.
Pay special attention to removing salt,
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from
the underside of the fenders, and make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow
soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
WARNING
Dry off brakes that have become wet
by driving slowly, releasing the
accelerator pedal and lightly applying
the brakes several times until the brake
performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
When using a high water pressure car
wash
High water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of car wash
machine. If the car washer nozzle is put
too close to the vehicle, the force of the
spray could damage or deform the
molding, affect the sealability of parts,
and allow water to penetrate the interior.
Keep a sufficient space (30 cm or more)
between the nozzle and the vehicle. In
addition, do not spend too much time
spraying the same area of the vehicle, and
be very careful when spraying between
gaps in doors and around windows.
Waxing
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
8-59
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page527
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (528,1)
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similar
materials will usually also take off the wax.
Rewax these areas even if the rest of the
vehicle does not need it.
qRepairing Damage to the Finish
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs
metal parts repaired or replaced,
make sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to all parts,
both repaired and new. This will
prevent them from rusting.
qBright-Metal Maintenance
lUse tar remover to remove road tar and
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
lTo prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
lDuring cold weather or in coastal areas,
cover bright-metal parts with a coating
of wax or preservative heavier than
usual. It would also help to coat them
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or
some other protective compound.
CAUTION
Don't use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
qUnderbody Maintenance
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also
to do this every month.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped
there will cause rusting.
8-60
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page528
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (529,1)
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
qAluminum Wheel Maintenance
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
CAUTION
Do not use any detergent other than
mild detergent. Before using any
detergent, verify the ingredients.
Otherwise, the product could discolor
or stain the aluminum wheels.
NOTE
lDo not use a wire brush or any abrasive
cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent on
aluminum wheels. They may damage the
coating.
lAlways use a sponge or soft cloth to clean
the wheels.
Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarm
or cold water. Also, be sure to clean the
wheels after driving on dusty or salted
roads to help prevent corrosion.
lAvoid washing your vehicle in an automatic
car wash that uses high-speed or hard
brushes.
lIf your aluminum wheels lose luster, wax
the wheels.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Check special requirements for Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-32.
qPlastic Part Maintenance
lWhen cleaning the plastic lenses of the
lights, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
rectified spirit, paint, thinner, highly
acidic detergents, or strongly alkaline
detergents. Otherwise, these chemical
agents can discolor or damage the
surfaces resulting in a significant loss
in functionality. If plastic parts become
inadvertently exposed to any of these
chemical agents, flush with water
immediately.
lIf plastic parts such as the bumpers
become inadvertently exposed to
chemical agents or fluids such as
gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery
fluid, it could cause discoloration,
staining, or paint peeling. Wipe off any
such chemical agents or fluids using a
soft cloth immediately.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
8-61
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page529
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (530,1)
lHigh water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of high pressure
car washer device. If the car washer
nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or
aimed at one area for an extended
period of time, it could deform plastic
parts or damage the paint.
lDo not use wax containing compounds
(polish). Otherwise, it could result in
paint damage.
lIn addition, do not use an electrical or
air tool to apply wax. Otherwise, the
frictional heat generated could result in
deformation of plastic parts or paint
damage.
Interior Care
WARNING
Do not spray water in the cabin:
Splashing water on electrical parts
such as the audio unit and switches
is dangerous as it could cause a
malfunction or a fire.
qDashboard Precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
and cosmetic oils from contacting the
dashboard. They'll damage and discolor
the dashboard. If these solutions get on
the dashboard, wipe them off
immediately.
CAUTION
Do not use glazing agents.
Glazing agents contain ingredients
which may cause discoloration,
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.
qCleaning the Upholstery and
Interior Trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
cleaner.
8-62
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page530
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (531,1)
Leather
Remove dust and sand first using a
vacuum cleaner or other means, then wipe
dirt off using a soft cloth with a leather
cleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mild
soap.
Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soap
using a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
Remove moisture with a dry, soft cloth
and allow the leather to further dry in a
well-ventilated, shaded area. If the leather
gets wet such as from rain, also remove
moisture and dry it as soon as possible.
NOTE
lBecause genuine leather is a natural
material, its surface is not uniform and it
may have natural scars, scratches, and
wrinkles.
lTo maintain the quality for as long as
possible, periodical maintenance, about
twice a year, is recommended.
lSand and dust on the seat surface may
damage the overcoat of the genuine leather
surfaces and accelerate wear.
lGreasy soiling on genuine leather may
cause molding and stains.
lRubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth
may cause damage.
lDo not wipe the leather using alcohol,
chlorine bleach, or organic solvents such as
thinner, benzene, or gasoline. Otherwise, it
may cause discoloration or stains.
lIf the seats get wet, promptly remove
moisture with a dry cloth. Remaining
moisture on the surface may cause
deterioration such as hardening and
shrinkage.
lExposure to direct sunlight for long periods
may cause deterioration and shrinkage.
When parking the car under direct sunlight
for long periods, shade the interior using
sunshades.
lDo not leave vinyl products on the seats for
long periods as they may affect the leather
quality and coloring. If the cabin
temperature becomes hot, the vinyl may
deteriorate and adhere to the genuine
leather.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean it with a mild soap solution good
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
8-63
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page531
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (532,1)
To keep the fabric looking clean and
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily,
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.
CAUTION
Use only recommended cleaners and
procedures. Others may affect
appearance and fire-resistance.
Piano black panel
í
The following parts are fitted with panels
that have been treated with a special
coating that resists scratching.
· Center panel
· Steering wheel (partial)
· Door trim panel
When the panel needs to be cleaned, use a
soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.
NOTE
Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from
the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be
repairable.
qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt
Webbing
Clean the webbing with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry
the belt webbing and make sure there is
no remaining moisture before retracting
them.
WARNING
Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
replace damaged seat belts
immediately:
Using damaged seat belts is
dangerous. In a collision, damaged
belts cannot provide adequate
protection.
qCleaning the Window Interiors
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them
with glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the container.
CAUTION
ØDo not scrape or scratch the inside
of the window glass. It could
damage the thermal filaments
and the antenna lines.
ØWhen washing the inside of the
window glass, use a soft cloth
dampened in lukewarm water,
gently wiping the thermal
filaments and the antenna lines.
Use of glass cleaning products
could damage the thermal
filaments and the antenna lines.
8-64
Maintenance and Care
í
Some models.
Appearance Care
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page532
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (533,1)
qCleaning the Floor Mats
Rubber floor mats should be cleaned with
mild soap and water only.
WARNING
Do not use rubber cleaners, such as tire
cleaner or tire shine, when cleaning
rubber floor mats:
Cleaning the rubber floor mats with
rubber cleaning products makes the
floor mats slippery.
This may cause an accident when
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal or when getting in or out of the
vehicle.
After removing the floor mats for
cleaning, always reinstall them
securely.Refer to Floor Mat on page 4-9.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
8-65
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page533
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (534,1)
8-66
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page534
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (535,1)
9Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2
Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-7
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) ... 9-10
Customer Assistance (Mexico) ......... 9-11
Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-13
Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-13
Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-13
Warranty ................................................ 9-15
Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-15
Outside the United States and
Canada .............................................. 9-16
Outside the United States .................. 9-17
Outside Canada ................................. 9-18
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country (Except United States and
Canada) ............................................. 9-19
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-20
Cell Phones ............................................. 9-21
Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-21
Event Data Recorder ............................. 9-22
Event Data Recorder ......................... 9-22
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-23
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-23
Tire Information (except Canada) ....... 9-25
Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-25
Location of the Tire Label
(Placard) ............................................ 9-31
Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-34
Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-37
Steps for Determining the Correct Load
Limit ................................................. 9-44
Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-45
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-45
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-46
Service Publications .............................. 9-47
Service Publications .......................... 9-47
9-1
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page535
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (536,1)
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint
system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a
certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
lIf your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
lIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP 2.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management or it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North American
Operations by one of the following ways.
Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
the U.S., can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contact Us”located on the “Inside Mazda”tab, or at the bottom of the
page at www.mazdaUSA.com
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
9-2
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page536
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (537,1)
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)
Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not
be possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, Mazda
North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program
administered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.
BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a
mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able to
facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.
You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To the
extent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort to
BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “Lemon
Law”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss Warranty
Act or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTO
LINE.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
9-3
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page537
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (538,1)
The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not binding
on you or Mazda unless you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTO
LINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBB
website at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.
Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hope
to satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazda
believes in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure
Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!
qCalifornia Customers
1. Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a mediation/
arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus [4200
Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business Bureaus.
BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification
Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.
2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you to
bring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBB
AUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months after
the expiration of the warranty.
3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for the
call.
4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name and
address, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and a
statement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:
the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, the
approximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to the
attention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.
5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. If
mediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claims
within the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal
hearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the
time your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact
Mazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an
inspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by
BBB AUTO LINE.
9-4
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page538
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (539,1)
6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or
remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required to
use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative is
unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable express
warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace or
repurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumption
that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its
applicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000
miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the following
occurs:
lThe same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty that
substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition that
is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the
nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents
AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
lThe same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its
agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
lThe vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its
agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the
vehicle to the buyer.
NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE
FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618
ATTN: Customer Mediation
8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursement
for money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle
nonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation for
damages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.
9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multiple
damages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in California
Civil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
9-5
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page539
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (540,1)
10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject the
decision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision and
any findings will be admissible in a court action.
11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and will
comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we
receive notice of your acceptance of the decision.
12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.
9-6
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page540
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (541,1)
Customer Assistance (Canada)
qSatisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General
Manager.
qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-9).
qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)
263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels”page
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
9-7
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page541
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (542,1)
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.
qMediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still
not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about
how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through
binding arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of its dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish to
use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
9-8
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page542
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (543,1)
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:
Province/Territory CAMVAP Number
British Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685
Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685
Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685
Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685
Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685
Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685
Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685
qRegional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
8171 ACKROYD ROAD
SUITE 2000
RICHMOND B.C.
V6X 3K1
(604) 303-5670
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION
55 VOGELL ROAD,
RICHMOND HILL,
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5
(905) 787-7000
ONTARIO
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANS
CANADIENNE
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
(514) 694-6390
QUEBEC,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
9-9
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page543
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (544,1)
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-10
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page544
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (545,1)
Customer Assistance (Mexico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qContact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
lIf your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
lIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical condition in
accordance with a certified physician you must contact your dealership in order to avoid
the potential loss of the warranty of your vehicle which may occur if some third party is
hired by the customer to make any modifications to this system.
Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
Mexico, can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contactanos”at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx
By phone at: 01 800 01 MAZDA (62932)
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda Motor de Mexico
Mario Pani #150, PB Col. Lomas de Santa Fe
Mexico, D.F. C.P. 05300
Del. Cuajimalpa de Morelos
Tel: Customer Assistance
01 800 01 MAZDA (62932).
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
9-11
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page545
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (546,1)
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-12
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page546
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (547,1)
Importer/Distributor
qU.S.A.
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
Distributor in Each Area
qCANADA
Mazda Canada Inc.
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)
q
PUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto
Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936-2722
TEL: (787) 641-9300
qMEXICO
Mazda Motor de Mexico
Mario Pani # 150, PB Col. Lomas de
Santa Fe Mexico, D.F. C.P. 05300 Del.
Cuajimalpa
TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:
01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico
qGUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
qSAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
9-13
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page547
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (548,1)
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
9-14
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page548
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (549,1)
Warranties for Your Mazda
lNew Vehicle Limited Warranty
lPowertrain Limited Warranty
lSafety Restraint System Limited Warranty
lAnti-perforation Limited Warranty
lFederal Emission Control Warranty/California Emission Control Warranty
lEmission Defect Warranty
lEmission Performance Warranty
lEmission Control Warranty
lReplacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
lTire Warranty
NOTE
Warranty information varies depending on the country. Refer to the Warranty Booklet for detailed
warranty information.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
9-15
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page549
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (550,1)
Outside the United States and Canada
Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet
specific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the
United States, its territories, and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside these areas.
You may have these problems if you do:
lRecommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
lProper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in
the United States, its territories, and Canada.
9-16
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page550
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (551,1)
Outside the United States
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States:
lRecommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
lProper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
9-17
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page551
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (552,1)
Outside Canada
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission
regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ
from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:
lRecommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
lProper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-18
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page552
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (553,1)
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it
meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be
driven. Consequently, your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order
to meet the regulations.
In addition, you should be aware of the following issues:
Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
9-19
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page553
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (554,1)
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your
vehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts or
accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety
systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of
injuries in an accident.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as
mobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
9-20
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page554
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (555,1)
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication
equipment in vehicles in your State or Province:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of
these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious
accident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe
area before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-
free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell
phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,
concentrate on the full-time job of driving.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Cell Phones
9-21
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page555
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (556,1)
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR
is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or
hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems
performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
· How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
· Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
· How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
· How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes
and injuries occur.
NOTE:
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash or near crash-like
situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other
parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally
identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle
or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law
enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access
to the vehicle or the EDR.
Mazda will not disclose any of the data recorded in an EDR to a third party unless:
lA written agreement from the vehicle owner or the lessee is obtained
lOfficially requested by the police or other law enforcement authorities
lUsed as a defense for Mazda in a law suit, claim, or arbitration
lOrdered by a judge or court
However, if necessary Mazda will:
lUse the data for research on Mazda vehicle performance, including safety.
lDisclose the data or the summarized data to a third party for research purposes without
disclosing vehicle or owner identification information.
9-22
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Event Data Recorder
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page556
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (557,1)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and
temperature performance.
qTread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
qTraction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
qTemperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
9-23
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page557
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (558,1)
WARNING
Keep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:
Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
qUNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
UTQGS MARK (example)
9-24
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page558
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (559,1)
Tire Labeling
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of
all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire
and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of
a recall.
qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires
Please refer to the sample below.
1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number
2. Passenger car tire
3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
5. Radial
6. Run-flat tire
7. Rim diameter code
8. Load index & speed symbol
9. Severe snow conditions
10. Tire ply composition and materials used
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
9-25
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page559
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (560,1)
11. Max. load rating
12. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades
13. Max. permissible inflation pressure
14. SAFETY WARNING
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
P
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
NOTE
If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO
(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).
215
“215”is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
65
“65”is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
R
“R”is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.
15
“15”is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
95
“95”is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
9-26
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page560
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (561,1)
H
“H”is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating Speed Rating
Q 99 mph
R 106 mph
S 112 mph
T 118 mph
U 124 mph
H 130 mph
V 149 mph
W 168
*
mph
Y 186
*
mph
* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For
tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.
M S or M/S: Mud and Snow
AT: All Terrain.
AS: All Season. The “MS”or “M/S”indicates that the tire has some functional use in
mud and snow.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
This begins with the letters “DOT”which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The
next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four
numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers
457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,
the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes
used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire
defect requires a recall.
Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In
general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and other.
Maximum Load Rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by
the tire.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under
normal driving conditions.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
9-27
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page561
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (562,1)
Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades
Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Snow Tires
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very
deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.
Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other
tires on your vehicle.
SAFETY WARNING
The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:
lEXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-
MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)
TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT
TIRES.
lTIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-
FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY
CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.
9-28
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page562
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (563,1)
qInformation on Temporary Tires
Please refer to the sample below.
1. Temporary tires
2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
4. Diagonal
5. Rim diameter code
6. Load index & speed symbol
T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
T
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
115
“115”is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
9-29
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page563
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (564,1)
70
“70”is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
D
“D”is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.
16
“16”is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
90
“90”is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
M
“M”is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating Speed Rating
M 81 mph
9-30
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page564
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (565,1)
Location of the Tire Label (Placard)
You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important
information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.
SAMPLE
qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure
On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi
for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that the
inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.
You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is
maintained.
Refer to Tires on page 10-6.
NOTE
Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold
tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least
3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
9-31
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page565
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (566,1)
WARNING
Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the
recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the
information in this owner's manual:
Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.
Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may
result in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing
and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It
results in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire
can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!
It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking
at them.
qChecking Tire Pressure
1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are not
hot from driving even a mile.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.
3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.
4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.
5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the
valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
6. Replace the valve cap.
7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.
NOTE
Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.
8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other
irregularities.
NOTE
Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust the
pressure.
Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.
Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
9-32
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page566
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (567,1)
qGlossary of Terms
Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and
the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing
information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of
manufacture.
Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.
psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.
Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and
cargo.
Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's
mounted on the vehicle.
Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity
is described on the tire label.
Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production
options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,
and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
9-33
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page567
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (568,1)
Tire Maintenance
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are
some important maintenance points:
qTire Inflation Pressure
Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain
recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the
pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.
qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular
wear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Forward
Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a
combination of the following:
lIncorrect tire pressure
lImproper wheel alignment
lOut-of-balance wheel
lSevere braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nuts
for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern
or studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be
weakened if rotated from side to side.
9-34
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page568
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (569,1)
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could
result in an accident.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
New tread
Tread wear indicator
Worn tread
You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tires
generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high
loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when you
replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The period in which the tire was
manufactured (both week and year) is indicated by a 4-digit number.
Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9-25.
qSafety Practices
The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate
good driving habits for your own benefit.
lObserve posted speed limits and drive at speeds that are safe for the existing weather
conditions
lAvoid fast starts, stops and turns
lAvoid potholes and objects on the road
lDo not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
9-35
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page569
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (570,1)
CAUTION
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your
tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution
until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire
is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with
your spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest
vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
9-36
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page570
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (571,1)
Vehicle Loading
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keep
your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining
your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's Safety
Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:
WARNING
Overloaded Vehicle:
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious
consequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's
suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,
handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the
distance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail
completely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a
combination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflation
pressure.
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the
vehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.
Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
PAYLOAD
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
9-37
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page571
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (572,1)
Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to
carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load
Information label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THE
COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER
EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs”for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire
label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any
aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of
the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be
accurate.
SAMPLE
9-38
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page572
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (573,1)
CARGO
Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of
cargo weight.
The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo
weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from
the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”value on the tire
label.
Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg
(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:
The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg
(699 lbs)
The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _(68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)
lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)
If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -
including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
9-39
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page573
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (574,1)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried
by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's door
frame or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.
9-40
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page574
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (575,1)
SAMPLE
WARNING
Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:
Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and
could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,
performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the
vehicle, or loss of control.
Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.
Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to
tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
9-41
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page575
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (576,1)
GCW
GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus the
weight of the fully loaded trailer.
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can
handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is rated
for operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safe
control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW must
never exceed the GCWR.
Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer
the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal or
external), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%
(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.
Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a
trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.
Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a
proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by
0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.
9-42
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page576
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (577,1)
WARNING
Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:
Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.
Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or
damage to the vehicle.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals
because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR
limitations.
Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
9-43
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page577
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (578,1)
Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit-
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs”on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the “XXX”amount equals 1400 lbs. and there
will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 _750 (5 × 150) = 650
lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the
vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
9-44
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page578
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (579,1)
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-
327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC,
20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618-2922
or
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-13) in
this booklet.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
9-45
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page579
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (580,1)
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm
9-46
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page580
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (581,1)
Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do
some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the
chart below.
If they do not have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
9999-95-003B-13 2013 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)
9999-MX-003B-13 2013 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)
9999-95-009G-13 2013 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)
9999-MX-009G-13 2013 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)
9999-95-011C-13 2013 OWNER'S MANUAL (English)
9999-EC-011C-13 2013 OWNER'S MANUAL (English and French)
9999-PR-011C-13 2013 OWNER'S MANUAL (Spanish)
9999-95-001F-13 2013 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS
9999-95-NAV1-13 2013 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
(English)
9999-EC-NAV1-13 2013 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
(English and French)
9999-PR-NAV1-13 2013 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
(Spanish)
qWORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and
chassis.
qWIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical
system.
qOWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.
This is not a technician's manual.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
9-47
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page581
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (582,1)
qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:
Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.
qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation
system. This is not a technician's manual.
9-48
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page582
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (583,1)
10 Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2
Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2
Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4
Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4
Personalization Features ............................................................ 10-8
Personalization Features .......................................................... 10-8
10-1
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page583
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (584,1)
Vehicle Information Labels
qVehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on
a plate attached to the cowl panel located
on the left corner of the dashboard. This
plate can easily be seen through the
windshield.
qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard
Label
í
qChassis Number
Open the cover shown in the figure to
check the chassis number.
qVehicle Emission Control
Information Label
10-2
í
Some models.
Identification Numbers
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page584
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (585,1)
qTire Pressure Label
qEngine Number
Forward
Identification Numbers
10-3
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page585
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (586,1)
Specifications
qEngine
Item Specification
Type DOHC-24V 60°V, 6-cylinder
Bore×Stroke 95.5 × 86.7 mm (3.75 × 3.41 in)
Displacement 3,726 ml (3,726 cc, 227.4 cu in)
Compression ratio 10.3
qElectrical System
Item Classification
Battery 12V-65Ah/20HR
Spark-plug number Mazda Genuine spark plug CY02-18-110
CAUTION
When cleaning the platinum plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate
coating on the platinum alloy could be damaged.
qLubricant Quality
Lubricant Classification
Engine oil Refer to Recommended Oil on page 8-21.
Automatic transaxle fluid Mazda Genuine JWS3309
Transfer case oil API Service GL-5 (SAE 75W-140)
Rear differential oil API Service GL-5 (SAE 80W-90)
Power steering fluid Mazda Genuine ATF M-III, M-V, or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)
Brake fluid SAE J1703, or FMVSS116 DOT-3
NOTE
Refer to Introduction on (page 8-2) for owner's responsibility in protecting your investment.
10-4
Specifications
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page586
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (587,1)
qCapacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Item Capacity
Engine oil With oil filter replacement 5.2 L (5.5 US qt, 4.6 Imp qt)
Without oil filter replacement 4.7 L (5.0 US qt, 4.2 Imp qt)
Coolant
Mexico 12.1 L (12.8 US qt, 10.6 Imp qt)
Except Mexico With Towing Package 12.1 L (12.8 US qt, 10.6 Imp qt)
Without Towing Package 11.5 L (12.2 US qt, 10.1 Imp qt)
Automatic transaxle fluid 6.6 L (7.0 US qt, 5.8 Imp qt)
Transfer case oil 0.532 L (0.562 US qt, 0.468 Imp qt)
Rear differential oil 1.0 L (1.1 US qt, 0.9 Imp qt)
Washer fluid 4.5 L (4.8 US qt, 4.0 Imp qt)
Fuel tank 76.0 L (20.1 US gal, 16.7 Imp gal)
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
qDimensions
Item Vehicle specification
Overall length Without license plate holder 5,096 mm (200.6 in)
With license plate holder 5,106 mm (201.0 in)
Overall width 1,936 mm (76.2 in)
Overall height 1,728 mm (68.0 in)
Front tread 1,654 mm (65.1 in)
Rear tread 1,644 mm (64.7 in)
Wheelbase 2,875 mm (113.2 in)
qWeights
Item Weight
2WD AWD
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 2,645 kg (5,831 lbs) 2,720 kg (5,997 lbs)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) Front 1,276 kg (2,813 lbs) 1,307 kg (2,881 lbs)
Rear 1,400 kg (3,086 lbs) 1,458 kg (3,214 lbs)
qAir Conditioner
Item Classification
Refrigerant Type HFC134a (R-134a)
Specifications
10-5
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page587
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (588,1)
qLight Bulbs
Exterior light
Light bulb Category
Wattage ECE R (SAE)
Headlights
Halogen High beam 60 HB3 (HB3)
Low beam 55 H11 (H11)
Xenon fusion High/Low
beam 35 D4S (D4S)
Daytime
running lights
With halogen headlights 60 HB3 (HB3)
With xenon fusion headlights LED
*1
―(―)
Parking lights With halogen headlights 5 W5W (4CP)
With xenon fusion headlights LED
*1
―(―)
Front turn signal lights 21 WY21W (23CP)
Front side-marker lights 5 WY5W (3CP)
Fog lights
í
55 H11 (H11)
Side turn signal lights
í
LED
*1
―(―)
High-mount brake light LED
*1
―(―)
Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (22.3CP)
Taillights/Brake lights 21/5 W21/5W (7443)
Taillights (Liftgate side) 5 W5W (4CP)
Reverse lights 16 W16W (921)
License plate lights 5 W5W (4CP)
Rear side-marker lights 5 W5W (4CP)
*1 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.
Interior light
Light bulb Category
Wattage ECE R
Overhead lights (Front)/Map lights 8 ―
Overhead light (Center) 10 ―
Overhead light (Rear) 10 ―
Courtesy lights 5 T10
Vanity mirror lights 2 ―
Luggage compartment light 10 ―
qTires
NOTE
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to
your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
10-6
í
Some models.
Specifications
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page588
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (589,1)
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.
Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-34.
Standard tire
Tire size Inflation pressure
Front Rear
P245/60R18 104H 250 kPa (36 psi) 250 kPa (36 psi)
P245/50R20 102V 230 kPa (34 psi) 230 kPa (34 psi)
Temporary spare tire
(Except Mexico)
Tire size Inflation pressure
T155/90D18 103M 420 kPa (60 psi)
(Mexico)
Tire size Inflation pressure
195/80R17 99M 250 kPa (36 psi)
qFuses
Refer to Fuses on page 8-49.
Specifications
10-7
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page589
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (590,1)
Personalization Features
The following “Personalization Features”are available. These settings can only be changed by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Item Feature Factory Setting Available Settings
Auto headlight on/off
The headlight illumination on/off timing based
on surrounding lightness/darkness can be
changed
Standard
(Illuminates under
average levels of
darkness)
Later
Auto headlight off The time required for headlights to turn off
after ignition is switched off can be changed 30 seconds 0/60/120 seconds
Blind spot warning The warning beep function can be changed Activated Deactivated
Advanced keyless
entry
The advanced key's remaining battery level
warning light in the instrument cluster can be
deactivated
Activated Deactivated
The beep sound which is heard when
locking/unlocking all doors or the liftgate can
be deactivated
*1
Activated Deactivated
The function to automatically lock the doors
and the liftgate when leaving the vehicle while
carrying the key can be activated
*2
Deactivated Activated
The method for unlocking the doors using the
request switch can be selected Press × 2 Press × 1
The method for unlocking the doors using the
transmitter switch can be selected Press × 2 Press × 1
The time required for the doors to relock
automatically after unlocking with the
transmitter can be changed
30 seconds 60/90 seconds
*1 When the autolock function is operating, the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting.
*2 When the autolock function is enabled, windows will not automatically close. You must close them before
leaving vehicle.
10-8
Personalization Features
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page590
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (591,1)
11 Index
11-1
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page591
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (592,1)
A
Accessory Socket ............................ 6-177
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-20
Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2
Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5
Advanced key suspend
function ...................................... 3-17
Auxiliary key .............................. 3-17
Locking, unlocking with request
switch ........................................... 3-8
Operational range ......................... 3-7
Remote control function ............. 3-13
Service ......................................... 3-7
Warning and beep sounds .......... 3-18
When warning indicator/beep is
activated ..................................... 3-20
Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-54
All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) Operation ............................. 5-17
AWD warning light .................... 5-18
Ambient Temperature Display ........ 6-168
Antenna ............................................. 6-17
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-8
Warning light ............................... 5-9
Appearance Care ............................... 8-56
Armrest Box .................................... 6-175
Audio System ................................... 6-17
Audio control switch .................. 6-52
Audio set .................................... 6-31
AUX/USB/iPod Mode ............... 6-54
Operating tips for audio
system ........................................ 6-17
Safety certification ..................... 6-65
Automatic Transaxle
Driving tips ................................ 5-16
Manual shift mode ..................... 5-13
Shift-lock system ....................... 5-13
Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-12
B
Battery
Emergency starting .................... 7-18
Maintenance ............................... 8-32
Specifications ............................. 10-4
Beep Sounds
Blind spot monitoring system
warning ...................................... 5-64
Ignition key reminder ................. 5-63
Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-63
Parking brake reminder .............. 5-64
Seat belt warning ........................ 5-63
Tire inflation pressure warning ... 5-64
Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5
After getting in ............................. 4-5
Before getting in .......................... 4-5
Blind Spot Monitoring
(BSM) System .................................. 5-34
BSM OFF Indicator Light .......... 5-36
BSM OFF Switch ....................... 5-37
Care of radar sensors .................. 5-37
Warning Light/Beep ................... 5-36
Bluetooth® ...................................... 6-118
Bluetooth® Audio .................... 6-143
Bluetooth® Hands-Free ........... 6-124
Safety Certification .................. 6-151
Troubleshooting ....................... 6-147
Body Lubrication .............................. 8-27
Bottle Holder ................................... 6-173
Brake
Fluid ........................................... 8-25
Brakes
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-8
Brakes assist ............................... 5-10
Foot brake .................................... 5-5
Pad wear indicator ...................... 5-10
Parking brake ............................... 5-7
Warning light ............................... 5-8
Break-In Period ................................... 4-6
11-2
Index
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page592
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (593,1)
B
Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-40
C
Capacities .......................................... 10-5
Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4
Cargo Securing Loops .................... 6-175
Cargo Sub-Compartment ................ 6-175
Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3
Cell Phones ....................................... 9-21
Center Console ................................ 6-174
Child Restraint
Child restraint precautions ......... 2-35
Child-restraint system installation
position ...................................... 2-40
Installing child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-41
LATCH child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-49
Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-32
Climate Control System ...................... 6-2
Gas specifications ...................... 10-5
Clock ............................................... 6-168
Courtesy Lights ............................... 6-166
Cruise Control ................................... 5-20
Cup Holder ...................................... 6-171
Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2
D
Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-48
Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-70
Defroster
Mirror ......................................... 5-79
Rear window .............................. 5-78
Dimensions ....................................... 10-5
Door Locks ....................................... 3-28
Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-12
D
Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-13
Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-16
Break-in period ............................ 4-6
Driving in flooded area .............. 4-12
Driving on uneven road ............. 4-13
Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7
Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6
Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-9
Winter driving ............................ 4-10
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)/Roll Stability Control
(RSC) ................................................ 5-26
TCS/DSC/RSC Indicator light.... 5-27
E
Emergency Starting ........................... 7-18
Jump-starting .............................. 7-18
Push-starting .............................. 7-20
Emergency Towing ........................... 7-21
Emission Control System .................... 4-3
Engine
Coolant ....................................... 8-23
Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4
Hood release .............................. 3-49
Oil .............................................. 8-21
Overheating ................................ 7-16
Starting ......................................... 5-4
Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-20
Engine Coolant
Overheating ................................ 7-16
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge ................................................ 5-47
Event Data Recorder ......................... 9-22
Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4
Exterior Care ..................................... 8-58
Index
11-3
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page593
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (594,1)
F
Flasher
Hazard warning .......................... 5-80
Headlights .................................. 5-65
Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3
Changing ...................................... 7-8
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Fluids
Classification .............................. 10-4
Owner maintenance ................... 8-17
Fog Lights ......................................... 5-72
Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5
Front Seats
(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-4
Front Seats
(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2
Fuel
Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-47
Gauge ......................................... 5-48
Requirements ............................... 4-2
Tank capacity ............................. 10-5
Fuses ................................................. 8-49
Panel description ........................ 8-51
Replacement ............................... 8-49
G
Glove Compartment ........................ 6-174
H
Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-80
Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7
Headlights
Control ....................................... 5-65
Flashing ...................................... 5-69
High-low beam .......................... 5-68
Leveling ..................................... 5-70
On reminder ............................... 5-68
H
HomeLink Wireless Control
System .............................................. 5-81
Hood Release .................................... 3-49
Horn .................................................. 5-79
I
Ignition
Keys ........................................... 3-21
Switch .......................................... 5-2
Illuminated Entry System ............... 6-165
Immobilizer System
(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-53
Immobilizer System
(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-57
Indicator Lights ................................. 5-49
BSM OFF ................................... 5-62
Cruise ......................................... 5-61
Headlight high-beam .................. 5-60
Security ...................................... 5-60
Shift position .............................. 5-60
TCS OFF .................................... 5-61
TCS/DSC/RSC ........................... 5-61
Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-62
Information Display ........................ 6-167
Ambient temperature display .... 6-168
Climate control display ............ 6-168
Clock ........................................ 6-168
Information display functions... 6-167
Trip computer ........................... 6-169
Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-45
Interior Care ...................................... 8-62
Interior Lights ................................. 6-165
J
Jump-Starting .................................... 7-18
11-4
Index
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page594
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (595,1)
K
Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-22
Keys .................................................. 3-21
L
Label Information ............................. 10-2
Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-71
Liftgate .............................................. 3-33
Light Bulbs
Replacement ............................... 8-40
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Lighting Control ............................... 5-65
Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4
Luggage Compartment Light .......... 6-166
M
Maintenance
Introduction .................................. 8-2
Owner maintenance
precautions ................................. 8-18
Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-17
Scheduled ..................................... 8-4
Map Lights ...................................... 6-166
Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-79
Mirrors
Outside mirrors .......................... 3-64
Rearview mirror ......................... 3-66
Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6
Moonroof .......................................... 3-50
O
Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-46
Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-64
Overhead Console ........................... 6-174
Overhead Lights .............................. 6-165
Overheating ....................................... 7-16
O
Overloading ...................................... 4-12
P
Paint Damage .................................... 8-56
Parking Brake ..................................... 5-7
Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2
Parking Sensor System ..................... 5-40
Park assist sensor switch ............ 5-42
Parking sensor warning beep ..... 5-43
Sensor detection range ............... 5-42
When warning indicator/beep is
activated ..................................... 5-44
Personalization Features ................... 10-8
Power Door Locks ............................ 3-29
Power Liftgate ................................... 3-35
Power Outlet ................................... 6-179
Power Steering .................................. 5-17
Fluid ........................................... 8-26
Power Windows ................................ 3-40
Push-Starting ..................................... 7-20
R
Rear Coat Hooks ............................. 6-176
Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-32
Rear Entertainment System ............... 6-66
Before operation ......................... 6-79
Country code list ...................... 6-110
Language code list ................... 6-108
Sound output .............................. 6-85
Rear View Monitor ......................... 6-153
Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-78
Rear Window Washer ....................... 5-78
Rear Window Wiper .......................... 5-77
Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-66
Recreational Towing ......................... 7-24
Index
11-5
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page595
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (596,1)
R
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country ............................................. 9-19
Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-9
Roll-over ............................................. 4-8
S
Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-45
Seat Belt System
3-point type ................................ 2-23
Automatic locking ...................... 2-22
Center-rear lap/shoulder ............. 2-28
Emergency locking .................... 2-21
Extender ..................................... 2-32
Pregnant women ........................ 2-21
Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-25
Seat belt precautions .................. 2-19
Seat belt reminder ....................... 2-34
Warning light ............................. 2-33
Seats
Front seat
(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-4
Front seat
(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2
Seat warmer ................................ 2-17
Second-row seats ......................... 2-9
Third-row seat ............................ 2-13
Second-Row Seats .............................. 2-9
Security System
Immobilizer system
(with advanced key) ................... 3-53
Immobilizer system
(without advanced key) .............. 3-57
Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-61
Service Publications .......................... 9-47
Shopping Bag Hook ........................ 6-176
Side Extension Sunvisors ................ 6-164
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3
S
Specifications .................................... 10-4
Speedometer ...................................... 5-46
SRS Air Bags
Driver and front passenger occupant
classification system .................. 2-68
How the SRS air bags work ....... 2-61
Limitations to SRS air bag ......... 2-66
Monitoring and maintenance ..... 2-73
SRS air bag deployment
criteria ........................................ 2-65
Supplemental restraint system
(SRS) precautions ...................... 2-54
Supplemental restraint system
components ................................ 2-60
Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4
Steering Wheel .................................. 3-64
Horn ........................................... 5-79
Storage Compartments .................... 6-174
Armrest box ............................. 6-175
Cargo securing loops ................ 6-175
Cargo sub-compartment ........... 6-175
Center console .......................... 6-174
Glove compartment .................. 6-174
Overhead console ..................... 6-174
Rear coat hooks ........................ 6-176
Shopping bag hook .................. 6-176
Sunshade ........................................... 3-52
Sunvisors ........................................ 6-164
T
Tachometer ........................................ 5-47
Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-37
Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-61
Third-Row Seat ................................. 2-13
Tiedown
Hook .......................................... 7-22
Tire Information ................................ 9-25
11-6
Index
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page596
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (597,1)
T
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-28
System error activation .............. 5-32
Tire pressure monitoring system
warning light .............................. 5-30
Tires and wheels ......................... 5-32
Tires
Flat tire ......................................... 7-3
Inflation pressure ........................ 8-34
Replacement ............................... 8-36
Rotation ...................................... 8-35
Snow tires .................................. 4-10
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Tire chains .................................. 4-11
Uniform tire quality grading system
(UTQGS) ................................... 9-23
Tool ..................................................... 7-3
Towing
Description ................................. 7-21
Emergency towing ..................... 7-21
Recreational towing ................... 7-24
Trailer Towing
(U.S.A. and Canada) .................. 4-14
Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-23
TCS OFF indicator light ............ 5-24
TCS OFF switch ........................ 5-25
TCS/DSC/RSC indicator light.... 5-24
Trailer Towing .................................. 4-14
Trip Meter ......................................... 5-46
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-71
V
Vanity Mirrors ................................. 6-164
Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2
W
Warning Lights ................................. 5-49
ABS ............................................ 5-52
Air bag system ........................... 5-54
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-55
AWD .......................................... 5-56
Brake system .............................. 5-51
Charging system ......................... 5-53
Check engine .............................. 5-53
Check fuel cap ........................... 5-55
Door-ajar .................................... 5-55
Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-53
Front seat belt pretensioner
system ........................................ 5-54
KEY warning light
(red)/KEY indicator light
(green) ........................................ 5-58
Low fuel ..................................... 5-55
Low washer fluid level ............... 5-55
Powertrain malfunction/reduced
power .......................................... 5-54
Seat belt ...................................... 5-55
Tire pressure monitoring
system ........................................ 5-56
Warranty ............................................ 9-15
Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-26
Weights ............................................. 10-5
Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-38
Windows
Power windows .......................... 3-40
Windshield Washer ........................... 5-77
Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-73
Blades replacement .................... 8-28
Winter Driving .................................. 4-10
Index
11-7
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page597
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I
Black plate (598,1)
11-8
CX-9_8CM9-EA-12I_Edition1 Page598
Thursday, September 13 2012 2:40 PM
Form No.8CM9-EA-12I

Navigation menu